83_FR_25373 83 FR 25268 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to a Marine Geophysical Survey in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean

83 FR 25268 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to a Marine Geophysical Survey in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

Federal Register Volume 83, Issue 105 (May 31, 2018)

Page Range25268-25300
FR Document2018-11629

NMFS has received a request from United States Geological Survey (USGS) for authorization to take marine mammals incidental to a marine geophysical survey in the northwest Atlantic Ocean. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to issue an incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to incidentally take marine mammals during the specified activities. NMFS will consider public comments prior to making any final decision on the issuance of the requested MMPA authorizations, and agency responses will be summarized in the final notice of our decision.

Federal Register, Volume 83 Issue 105 (Thursday, May 31, 2018)
[Federal Register Volume 83, Number 105 (Thursday, May 31, 2018)]
[Notices]
[Pages 25268-25300]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2018-11629]



[[Page 25267]]

Vol. 83

Thursday,

No. 105

May 31, 2018

Part III





Department of Commerce





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking 
Marine Mammals Incidental to a Marine Geophysical Survey in the 
Northwest Atlantic Ocean; Notice

Federal Register / Vol. 83 , No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / 
Notices

[[Page 25268]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

RIN 0648-XG170


Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; 
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to a Marine Geophysical Survey in the 
Northwest Atlantic Ocean

AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request 
for comments.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: NMFS has received a request from United States Geological 
Survey (USGS) for authorization to take marine mammals incidental to a 
marine geophysical survey in the northwest Atlantic Ocean. Pursuant to 
the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on 
its proposal to issue an incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to 
incidentally take marine mammals during the specified activities. NMFS 
will consider public comments prior to making any final decision on the 
issuance of the requested MMPA authorizations, and agency responses 
will be summarized in the final notice of our decision.

DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than July 2, 
2018.

ADDRESSES: Comments should be addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief, 
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, 
National Marine Fisheries Service. Physical comments should be sent to 
1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910 and electronic comments 
should be sent to [email protected].
    Instructions: NMFS is not responsible for comments sent by any 
other method, to any other address or individual, or received after the 
end of the comment period. Comments received electronically, including 
all attachments, must not exceed a 25-megabyte file size. Attachments 
to electronic comments will be accepted in Microsoft Word or Excel or 
Adobe PDF file formats only. All comments received are a part of the 
public record and will generally be posted online at 
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/incidental-take-authorizations-research-and-other-activities without change. All 
personal identifying information (e.g., name, address) voluntarily 
submitted by the commenter may be publicly accessible. Do not submit 
confidential business information or otherwise sensitive or protected 
information.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jonathan Molineaux, Office of 
Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the 
application and supporting documents, as well as a list of the 
references cited in this document, may be obtained online at: https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/incidental-take-authorizations-research-and-other-activities. In case of problems 
accessing these documents, please call the contact listed above.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: 

Background

    Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) 
direct the Secretary of Commerce (as delegated to NMFS) to allow, upon 
request, the incidental, but not intentional, taking of small numbers 
of marine mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a specified activity 
(other than commercial fishing) within a specified geographical region 
if certain findings are made and either regulations are issued or, if 
the taking is limited to harassment, a notice of a proposed 
authorization is provided to the public for review.
    An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS 
finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or 
stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the 
availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where 
relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements 
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings 
are set forth.
    NMFS has defined ``negligible impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103 as an 
impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably 
expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the 
species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or 
survival.
    The MMPA states that the term ``take'' means to harass, hunt, 
capture, kill or attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or kill any marine 
mammal.
    Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the 
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or 
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or 
marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the 
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild 
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not 
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or 
sheltering (Level B harassment).

National Environmental Policy Act

    To comply with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA; 
42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.,) and NOAA Administrative Order (NAO) 216-6A, 
NMFS must review our proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an 
incidental harassment authorization) with respect to potential impacts 
on the human environment.
    Accordingly, NMFS is preparing an Environmental Assessment (EA) to 
consider the environmental impacts associated with the issuance of the 
proposed IHA. We will review all comments submitted in response to this 
notice prior to concluding our NEPA process or making a final decision 
on the IHA request.

Summary of Request

    On March 20, 2018, NMFS received a request from USGS for an IHA to 
take marine mammals incidental to a marine geophysical survey in the 
northwest Atlantic Ocean. On April 11, 2018, we deemed USGS's 
application for authorization to be adequate and complete. USGS's 
request is for take a small number of 29 species of marine mammals by 
Level B harassment only. Neither USGS nor NMFS expects serious injury 
or mortality to result from this activity; and, therefore, an IHA is 
appropriate. The planned activity is not expected to exceed one year; 
hence, we do not expect subsequent MMPA incidental harassment 
authorizations would be issued for this particular activity.

Description of Proposed Activity

Overview

    The USGS intends to conduct a seismic survey aboard the R/V Hugh R. 
Sharp, a University National Oceanographic Laboratory (UNOLS) Federal 
fleet vessel that is owned and operated by the University of Delaware, 
during a cruise up to 22 days long on the northern U.S. Atlantic margin 
in August 2018. The program is named MATRIX, for ``Mid-Atlantic 
Resource Imaging Experiment.'' The seismic survey will take place in 
water depths ranging from ~100 meters (m) to 3,500 m, entirely within 
the U.S. Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ), and acquire ~6 dip lines 
(roughly perpendicular to the orientation of the shelf-break) and ~3 
strike lines (roughly parallel to the shelf-break) between about 35 
nautical miles (nmi) south of Hudson Canyon on the north and Cape 
Hatteras on the south. In addition, multichannel seismic

[[Page 25269]]

(MCS) data will be acquired along some linking/transit/interseismic 
lines between the main survey lines. Total data acquisition could be up 
to ~2,400 kilometers (km) of trackline. Exemplary seismic lines for the 
program are shown in Figure 1. Some deviation in actual tracklines and 
timing could be necessary for reasons such as science drivers, poor 
data quality, inclement weather, or mechanical issues with the research 
vessel and/or equipment.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TN31MY18.000

    The purpose of the proposed MATRIX survey is to collect data to 
constrain the lateral and vertical distribution of gas hydrates and 
shallow natural gas in marine sediments relative to seafloor gas seeps, 
slope failures, and geological and erosional features.

Dates and Duration

    The seismic survey's airgun operations are scheduled to occur for 
up to 19 days during a cruise that may be as long as 22 days, departing 
port on August 8, 2018. Some minor deviation from these dates is 
possible, depending on logistics and especially weather.

Specific Geographic Region

    The survey is bound within the region ~34.75[deg] N-40[deg] N, ~71-
75[deg] W in the northwest Atlantic Ocean (See Figure 1), with the 
closest approach to the U.S. coastline at 70 km (North Carolina) to 130 
km (New Jersey). The survey area starts 35 nmi south of Hudson Canyon 
on the north and is bound by Cape Hatteras on the south, the nominal 
shelf break (~100 m water depth) on the west, and the ~3,500 m 
bathymetric contour on the east.

[[Page 25270]]

Detailed Description of Specific Activity

    The procedures that will be used for the seismic surveys would be 
similar to those used during previous research seismic surveys funded 
by the National Science Foundation (NSF) or conducted by the USGS and 
would utilize a conventional seismic methodology. The survey will 
involve only one source vessel, the R/V Hugh R. Sharp. The source 
vessel will deploy two to four low-energy Generator-Injector (GI) 
airguns (each with a discharge volume of 105 cubic inches (in\3\)) as 
an energy source. The GI guns could sometimes be fired in a mode that 
gives them a discharge volume of 210 in\3\ each, but only at water 
depths greater than 1,000 m (See description of Optimal Survey below 
for more details). A hydrophone streamer 750- to 1,300-m-long and 
consisting of up to 160 channels will be continuously towed to receive 
the seismic signals. In addition, up to 90 disposable sonobuoy 
receivers will be deployed at water depths greater than 1,000 m to 
provide velocity control and possibly wide-angle reflections along the 
highest priority transects. Below we provide a description of each of 
the airgun modes during the survey.
    The Optimal Survey (GG mode) (See Table 1) for the Proposed Action 
would acquire the portion of the solid lines in Figure 1 at water 
depths greater than 1,000 m using the GI-guns in ``GG'' mode. In this 
mode, the four GI guns would produce a total of 840 in\3\ of air and 
sonobuoys would be deployed to passively record data at long distances. 
When shooting to sonobuoys while in GG mode, the GI guns will be 
operated with both chambers releasing air simultaneously (i.e., 
``generator-generator'' or ``GG'' mode). The rest of the survey, 
including the portion shallower than 1,000 m water depth on the 
uppermost slope and the interseismic linking lines (dashed lines in 
Figure 1), would be acquired with four GI guns operated in normal mode 
(also called GI mode), producing a total of 420 in\3\ of air.
    The Base Survey (GI mode) (See Table 1) assumes that all of the 
solid lines in Figure 1, as well as all of the interseismic connecting 
lines, would be acquired using four GI guns operating in normal mode 
(GI mode), producing a total air volume of 420 in\3\. Only a maximum of 
half of the interseismic linking lines (dashed lines in Figure 1) would 
be acquired. These lines are longer and geometrically more complex at 
the deepwater side than near the shelf-break.

             Table 1--General Characteristics of Exemplary Survey Scenarios for the Proposed Action
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         GI mode (4 x 105 in\3\)                  GG mode (4 x 210 in\3\)
                                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Track line                              Track line
                                   Depth and line type     distance (km)    Depth and line type    distance (km)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Optimal Survey.................  100-1,000 m water depth            ~750  Greater than 1,000 m            ~1,600
                                  on exemplary lines and                   on exemplary lines.
                                  50% of interseismic,
                                  linking lines.
Base Survey....................  Exemplary lines plus              2,350
                                  50% of interseismic,
                                  linking lines.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    During the cruise, the USGS would continuously use an echosounder 
(EK60/EK80) with 38 kHz transducer at water depths less than ~1,800 m 
to locate water column anomalies associated with seafloor seeps 
emitting gas bubbles. The 38 kHz transducer would be mounted in the R/V 
Sharp's retractable keel and would typically ping 0.5 to 2 Hz with 
pings of 0.256 to 1.024 millisecond (m/s) duration. The returned 
signals would be detected on an EK60 or EK80 (broadband) transceiver. 
Based on past USGS experience with this instrument, it is unlikely to 
acquire useful data at water depths greater than 1,800 m, although it 
could be used in passive mode at these depths to record broadband 
ambient signals in the water column.

Airgun Array Description

    The R/V Hugh R. Sharp will tow two or four 105-in\3\ Sercel GI 
airguns at a time as the primary energy source following exemplary 
survey lines and transit/linking/interseismic lines between the primary 
exemplary lines. Seismic pulses for the GI guns will be emitted at 
intervals of ~12 s. At speeds of ~7.4 km/h (4 knots (kn)), the shot 
intervals correspond to a spacing of ~25 m.
    In standard GI mode, the generator chamber of each GI airgun is the 
primary source, the one responsible for introducing the sound pulse 
into the ocean, is 105 in\3\. The 105 in\3\ injector chamber injects 
air into the previously-generated bubble to reduce bubble 
reverberations and does not introduce more sound into the water. In GG 
mode, each gun simultaneously releases an air volume of 105 in\3\ + 105 
in\3\ = 210 in\3\. On the proposed survey, four GI guns will be 
operated either in base mode (4 x 105 in\3\) or GG mode (4 x 210 in\3\) 
as long as compressors are functioning correctly. If compressors are 
not functioning properly, a backup mode consisting of two GI guns will 
be used. The text below describes the three preferred modes of 
operation.
    The Base Configuration, Configuration 1, will use 4 GI guns and 
generate 420 in\3\ total volume, as shown in Figure 2 of the IHA 
Application. Airguns will be towed at 3 m water depth, two on each side 
of the stern, with 8.6 m lateral (athwartships) separation between the 
pairs of guns and 2 m front-to-back separation between the guns on each 
stern tow line.
    The GG Configuration, Configuration 2, will use four GI guns and 
generate 840 in\3\ total volume, as shown in Figure 3 of the IHA 
application. In this configuration, the airguns will be fired in GG 
mode, as described above. Airguns will be towed at 3 m water depth, two 
on each side of the stern, with 8.6 m lateral (athwartships) separation 
between the pairs of airguns and 2 m front-to-back separation between 
the airguns on each stern tow line. The GG configuration would be used 
only at greater than 1000 m water depth and on specific exemplary lines 
on which sonobuoy data are being collected.
    The Backup Configuration (Configuration 3) is two GI airguns 
producing 210 in\3\ total volume. If a compressor were offline, this 
lowest-energy configuration would be used to sustain data acquisition. 
Airguns will be towed at 3 m water depth of the port towpoint on the 
stern, with 2 m front-to-back separation between the guns.
    As the GI airguns are towed along the survey line, the towed 
hydrophone array receives the reflected signals and

[[Page 25271]]

transfers the data to the on-board processing system. Given the short 
streamer length behind the vessel (1,300 m), the turning rate of the 
vessel while the gear is deployed is much higher than the limit of five 
degrees per minute for a seismic vessel towing a streamer of more 
typical length (e.g., 6 km or more). Thus, the maneuverability of the 
vessel is not strongly limited during operations.

                                        Table 2--GI Airgun Specifications
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Energy Source...........................................................  Two (backup configuration) to four
                                                                           (base and GG configuration) GI
                                                                           airguns of 105 in\3\ each.
Tow depth of energy source..............................................  3 m.
Air discharge volume....................................................  Total volume ~210 in\3\ (backup
                                                                           configuration, Appendix A) to 840
                                                                           in\3\ (limited use GG configuration
                                                                           at greater than 1,000 m).
Back-to-front separation of pairs of guns...............................  2 m.
Side-to-side separation of pairs of guns................................  8.6 m.
Dominant frequency components...........................................  0-188 Hertz.
Shot interval...........................................................  9.72 seconds (2 m airgun separation
                                                                           survey) and 12.15 seconds (8 m airgun
                                                                           separation survey).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures are 
described in detail later in this document (please see ``Proposed 
Mitigation'' and ``Proposed Monitoring and Reporting'').

Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of Specified Activities

    Sections 3 and 4 of the application summarize available information 
regarding status and trends, distribution and habitat preferences, and 
behavior and life history, of the potentially affected species. 
Additional information regarding population trends and threats may be 
found in NMFS' Stock Assessment Reports (SAR; www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-stock-assessment-reports-region), and more general information about these species 
(e.g., physical and behavioral descriptions) may be found on NMFS' 
website (www.fisheries.noaa.gov/find-species).
    Table 3 lists all species with expected potential for occurrence in 
the northwest Atlantic Ocean and summarizes information related to the 
population or stock, including regulatory status under the MMPA and ESA 
and potential biological removal (PBR), where known. For taxonomy, we 
follow Committee on Taxonomy (2016). PBR is defined by the MMPA as the 
maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may 
be removed from a marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to 
reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population (as described in 
NMFS' SARs). While no mortality is anticipated or authorized here, PBR 
and annual serious injury and mortality from anthropogenic sources are 
included here as gross indicators of the status of the species and 
other threats.
    Marine mammal abundance estimates presented in this document 
represent the total number of individuals that make up a given stock or 
the total number estimated within a particular study or survey area. 
NMFS' stock abundance estimates for most species represent the total 
estimate of individuals within the geographic area, if known, that 
comprises that stock. For some species, this geographic area may extend 
beyond U.S. waters. All managed stocks in this region are assessed in 
NMFS' U.S. Atlantic SARs (Hayes et al., 2017). All values presented in 
Table 3 are the most recent available at the time of publication and 
are available in the draft 2017 SARs (Hayes et al., 2017) (available 
online at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/draft.htm), and Roberts et. al. 
(2016).

                                              Table 3--Marine Mammals That Could Occur in the Project Area
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            NMFS stock
                                                                            ESA/MMPA      abundance (CV,       Predicted
          Common name              Scientific name          Stock           status;     Nmin, most recent    abundance (CV)        PBR       Annual M/SI
                                                                         strategic (Y/  abundance survey)         \5\                            \3\
                                                                             N) \1\            \2\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Mysticeti (baleen whales)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Family Balaenidae
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
North Atlantic right whale.....  Eubalaena           Western North       E/D; Y         458 (n/a; 455; n/  334 (0.25).......  1.4.........  36
                                  glacialis.          Atlantic (WNA).                    a).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Family Balaenopteridae (rorquals)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Humpback whale.................  Megaptera           Gulf of Maine.....  -; N           335 (.42; 239;     1,637 (0.07).....  3.7.........  8.5
                                  novaeangliae                                           2012).
                                  novaeangliae.
Minke whale....................  Balaenoptera        Canadian East       -; N           2,591 (0.81;       2,112 (0.05).....  14..........  9
                                  acutorostrata       Coast.                             1,425; 2011).
                                  acutorostrata.
Bryde's whale..................  B. edeni brydei...  None defined \4\..  -; n/a         n/a..............  7 (0.58).........  n/a.........  n/a.
Sei whale......................  B. borealis         Nova Scotia.......  E/D; Y         357 (0.52; 236;    98 (0.25)........  0.5.........  0.8
                                  borealis.                                              2011).
Fin whale......................  B. physalus         WNA...............  E/D; Y         1,618 (0.33;       4,633 (0.08).....  2.5.........  2.65
                                  physalus.                                              1,234; 2011).
Blue whale.....................  B. musculus         WNA...............  E/D; Y         Unknown (n/a;      11 (0.41)........  0.9.........  Unk.
                                  musculus.                                              440; n/a).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Family Physeteridae
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sperm whale....................  Physeter            North Atlantic....  E/D; Y         2,288 (0.28;       5,353 (0.12).....  3.6.........  0.8
                                  macrocephalus.                                         1,815; 2011).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Family Kogiidae
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pygmy sperm whale..............  Kogia breviceps...  WNA...............  -; N           3,785 (0.47;       678 (0.23).......  21..........  3.5
                                                                                         2,598; 2011).

[[Page 25272]]

 
Dwarf sperm whale..............  K. sima...........  WNA...............  -; N
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Family Ziphiidae (beaked whales)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cuvier's beaked whale..........  Ziphius             WNA...............  -; N           6,532 (0.32;       14,491 (0.17)....  50..........  0.4
                                  cavirostris.                                           5,021; 2011).
Gervais beaked whale...........  Mesoplodon          WNA...............  -; N           7,092 (0.54;                          46..........  0.2
                                  europaeus.                                             4,632; 2011).
Blainville's beaked whale......  M. densirostris...  WNA...............  -; N
Sowerby's beaked whale.........  M. bidens.........  WNA...............  -; N
True's beaked whale............  M. mirus..........  WNA...............  -; N
Northern bottlenose whale......  Hyperoodon          WNA...............  -; N           Unknown..........  90 (0.63)........  Undet.......  0
                                  ampullatus.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Family Delphinidae
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rough-toothed dolphin..........  Steno bredanensis.  WNA...............  -; N           271 (1.0; 134;     532 (0.36).......  1.3.........  0
                                                                                         2011).
Common bottlenose dolphin......  Tursiops truncatus  WNA Offshore......  -; N           77,532 (0.40;      97,476 (0.06)....  561.........  39.4
                                  truncatus.                                             56,053; 2011).
Clymene dolphin................  Stenella clymene..  WNA...............  -; N           Unknown..........  12,515 (0.56)....  Undet.......  0
Atlantic spotted dolphin.......  S. frontalis......  WNA...............  -; N           44,715 (0.43;      55,436 (0.32)....  316.........  0
                                                                                         31,610; 2011).
Pantropical spotted dolphin....  S. attenuata        WNA...............  -; N           3,333 (0.91;       4,436 (0.33).....  17..........  0
                                  attenuata.                                             1,733; 2011).
Spinner dolphin................  S. longirostris     WNA...............  -; N           Unknown..........  262 (0.93).......  Undet.......  0
                                  longirostris.
Striped dolphin................  S. coeruleoalba...  WNA...............  -; N           54,807 (0.3;       75,657 (0.21)....  428.........  0
                                                                                         42,804; 2011).
Short-beaked common dolphin....  Delphinus delphis   WNA...............  -; N           70,184 (0.28;      86,098 (0.12)....  557.........  437
                                  delphis.                                               55,690; 2011).
Fraser's dolphin...............  Lagenodelphis       WNA...............  -; N           Unknown..........  492 (0.76).......  Undet.......  0
                                  hosei.
Atlantic white-sided dolphin...  Lagenorhynchus      WNA...............  -; N           48,819 (0.61;      37,180 (0.07)....  304.........  57
                                  acutus.                                                30,403; 2011).
Risso's dolphin................  Grampus griseus...  WNA...............  -; N           18,250 (0.46;      7,732 (0.09).....  126.........  43.2
                                                                                         12,619; 2011).
Melon-headed whale.............  Peponocephala       WNA...............  -; N           Unknown..........  1,175 (0.50).....  Undet.......  0
                                  electra.
Pygmy killer whale.............  Feresa attenuata..  WNA...............  -; N           Unknown..........  N/A..............  Undet.......  0
False killer whale.............  Pseudorca           WNA...............  -; Y           442 (1.06; 212;    95 (0.84)........  2.1.........  Unk.
                                  crassidens.                                            2011).
Killer whale...................  Orcinus orca......  WNA...............  -; N           Unknown..........  11...............  Undet.......  0
Short-finned pilot whale.......  Globicephala        WNA...............  -; Y           21,515 (0.37;      18,977 (0.11)....  159.........  192
                                  macrorhynchus.                                         15,913; 2011).
Long-finned pilot whale........  G. melas melas....  WNA...............  -; Y           5,636 (0.63;                          35..........  38
                                                                                         3,464; 2011).
White-beaked dolphin...........  Lagenorhynchus      WNA...............  -; N           2,003 (0.94;       39 (0.42)........  10..........  0
                                  albirostris.                                           1,023; 2007).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Family Phocoenidae (porpoises)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Harbor porpoise................  Phocoena phocoena   Gulf of Maine/Bay   -; N           79,833 (0.32;      45,089 (0.12)....  706.........  307
                                  phocoena.           of Fundy.                          61,415; 2011).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Endangered Species Act (ESA) status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is not listed
  under the ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality
  exceeds PBR or which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed
  under the ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
\2\ NMFS marine mammal stock assessment reports online at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/. CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum estimate of
  stock abundance.
\3\ These values, found in NMFS' SARs, represent annual levels of human-caused mortality plus serious injury from all sources combined (e.g., commercial
  fisheries, ship strike). Annual M/SI often cannot be determined precisely and is in some cases presented as a minimum value or range. A CV associated
  with estimated mortality due to commercial fisheries is presented in some cases.
\4\ Bryde's whales are occasionally reported off the southeastern U.S. and southern West Indies. NMFS defines and manages a stock of Bryde's whales
  believed to be resident in the northern Gulf of Mexico, but does not define a separate stock in the Atlantic Ocean.
\5\ Predicted mean abundance derived from Roberts et. al. (2016)
Note: Italicized species are not expected to be taken or proposed for authorization.

    All species that could potentially occur in the proposed survey 
areas are included in Table 3. However, density estimates in Roberts et 
al. (2016) present very low density estimates within the proposed 
action area during the month of August for north Atlantic right whale, 
harbor porpoise, minke whale, Bryde's whale, blue whale, and white-
beaked dolphin (See Table 6 of IHA Application). This, in combination 
with the short length of the cruise and low level airguns provide 
reasonable evidence that take authorization is not necessary, nor 
should they be authorized for these species. Species with expected take 
are discussed below.

Humpback Whale

    Humpback whales inhabit all major ocean basins from the equator to 
subpolar latitudes. They generally follow a predictable migratory 
pattern in both hemispheres, feeding during the summer in the higher 
latitudes (40 to 70 degrees latitude) and migrating to lower latitudes 
(10 to 30 degrees latitude) where calving and breeding take place in 
the winter (Perry et al., 1999). During the spring, summer, and fall, 
humpback whales in the North Atlantic Ocean feed over a range that 
includes the eastern coast of the United States, the Gulf of St. 
Lawrence, Newfoundland/Labrador, and western Greenland.
    Based on density modeling by Mannocci et al. (2017) for the western 
North Atlantic, higher densities are expected to occur north of 40[deg] 
N during the summer; very low densities are expected south of 40[deg] 
N, and the USGS proposed survey is entirely south of this latitude.
    Of the more than 43,000 global sightings of humpback whale 
individuals or groups dating back more than 50 years in the Ocean 
Biogeographic Information System (OBIS) database (2017), only 79 
occurred within a rectangular block containing the exemplary proposed 
USGS seismic survey lines. Of these, fourteen sightings occurred during 
July, August, or September, primarily on the continental shelf between 
north of Washington Canyon and the mouth of Delaware Bay (See Figure 6 
of IHA Application). Three of these sightings have been at or seaward 
of the shelf break, near the landward ends of the two northernmost 
exemplary USGS seismic lines. Humpback whales could

[[Page 25273]]

be encountered in the proposed project area during an August survey, 
but this would be an extremely rare occurrence.

Sei Whale

    The sei whale occurs in all ocean basins (Horwood 2009) but appears 
to prefer mid-latitude temperate waters (Jefferson et al., 2008). It 
undertakes seasonal migrations to feed in subpolar latitudes during 
summer and returns to lower latitudes during winter to calve (Horwood 
2009). The sei whale is pelagic and generally not found in coastal 
waters (Harwood and Wilson 2001). It occurs in deeper waters 
characteristic of the continental shelf edge region (Hain et al., 1985) 
and in other regions of steep bathymetric relief such as seamounts and 
canyons (Kenney and Winn 1987; Gregr and Trites 2001).
    Based on density modeling by Mannocci et al. (2017) for the western 
North Atlantic, higher densities are expected to occur north of 40[deg] 
N during the summer; very low densities are expected south of 40[deg] 
N, where the USGS surveys are entirely located.
    Of the more than 11,000 sightings of sei whale individuals or 
groups dating back more than 50 years in the OBIS database, only seven 
occurred within a rectangular block containing the exemplary proposed 
USGS seismic survey lines. Of these, only two sightings, comprising 
three individuals in total, occurred between in July, August, or 
September (See Figure 6 IHA Application). Sei whales could be 
encountered in the proposed project area during an August survey, but 
this would be an extremely rare occurrence.

Fin Whale

    Fin whales are found throughout all oceans from tropical to polar 
latitudes. The species occurs most commonly offshore but can also be 
found in coastal areas (Aguilar, 2009). Most populations migrate 
seasonally between temperate waters where mating and calving occur in 
winter, and polar waters where feeding occurs in summer (Aguilar, 
2009). However, recent evidence suggests that some animals may remain 
at high latitudes in winter or low latitudes in summer (Edwards et al., 
2015).
    Based on density modeling by Mannocci et al. (2017) for the western 
North Atlantic, higher densities are expected to occur north of 40[deg] 
N; very low densities are expected south of 40[deg] N; where the USGS 
surveys are entirely located. Of the more than 68,000 sightings of fin 
whale individuals or groups dating back more than 50 years in the OBIS 
database, 131 occurred within a rectangular block containing the 
exemplary proposed USGS seismic survey lines. Of these, 29 sightings, 
comprising 60 individuals in total, occurred during July, August, or 
September (See Figure 6 of IHA Application). Fin whales could be 
encountered during the proposed August surveys, particularly closer to 
the shelf edge and near the uppermost continental slope.

Sperm Whale

    Sperm whales are found throughout the world's oceans in deep waters 
between about 60[deg] N and 60[deg] S latitudes. Their distribution is 
dependent on their food source and suitable conditions for breeding, 
and varies with the sex and age composition of the group. They are 
generally distributed over large areas that have high secondary 
productivity and steep underwater topography, in waters at least 1,000 
m deep (Jaquet and Whitehead 1996; Whitehead 2009). Based on density 
modeling by Mannocci et al. (2017), sperm whale are expected to occur 
throughout the deeper offshore waters of the western North Atlantic.
    The survey slightly intersects with a core abundance area for sperm 
whales. This area is centered on a large, deepwater valley system that 
is fed by a complex series of canyons and gullies incising the slope 
between Hendrickson and Baltimore Canyons (NMFS 2017). In the OBIS 
database, 686 sperm whale sightings occur within a rectangular area 
encompassing the survey area, and 395 occurred during July through 
September. As shown in Figure 6 of the IHA Application, most of these 
sightings are seaward of the shelf-break in deepwater, overlapping the 
area of the Proposed Action. Thus, sperm whales are likely to be 
encountered in the proposed project area during August 2018.

Pygmy/Dwarf Sperm Whale

    Pygmy sperm whales are found in tropical and warm-temperate waters 
throughout the world (Ross and Leatherwood 1994) and prefer deeper 
waters with observations of this species in greater than 4,000 m depth 
(Baird et al., 2013). Both Kogia species are sighted primarily along 
the continental shelf edge and slope and over deeper waters off the 
shelf (Hansen et al., 1994; Davis et al., 1998). Several studies have 
suggested that pygmy sperm whales live mostly beyond the continental 
shelf edge, whereas dwarf sperm whales tend to occur closer to shore, 
often over the continental shelf (Rice 1998; Wang et al., 2002; MacLeod 
et al., 2004). Barros et al. (1998), on the other hand, suggested that 
dwarf sperm whales could be more pelagic and dive deeper than pygmy 
sperm whales. It has also been suggested that the pygmy sperm whale is 
more temperate and the dwarf sperm whale more tropical, based at least 
partially on live sightings at sea from a large database from the 
eastern tropical Pacific (Wade and Gerrodette 1993). This idea is also 
supported by the distribution of strandings in South American waters 
(Mu[ntilde]oz-Hincapi[eacute] et al., 1998).
    Only four pygmy sperm whale sightings in the OBIS database occurred 
within the general area of the survey, and three of these were during 
the July through September period. Pygmy and dwarf sperm whales would 
likely be rare in the proposed project area.

Cuvier's Beaked Whale

    Cuvier's beaked whale is the most widespread of the beaked whales 
occurring in almost all temperate, subtropical, and tropical waters and 
even some sub-polar and polar waters (MacLeod et al., 2006). It is 
found in deep water over and near the continental slope (Jefferson et 
al., 2008). It is mostly known from strandings and strands more 
commonly than any other beaked whale (Heyning 1989). Its inconspicuous 
blows, deep-diving behavior, and tendency to avoid vessels all help to 
explain the infrequent sightings (Barlow and Gisiner 2006).
    Of the usable records in the OBIS database, 155 sightings of 
Cuvier's beaked whales overlap with the survey area, and 76 of these 
were during the July to September period. Cuvier's beaked whales could 
be encountered in the proposed project area.

Mesoplodont Beaked Whales (Including True's, Gervais', Sowerby's, and 
Blainville's Beaked Whale)

    Mesoplodont beaked whales are distributed throughout deep waters 
and along the continental slopes of the North Atlantic Ocean. True's 
beaked whale is mainly oceanic and occurs in warm temperate waters of 
the North Atlantic and southern Indian oceans (Pitman 2009). Gervais' 
beaked whale is mainly oceanic and occurs in tropical and warmer 
temperate waters of the Atlantic Ocean (Jefferson et al., 2015). 
Sowerby's beaked whale occurs in cold temperate waters of the Atlantic 
from the Labrador Sea to the Norwegian Sea, and south to New England, 
the Azores, and Madeira (Mead 1989). Blainville's beaked whale is found 
in tropical and warm temperate waters of all oceans; it has the widest 
distribution throughout the world of all mesoplodont species

[[Page 25274]]

and appears to be relatively common (Pitman 2009).
    Records of Mesoplodont beaked whale observations in the proposed 
survey area are varied. There are two sightings of Trues beaked whale 
in the OBIS database which occured in the general survey area, but only 
one of these was during the summer season that overlaps the Proposed 
Action. As a result, True's beaked whale would likely be rare in the 
proposed project area. No OBIS sightings of the Gervais' beaked whale 
have occurred in the survey area. However, given the geographic and 
depth range of the species, Gervais' beaked whale could be encountered 
in the proposed project area.
    There are eleven OBIS database sightings of Sowerby's beaked whale 
in the polygon enclosing the larger area of the proposed surveys, and 
nine of these were during the summer months. Due to this, Sowerby's 
beaked whale could be encountered in the proposed project area. In 
addition, one sighting of Blainsvill occurred in the survey area during 
the summer months. Blainville's beaked whale could be encountered in 
the proposed project area.

Northern Bottlenose Whale

    Northern bottlenose whales are distributed in the North Atlantic 
from Nova Scotia to about 70[deg] N in the Davis Strait, along the east 
coast of Greenland to 77[deg] N and from England, Norway, Iceland and 
the Faroe Islands to the south coast of Svalbard. It is largely a deep-
water species and is very seldom found in waters less than 2,000 m deep 
(Mead, 1989; Whitehead and Hooker, 2012). Of the sightings in the OBIS 
database, one occurred within the survey area and none during July 
through September. Nonetheless, northern bottlenose whales could be 
encountered in the proposed project area.

Rough-Toothed Dolphin

    The rough-toothed dolphin occurs in tropical and subtropical 
waters, rarely ranging farther north than 40[deg] N (Jefferson et al., 
2015). It is considered a pelagic species, but it can also occur in 
shallow coastal waters (Jefferson et al., 2015). Nine sightings in the 
OBIS database occur within the survey area, and seven of these were 
doing the summer. Rough-toothed dolphins could occur in the proposed 
project area.

Common Bottlenose Dolphin

    Bottlenose dolphins are widely distributed throughout the world in 
tropical and warm-temperate waters (Perrin et al., 2009). Generally, 
there are two distinct bottlenose dolphin ecotypes: One mainly found in 
coastal waters and one mainly found in oceanic waters (Duffield et al., 
1983; Hoelzel et al., 1998; Walker et al., 1999). As well as inhabiting 
different areas, these ecotypes differ in their diving abilities 
(Klatsky 2004) and prey types (Mead and Potter 1995). Only the offshore 
ecotype is expected to occur in the proposed survey area. In the OBIS 
database, 1873 sightings of bottlenose dolphins occurred within a 
polygon enclosing the general survey area, and 776 are within the 
summer months. Common bottlenose dolphins are very likely to be 
encountered in the proposed project area.

Clymene Dolphin

    The Clymene dolphin only occurs in tropical and subtropical waters 
of the Atlantic Ocean (Jefferson et al., 2008). In the western 
Atlantic, it occurs from New Jersey to Florida, the Caribbean Sea, the 
Gulf of Mexico, and south to Venezuela and Brazil (W[uuml]rsig et al., 
2000; Fertl et al., 2003). It is generally sighted in deep waters 
beyond the shelf edge (Fertl et al., 2003). Based on the USGS analyses, 
23 sightings of the 140 that are usable in the OBIS database are within 
the overall rectangular area that encloses the surveys, and 14 of these 
are during the summer months.

Atlantic Spotted Dolphin

    The Atlantic spotted dolphin is distributed in tropical and warm 
temperate waters of the North Atlantic from Brazil to New England and 
to the coast of Africa (Jefferson et al., 2015). There are two forms of 
Atlantic spotted dolphin--a large, heavily spotted coastal form that is 
usually found in shelf waters, and a smaller and less-spotted offshore 
form that occurs in pelagic offshore waters and around oceanic islands 
(Jefferson et al., 2015). In the OBIS database, 125 sightings are in 
the general area of the surveys, and 58 were during the summer. 
Atlantic spotted dolphins would likely be encountered in the proposed 
project area.

Pantropical Spotted Dolphin

    The pantropical spotted dolphin is distributed worldwide in 
tropical and some sub-tropical oceans (Perrin et al., 1987; Perrin and 
Hohn 1994). In the Atlantic, it can occur from ~40[deg] N to 40[deg] S 
but is much more abundant in the lower latitudes (Jefferson et al., 
2015). Pantropical spotted dolphins are usually pelagic, although they 
occur close to shore where water near the coast is deep (Jefferson et 
al., 2015). Of over 4,200 usable sightings in the OBIS database, 48 
were in the polygon encompassing the entire survey area, and 29 of 
these were during the summer months. Pantropical spotted dolphins could 
be encountered in the proposed project area.

Spinner Dolphin

    The spinner dolphin is pantropical in distribution, with a range 
nearly identical to that of the pantropical spotted dolphin, including 
oceanic tropical and sub-tropical waters between 40[deg] N and 40[deg] 
S (Jefferson et al., 2008). The distribution of spinner dolphins in the 
Atlantic is poorly known, but they are thought to occur in deep waters 
along most of the U.S. coast; sightings off the northeast U.S. coast 
have occurred exclusively in offshore waters >2,000 m (Waring et al., 
2010). Within the OBIS database of over 2,000 usable sightings, the 
USGS found that none occurred in the survey area in any season. 
However, based on the abundance grids from Roberts et al. (2016), 
spinner dolphins could be encountered in the survey area in August 
2018. Note that spinner and Clymene dolphins are often considered 
together in analyses but were separated here due to the availability of 
density grids for each species.

Striped Dolphin

    Striped dolphins are found in tropical to warm-temperate waters 
throughout the world (Carretta et al., 2016a). Striped dolphins are a 
deep water species, preferring depths greater than 3,500 m (Baird 
2016), but have been observed approaching shore where there is deep 
water close to the coast (Jefferson et al., 2008). The striped dolphin 
is typically found in waters outside the continental shelf and is often 
associated with convergence zones and areas of upwelling (Archer 2009). 
However, it has also been observed approaching shore where there is 
deep water close to the coast (Jefferson et al., 2015). Of over 15600 
sightings in the OBIS database, 183 were in the area of the survey, and 
95 of these were during the summer. Striped dolphins would likely be 
encountered in the proposed project area.

Short-Beaked Common Dolphin

    The short-beaked common dolphin is distributed in tropical to cool 
temperate waters of the Atlantic and the Pacific oceans from 60[deg] N 
to ~50[deg] S (Jefferson et al., 2015). It is common in coastal waters 
200-300 m deep (Evans 1994), but it can also occur thousands of 
kilometers offshore; the pelagic range in the North Atlantic extends 
south to ~35[deg] N (Jefferson et al., 2015). It appears

[[Page 25275]]

to have a preference for areas with upwelling and steep sea-floor 
relief (Doks[aelig]ter et al., 2008; Jefferson et al., 2015). Fewer 
than 0.1 percent of the nearly 43,000 of short-beaked common dolphins 
in the OBIS database occur in the general area of the survey, and only 
three were during the summer months. Short-beaked common dolphins could 
be encountered in the proposed project area.

Fraser's Dolphin

    Fraser's dolphin is a deepwater (>1,000 m) species that occurs in 
subtropical to tropical waters, nominally as far north as 30[deg] N. 
This species can dive to substantial water depths in search of prey. 
The dolphins often occur in large groups (100 or more). The OBIS 
database has fewer than 200 sightings of Fraser dolphins. Only three 
sightings were within the larger project area, and only two of those 
were during the summer months. Fraser's dolphins could be encountered 
within the survey area during the Proposed Action.

Atlantic White-Sided Dolphin

    White-sided dolphins are found in temperate and sub-polar waters of 
the North Atlantic, primarily in continental shelf waters to the 100-m 
depth contour. In the western North Atlantic the species inhabits 
waters from central West Greenland to North Carolina (about 35[deg] N) 
and perhaps as far east as 29[deg] W in the vicinity of the mid-
Atlantic Ridge (Evans 1987; Hamazaki 2002; Doksaeter et al., 2008; 
Waring et al., 2008). Based on density modeling by Mannocci et al. 
(2017) for the western North Atlantic, densities are highest north of 
40[deg] N, with densities gradually decreasing to the south. In the 
OBIS database, 28 sightings of the Atlantic white-sided dolphin occur 
in the general area of the survey, and nine of these are during the 
summer months. Atlantic white-sided dolphins could be encountered in 
the proposed project area.

Risso's Dolphin

    Risso's dolphins are found in tropical to warm-temperate waters 
(Carretta et al., 2016a). The species occurs from coastal to deep water 
but is most often found in depths greater than 3,000 m with the highest 
sighting rate in depths greater than 4,500 m (Baird 2016). It primarily 
occurs between 60[deg] N and 60[deg] S where surface water temperatures 
are at least 10[deg]C (Kruse et al., 1999). Based on density modeling 
by Mannocci et al. (2017) for the western North Atlantic, higher 
densities are expected to occur north of 40[deg] N; very low densities 
are expected south of 40[deg] N. There were 471 sightings of Risso's 
dolphins in the general area of the project in the OBIS database, and 
238 of these were during the summer. Risso's dolphin is likely to be 
encountered in the proposed project area during August.

Melon-Headed Whale

    The melon-headed whale is a pantropical species usually occurring 
between 40[deg] N and 35[deg] S (Jefferson et al., 2008). Occasional 
occurrences in temperate waters are extralimital, likely associated 
with warm currents (Perryman et al., 1994; Jefferson et al., 2008). 
Melon-headed whales are oceanic and occur in offshore areas (Perryman 
et al., 1994), as well as around oceanic islands. Off the east coast of 
the United States, sightings have been made of two groups (20 and 80) 
of melon-headed whales off Cape Hatteras in waters 2,500 m deep during 
vessel surveys in 1999 and 2002 (NMFS 1999, 2002 in Waring et al., 
2010). The OBIS database contains more than 300 sightings records for 
the melon-headed whale, and none of these are within the survey area.
    The Roberts et al. (2015b) model density grid for the melon-headed 
whale has only two values for abundance: Zero in most of the U.S. EEZ 
and 0.240833 animals per 100 square kilometers (km\2\) in the rest of 
the modeled area. There are no melon-headed whales in waters shallower 
than 1,000 m in the model in the area of the Proposed Action, meaning 
that take calculations only capture potential animals in deeper waters. 
Melon-headed whales may be encountered during the seismic surveys, but 
they would likely be almost exclusively in deeper water and are more 
likely near the southern survey transects than the northern ones.

Killer Whale

    Killer whales have been observed in all oceans and seas of the 
world (Leatherwood and Dahlheim 1978). Killer whale distribution in the 
Western Atlantic extends from the Arctic ice edge to the West Indies. 
Although reported from tropical and offshore waters (Heyning and 
Dahlheim 1988), killer whales prefer the colder waters of both 
hemispheres, with greatest abundances found within 800 km of major 
continents (Mitchell 1975). Killer whales have been sighted in shelf 
and offshore waters of Newfoundland and Labrador during June to 
September (DFO Sightings Database 2017; OBIS 2017).
    Killer whales are large and conspicuous, often traveling in close-
knit matrilineal groups of a few to tens of individuals (Dahlheim and 
Heyning 1999). Killer whales appear to prefer coastal areas but are 
also known to occur in deep water (Dahlheim and Heyning 1999). In over 
3,000 usable killer whale sightings in the OBIS database, only 0.1 
percent were within the larger rectangular area enclosing the survey, 
and none was during the summer months. Killer whales could be 
encountered within the proposed project area.

False Killer Whale

    The false killer whale is distributed worldwide throughout warm 
temperate and tropical oceans (Jefferson et al., 2008). This species is 
usually sighted in offshore waters but in some cases inhabits waters 
closer shore (e.g., Hawaii, Baird et al., 2013). While records from the 
U.S. western North Atlantic have been uncommon, the combination of 
sighting, stranding and bycatch records indicates that this species 
routinely occurs in the western North Atlantic. The pelagic range in 
the North Atlantic is usually southward of ~30[deg] N, but wanderers 
have been recorded as far north as Norway (Jefferson et al., 2015). Of 
more than 1,100 usable sightings recorded in the OBIS database, two 
occurred within the rectangle enclosing the survey area, and one of 
those was during the summer months. False killer whales could be 
encountered in the proposed project area.

Pygmy Killer Whale

    The pygmy killer whale is distributed worldwide in temperate to 
tropical waters (Caldwell and Caldwell, 1989; McAlpine, 2002). 
Sightings in the western North Atlantic occur in oceanic waters (Mullin 
and Fulling, 2003). Pygmy killer whales are usually found in deep water 
and rarely are found close to shore except where deepwater approaches 
the shore (Jefferson et al., 2015). Three sightings of pygmy killer 
whales are found in the OBIS database for the general area of the 
survey, and all of these occurred during the summer. Pygmy killer 
whales could occur in the survey area.

Short-Finned Pilot Whale

    Short-finned pilot whales are found in all oceans, primarily in 
tropical and warm-temperate waters (Carretta et al., 2016a). The 
species prefers deeper waters, ranging from 324 m to 4,400 m, with most 
sightings between 500 m and 3,000 m (Baird 2016). Pilot whales are 
generally nomadic but may be resident in certain locations (Olson 
2009). There is some overlap of range with G. melas

[[Page 25276]]

in temperate waters (Jefferson et al., 2015). Water temperature appears 
to be the primary factor determining the relative distribution of these 
two species (Fullard et al., 2000). The short-finned pilot whale 
inhabits pelagic as well as nearshore waters (Olson 2009). Of over 
2,500 usable sightings in the OBIS database, 414 were within the 
rectangular area encompassing the survey lines, and 105 of these were 
during the summer months. Thus, short-finned pilot whales would likely 
be encountered in the proposed project area. Note that pilot whales are 
dealt with as an entire guild by Roberts et al. (2015), meaning that 
there are no specific model density grids applicable to short-finned 
pilot whales.

Long-Finned Pilot Whale

    Long-finned pilot whales occur in temperate and sub-polar zones 
(Jefferson et al., 2015) and can be found in inshore or offshore waters 
of the North Atlantic (Olson 2009). In the Northern Hemisphere, their 
range includes the U.S. east coast, Gulf of St. Lawrence, the Azores, 
Madeira, North Africa, western Mediterranean Sea, North Sea, Greenland 
and the Barents Sea. Despite this range, which would appear to overlap 
with that of the Proposed Action, over 9,000 records in the OBIS 
database yielded 51 that occurred in the rectangular box enclosing the 
larger survey area. Sixteen of these occurred during the summer months, 
mostly on the upper continental slope. The long-finned pilot whale 
could be encountered in the proposed study area. Note that pilot whales 
are dealt with as an entire guild by Roberts et al. (2015c), meaning 
that there are no specific model density grids applicable to short-
finned pilot whales.

Marine Mammal Hearing

    Hearing is the most important sensory modality for marine mammals 
underwater, and exposure to anthropogenic sound can have deleterious 
effects. To appropriately assess the potential effects of exposure to 
sound, it is necessary to understand the frequency ranges marine 
mammals are able to hear. Current data indicate that not all marine 
mammal species have equal hearing capabilities (e.g., Richardson et 
al., 1995; Wartzok and Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008). To reflect 
this, Southall et al. (2007) recommended that marine mammals be divided 
into functional hearing groups based on directly measured or estimated 
hearing ranges on the basis of available behavioral response data, 
audiograms derived using auditory evoked potential techniques, 
anatomical modeling, and other data. Note that no direct measurements 
of hearing ability have been successfully completed for mysticetes 
(i.e., low-frequency cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2016) described 
generalized hearing ranges for these marine mammal hearing groups. 
Generalized hearing ranges were chosen based on the approximately 65 
decibels (dB) threshold from the normalized composite audiograms, with 
the exception for lower limits for low-frequency cetaceans where the 
lower bound was deemed to be biologically implausible and the lower 
bound from Southall et al. (2007) retained. The functional groups and 
the associated frequencies are indicated below (note that these 
frequency ranges correspond to the range for the composite group, with 
the entire range not necessarily reflecting the capabilities of every 
species within that group):
     Low-frequency cetaceans (mysticetes): Generalized hearing 
is estimated to occur between approximately 7 hertz (Hz) and 35 
kilohertz (kHz);
     Mid-frequency cetaceans (larger toothed whales, beaked 
whales, and most delphinids): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur 
between approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
     High-frequency cetaceans (porpoises, river dolphins, and 
members of the genera Kogia and Cephalorhynchus; including two members 
of the genus Lagenorhynchus, on the basis of recent echolocation data 
and genetic data): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur between 
approximately 275 Hz and 160 kHz.
     Pinnipeds in water; Phocidae (true seals): Generalized 
hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 50 Hz to 86 kHz;
     Pinnipeds in water; Otariidae (eared seals): Generalized 
hearing is estimated to occur between 60 Hz and 39 kHz.
    The pinniped functional hearing group was modified from Southall et 
al. (2007) on the basis of data indicating that phocid species have 
consistently demonstrated an extended frequency range of hearing 
compared to otariids, especially in the higher frequency range 
(Hemil[auml] et al., 2006; Kastelein et al., 2009; Reichmuth and Holt, 
2013).
    For more detail concerning these groups and associated frequency 
ranges, please see NMFS (2016) for a review of available information. 
Twenty nine marine mammal species (all cetaceans) have the reasonable 
potential to co-occur with the proposed survey activities. Please refer 
to Table 3. Of the cetacean species that may be present, three are 
classified as low-frequency cetaceans (i.e., all mysticete species), 24 
are classified as mid-frequency cetaceans (i.e., all delphinid and 
ziphiid species and the sperm whale), and two are classified as high-
frequency cetaceans (i.e., Kogia spp.).

Potential Effects of Specified Activities on Marine Mammals and Their 
Habitat

    This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that 
components of the specified activity may impact marine mammals and 
their habitat. The ``Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment'' section 
later in this document includes a quantitative analysis of the number 
of individuals that are expected to be taken by this activity. The 
``Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination'' section considers the 
content of this section, the ``Estimated Take by Incidental 
Harassment'' section, and the ``Proposed Mitigation'' section, to draw 
conclusions regarding the likely impacts of these activities on the 
reproductive success or survivorship of individuals and how those 
impacts on individuals are likely to impact marine mammal species or 
stocks.

Description of Active Acoustic Sound Sources

    This section contains a brief technical background on sound, the 
characteristics of certain sound types, and on metrics used in this 
proposal inasmuch as the information is relevant to the specified 
activity and to a discussion of the potential effects of the specified 
activity on marine mammals found later in this document.
    Sound travels in waves, the basic components of which are 
frequency, wavelength, velocity, and amplitude. Frequency is the number 
of pressure waves that pass by a reference point per unit of time and 
is measured in Hz or cycles per second. Wavelength is the distance 
between two peaks or corresponding points of a sound wave (length of 
one cycle). Higher frequency sounds have shorter wavelengths than lower 
frequency sounds, and typically attenuate (decrease) more rapidly, 
except in certain cases in shallower water. Amplitude is the height of 
the sound pressure wave or the ``loudness'' of a sound and is typically 
described using the relative unit of the dB. A sound pressure level 
(SPL) in dB is described as the ratio between a measured pressure and a 
reference pressure (for underwater sound, this is 1 microPascal 
([mu]Pa)) and is a logarithmic unit that accounts for large variations 
in amplitude; therefore, a relatively small change in dB corresponds to 
large changes in sound pressure. The source level (SL)

[[Page 25277]]

represents the SPL referenced at a distance of 1 m from the source 
(referenced to 1 [mu]Pa) while the received level is the SPL at the 
listener's position (referenced to 1 [mu]Pa). It should be noted that 
differences in the reference pressure, density, and sound velocity for 
water and air give the result that dB levels in water are 61.5 dB 
greater than the same absolute intensity in air.
    Root mean square (rms) is the quadratic mean sound pressure over 
the duration of an impulse. Root mean square is calculated by squaring 
all of the sound amplitudes, averaging the squares, and then taking the 
square root of the average (Urick, 1983). Root mean square accounts for 
both positive and negative values; squaring the pressures makes all 
values positive so that they may be accounted for in the summation of 
pressure levels (Hastings and Popper, 2005). This measurement is often 
used in the context of discussing behavioral effects, in part because 
behavioral effects, which often result from auditory cues, may be 
better expressed through averaged units than by peak pressures.
    Sound exposure level (SEL; represented as dB re 1 [mu]Pa\2\-s) 
represents the total energy contained within a pulse and considers both 
intensity and duration of exposure. Peak sound pressure (also referred 
to as zero-to-peak sound pressure or 0-p) is the maximum instantaneous 
sound pressure measurable in the water at a specified distance from the 
source and is represented in the same units as the rms sound pressure. 
Another common metric is peak-to-peak sound pressure (pk-pk), which is 
the algebraic difference between the peak positive and peak negative 
sound pressures. Peak-to-peak pressure is typically approximately 6 dB 
higher than peak pressure (Southall et al., 2007).
    When underwater objects vibrate or activity occurs, sound-pressure 
waves are created. These waves alternately compress and decompress the 
water as the sound wave travels. Underwater sound waves radiate in a 
manner similar to ripples on the surface of a pond and may be either 
directed in a beam or beams or may radiate in all directions 
(omnidirectional sources), as is the case for pulses produced by the 
airgun arrays considered here. The compressions and decompressions 
associated with sound waves are detected as changes in pressure by 
aquatic life and man-made sound receptors such as hydrophones.
    Even in the absence of sound from the specified activity, the 
underwater environment is typically loud due to ambient sound. Ambient 
sound is defined as environmental background sound levels lacking a 
single source or point (Richardson et al., 1995), and the sound level 
of a region is defined by the total acoustical energy being generated 
by known and unknown sources. These sources may include physical (e.g., 
wind and waves, earthquakes, ice, atmospheric sound), biological (e.g., 
sounds produced by marine mammals, fish, and invertebrates), and 
anthropogenic (e.g., vessels, dredging, construction) sound. A number 
of sources contribute to ambient sound, including the following 
(Richardson et al., 1995):
     Wind and waves: The complex interactions between wind and 
water surface, including processes such as breaking waves and wave-
induced bubble oscillations and cavitation, are a main source of 
naturally occurring ambient sound for frequencies between 200 Hz and 50 
kilohertz (kHz) (Mitson, 1995). In general, ambient sound levels tend 
to increase with increasing wind speed and wave height. Surf sound 
becomes important near shore, with measurements collected at a distance 
of 8.5 km from shore showing an increase of 10 dB in the 100 to 700 Hz 
band during heavy surf conditions;
     Precipitation: Sound from rain and hail impacting the 
water surface can become an important component of total sound at 
frequencies above 500 Hz, and possibly down to 100 Hz during quiet 
times;
     Biological: Marine mammals can contribute significantly to 
ambient sound levels, as can some fish and snapping shrimp. The 
frequency band for biological contributions is from approximately 12 Hz 
to over 100 kHz; and
     Anthropogenic: Sources of ambient sound related to human 
activity include transportation (surface vessels), dredging and 
construction, oil and gas drilling and production, seismic surveys, 
sonar, explosions, and ocean acoustic studies. Vessel noise typically 
dominates the total ambient sound for frequencies between 20 and 300 
Hz. In general, the frequencies of anthropogenic sounds are below 1 kHz 
and, if higher frequency sound levels are created, they attenuate 
rapidly. Sound from identifiable anthropogenic sources other than the 
activity of interest (e.g., a passing vessel) is sometimes termed 
background sound, as opposed to ambient sound.
    The sum of the various natural and anthropogenic sound sources at 
any given location and time--which comprise ``ambient'' or 
``background'' sound--depends not only on the source levels (as 
determined by current weather conditions and levels of biological and 
human activity) but also on the ability of sound to propagate through 
the environment. In turn, sound propagation is dependent on the 
spatially and temporally varying properties of the water column and sea 
floor, and is frequency-dependent. As a result of the dependence on a 
large number of varying factors, ambient sound levels can be expected 
to vary widely over both coarse and fine spatial and temporal scales. 
Sound levels at a given frequency and location can vary by 10-20 dB 
from day to day (Richardson et al., 1995). The result is that, 
depending on the source type and its intensity, sound from a given 
activity may be a negligible addition to the local environment or could 
form a distinctive signal that may affect marine mammals. Details of 
source types are described in the following text.
    Sounds are often considered to fall into one of two general types: 
Pulsed and non-pulsed (defined in the following). The distinction 
between these two sound types is important because they have differing 
potential to cause physical effects, particularly with regard to 
hearing (e.g., Ward, 1997 in Southall et al., 2007). Please see 
Southall et al. (2007) for an in-depth discussion of these concepts.
    Pulsed sound sources (e.g., airguns, explosions, gunshots, sonic 
booms, impact pile driving) produce signals that are brief (typically 
considered to be less than one second), broadband, atonal transients 
(ANSI, 1986, 2005; Harris, 1998; NIOSH, 1998; ISO, 2003) and occur 
either as isolated events or repeated in some succession. Pulsed sounds 
are all characterized by a relatively rapid rise from ambient pressure 
to a maximal pressure value followed by a rapid decay period that may 
include a period of diminishing, oscillating maximal and minimal 
pressures, and generally have an increased capacity to induce physical 
injury as compared with sounds that lack these features.
    Non-pulsed sounds can be tonal, narrowband, or broadband, brief or 
prolonged, and may be either continuous or non-continuous (ANSI, 1995; 
NIOSH, 1998). Some of these non-pulsed sounds can be transient signals 
of short duration but without the essential properties of pulses (e.g., 
rapid rise time). Examples of non-pulsed sounds include those produced 
by vessels, aircraft, machinery operations such as drilling or 
dredging, vibratory pile driving, and active sonar systems (such as 
those used by the U.S. Navy). The duration of such sounds, as received 
at a distance, can be greatly extended in a highly reverberant 
environment.

[[Page 25278]]

    Airgun arrays produce pulsed signals with energy in a frequency 
range from about 10-2,000 Hz, with most energy radiated at frequencies 
below 200 Hz. The amplitude of the acoustic wave emitted from the 
source is equal in all directions (i.e., omnidirectional), but airgun 
arrays do possess some directionality due to different phase delays 
between guns in different directions. Airgun arrays are typically tuned 
to maximize functionality for data acquisition purposes, meaning that 
sound transmitted in horizontal directions and at higher frequencies is 
minimized to the extent possible.
    In addition to airguns, the USGS would continuously use a fisheries 
echosounder (EK60/EK80) with 38 kHz transducer at water depths less 
than ~1,800 m from the R/V Hugh R. Sharp. Due to the lower source level 
of the EK60/EK80 relative to the R/V Hugh R. Sharp's airgun array, the 
sounds from the EK60/EK80 SBP are expected to be effectively subsumed 
by the sounds from the airgun array. Thus, any marine mammal that was 
exposed to sounds from the EK60/EK80 would already have been exposed to 
sounds from the airgun array, which are expected to propagate further 
in the water. As such, the EK60/EK80 is not expected to result in the 
take of any marine mammal that has not already been taken by the sounds 
from the airgun array; and, therefore, we do not consider noise from 
the EK60/EK80 further in this analysis.

Acoustic Impacts

    Potential Effects of Underwater Sound--Please refer to the 
information given previously (``Description of Active Acoustic Sound 
Sources'') regarding sound, characteristics of sound types, and metrics 
used in this document. Note that, in the following discussion, we refer 
in many cases to a recent review article concerning studies of noise-
induced hearing loss conducted from 1996-2015 (i.e., Finneran, 2015). 
For study-specific citations, please see that work. Anthropogenic 
sounds cover a broad range of frequencies and sound levels and can have 
a range of highly variable impacts on marine life, from none or minor 
to potentially severe responses, depending on received levels, duration 
of exposure, behavioral context, and various other factors. The 
potential effects of underwater sound from active acoustic sources can 
potentially result in one or more of the following: Temporary or 
permanent hearing impairment, non-auditory physical or physiological 
effects, behavioral disturbance, stress, and masking (Richardson et 
al., 1995; Gordon et al., 2004; Nowacek et al., 2007; Southall et al., 
2007; G[ouml]tz et al., 2009). The degree of effect is intrinsically 
related to the signal characteristics, received level, distance from 
the source, and duration of the sound exposure. In general, sudden, 
high level sounds can cause hearing loss, as can longer exposures to 
lower level sounds. Temporary or permanent loss of hearing will occur 
almost exclusively for noise within an animal's hearing range. We first 
describe specific manifestations of acoustic effects before providing 
discussion specific to the use of airguns.
    Richardson et al. (1995) described zones of increasing intensity of 
effect that might be expected to occur, in relation to distance from a 
source and assuming that the signal is within an animal's hearing 
range. First is the area within which the acoustic signal would be 
audible (potentially perceived) to the animal, but not strong enough to 
elicit any overt behavioral or physiological response. The next zone 
corresponds with the area where the signal is audible to the animal and 
of sufficient intensity to elicit behavioral or physiological 
responsiveness. Third is a zone within which, for signals of high 
intensity, the received level is sufficient to potentially cause 
discomfort or tissue damage to auditory or other systems. Overlaying 
these zones to a certain extent is the area within which masking (i.e., 
when a sound interferes with or masks the ability of an animal to 
detect a signal of interest that is above the absolute hearing 
threshold) may occur; the masking zone may be highly variable in size.
    We describe the more severe effects certain non-auditory physical 
or physiological effects only briefly as we do not expect that use of 
airgun arrays are reasonably likely to result in such effects (see 
below for further discussion). Potential effects from impulsive sound 
sources can range in severity from effects such as behavioral 
disturbance or tactile perception to physical discomfort, slight injury 
of the internal organs and the auditory system, or mortality (Yelverton 
et al., 1973). Non-auditory physiological effects or injuries that 
theoretically might occur in marine mammals exposed to high level 
underwater sound or as a secondary effect of extreme behavioral 
reactions (e.g., change in dive profile as a result of an avoidance 
reaction) caused by exposure to sound include neurological effects, 
bubble formation, resonance effects, and other types of organ or tissue 
damage (Cox et al., 2006; Southall et al., 2007; Zimmer and Tyack, 
2007; Tal et al., 2015). The survey activities considered here do not 
involve the use of devices such as explosives or mid-frequency tactical 
sonar that are associated with these types of effects.
    1. Threshold Shift--Marine mammals exposed to high-intensity sound, 
or to lower-intensity sound for prolonged periods, can experience 
hearing threshold shift (TS), which is the loss of hearing sensitivity 
at certain frequency ranges (Finneran, 2015). TS can be permanent 
(PTS), in which case the loss of hearing sensitivity is not fully 
recoverable, or temporary (TTS), in which case the animal's hearing 
threshold would recover over time (Southall et al., 2007). Repeated 
sound exposure that leads to TTS could cause PTS. In severe cases of 
PTS, there can be total or partial deafness, while in most cases the 
animal has an impaired ability to hear sounds in specific frequency 
ranges (Kryter, 1985).
    When PTS occurs, there is physical damage to the sound receptors in 
the ear (i.e., tissue damage), whereas TTS represents primarily tissue 
fatigue and is reversible (Southall et al., 2007). In addition, other 
investigators have suggested that TTS is within the normal bounds of 
physiological variability and tolerance and does not represent physical 
injury (e.g., Ward, 1997). Therefore, NMFS does not consider TTS to 
constitute auditory injury.
    Relationships between TTS and PTS thresholds have not been studied 
in marine mammals, and there is no PTS data for cetaceans but such 
relationships are assumed to be similar to those in humans and other 
terrestrial mammals. PTS typically occurs at exposure levels at least 
several decibels above (a 40-dB TS approximates PTS onset; e.g., Kryter 
et al., 1966; Miller, 1974) that inducing mild TTS (a 6-dB threshold 
shift approximates TTS onset; e.g., Southall et al., 2007). Based on 
data from terrestrial mammals, a precautionary assumption is that the 
PTS thresholds for impulse sounds (such as airgun pulses as received 
close to the source) are at least 6 dB higher than the TTS threshold on 
a peak-pressure basis and PTS cumulative sound exposure level 
(SELcum) thresholds are 15 to 20 dB higher than TTS 
SELcum thresholds (Southall et al., 2007). Given the higher 
level of sound or longer exposure duration necessary to cause PTS as 
compared with TTS, it is considerably less likely that PTS could occur.
    For mid-frequency cetaceans in particular, potential protective 
mechanisms may help limit onset of TTS or prevent onset of PTS. Such 
mechanisms include dampening of hearing, auditory adaptation, or 
behavioral amelioration (e.g., Nachtigall and Supin, 2013; Miller et 
al., 2012;

[[Page 25279]]

Finneran et al., 2015; Popov et al., 2016).
    TTS is the mildest form of hearing impairment that can occur during 
exposure to sound (Kryter, 1985). While experiencing TTS, the hearing 
threshold rises, and a sound must be at a higher level in order to be 
heard. In terrestrial and marine mammals, TTS can last from minutes or 
hours to days (in cases of strong TTS). In many cases, hearing 
sensitivity recovers rapidly after exposure to the sound ends. Few data 
on sound levels and durations necessary to elicit mild TTS have been 
obtained for marine mammals.
    Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with 
conspecifics, and interpretation of environmental cues for purposes 
such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree 
(elevation of threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery time), and 
frequency range of TTS, and the context in which it is experienced, TTS 
can have effects on marine mammals ranging from discountable to 
serious. For example, a marine mammal may be able to readily compensate 
for a brief, relatively small amount of TTS in a non-critical frequency 
range that occurs during a time where ambient noise is lower and there 
are not as many competing sounds present. Alternatively, a larger 
amount and longer duration of TTS sustained during time when 
communication is critical for successful mother/calf interactions could 
have more serious impacts.
    Finneran et al. (2015) measured hearing thresholds in three captive 
bottlenose dolphins before and after exposure to ten pulses produced by 
a seismic airgun in order to study TTS induced after exposure to 
multiple pulses. Exposures began at relatively low levels and gradually 
increased over a period of several months, with the highest exposures 
at peak SPLs from 196 to 210 dB and cumulative (unweighted) SELs from 
193-195 dB. No substantial TTS was observed. In addition, behavioral 
reactions were observed that indicated that animals can learn behaviors 
that effectively mitigate noise exposures (although exposure patterns 
must be learned, which is less likely in wild animals than for the 
captive animals considered in this study). The authors note that the 
failure to induce more significant auditory effects likely due to the 
intermittent nature of exposure, the relatively low peak pressure 
produced by the acoustic source, and the low-frequency energy in airgun 
pulses as compared with the frequency range of best sensitivity for 
dolphins and other mid-frequency cetaceans.
    Currently, TTS data only exist for four species of cetaceans 
(bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale, harbor porpoise, and Yangtze finless 
porpoise) exposed to a limited number of sound sources (i.e., mostly 
tones and octave-band noise) in laboratory settings (Finneran, 2015). 
In general, harbor porpoises have a lower TTS onset than other measured 
cetacean species (Finneran, 2015). Additionally, the existing marine 
mammal TTS data come from a limited number of individuals within these 
species. There are no data available on noise-induced hearing loss for 
mysticetes.
    Critical questions remain regarding the rate of TTS growth and 
recovery after exposure to intermittent noise and the effects of single 
and multiple pulses. Data at present are also insufficient to construct 
generalized models for recovery and determine the time necessary to 
treat subsequent exposures as independent events. More information is 
needed on the relationship between auditory evoked potential and 
behavioral measures of TTS for various stimuli. For summaries of data 
on TTS in marine mammals or for further discussion of TTS onset 
thresholds, please see Southall et al. (2007), Finneran and Jenkins 
(2012), Finneran (2015), and NMFS (2016).
    2. Behavioral Effects--Behavioral disturbance may include a variety 
of effects, including subtle changes in behavior (e.g., minor or brief 
avoidance of an area or changes in vocalizations), more conspicuous 
changes in similar behavioral activities, and more sustained and/or 
potentially severe reactions, such as displacement from or abandonment 
of high-quality habitat. Behavioral responses to sound are highly 
variable and context-specific and any reactions depend on numerous 
intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g., species, state of maturity, 
experience, current activity, reproductive state, auditory sensitivity, 
time of day), as well as the interplay between factors (e.g., 
Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; 
Weilgart, 2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral reactions can vary not 
only among individuals but also within an individual, depending on 
previous experience with a sound source, context, and numerous other 
factors (Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary depending on 
characteristics associated with the sound source (e.g., whether it is 
moving or stationary, number of sources, distance from the source). 
Please see Appendices B-C of Southall et al. (2007) for a review of 
studies involving marine mammal behavioral responses to sound.
    Habituation can occur when an animal's response to a stimulus wanes 
with repeated exposure, usually in the absence of unpleasant associated 
events (Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most likely to habituate to 
sounds that are predictable and unvarying. It is important to note that 
habituation is appropriately considered as a ``progressive reduction in 
response to stimuli that are perceived as neither aversive nor 
beneficial,'' rather than as, more generally, moderation in response to 
human disturbance (Bejder et al., 2009). The opposite process is 
sensitization, when an unpleasant experience leads to subsequent 
responses, often in the form of avoidance, at a lower level of 
exposure. As noted, behavioral state may affect the type of response. 
For example, animals that are resting may show greater behavioral 
change in response to disturbing sound levels than animals that are 
highly motivated to remain in an area for feeding (Richardson et al., 
1995; NRC, 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003). Controlled experiments with 
captive marine mammals have showed pronounced behavioral reactions, 
including avoidance of loud sound sources (Ridgway et al., 1997). 
Observed responses of wild marine mammals to loud pulsed sound sources 
(typically seismic airguns or acoustic harassment devices) have been 
varied but often consist of avoidance behavior or other behavioral 
changes suggesting discomfort (Morton and Symonds, 2002; see also 
Richardson et al., 1995; Nowacek et al., 2007). However, many 
delphinids approach acoustic source vessels with no apparent discomfort 
or obvious behavioral change (e.g., Barkaszi et al., 2012).
    Available studies show wide variation in response to underwater 
sound; therefore, it is difficult to predict specifically how any given 
sound in a particular instance might affect marine mammals perceiving 
the signal. If a marine mammal does react briefly to an underwater 
sound by changing its behavior or moving a small distance, the impacts 
of the change are unlikely to be significant to the individual, let 
alone the stock or population. However, if a sound source displaces 
marine mammals from an important feeding or breeding area for a 
prolonged period, impacts on individuals and populations could be 
significant (e.g., Lusseau and Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007; NRC, 
2005). However, there are broad categories of potential response, which 
we describe in greater detail here, that include alteration of dive 
behavior, alteration of foraging behavior, effects to

[[Page 25280]]

breathing, interference with or alteration of vocalization, avoidance, 
and flight.
    Changes in dive behavior can vary widely and may consist of 
increased or decreased dive times and surface intervals as well as 
changes in the rates of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g., Frankel 
and Clark 2000; Ng and Leung 2003; Nowacek et al., 2004; Goldbogen et 
al., 2013). Variations in dive behavior may reflect interruptions in 
biologically significant activities (e.g., foraging) or they may be of 
little biological significance. The impact of an alteration to dive 
behavior resulting from an acoustic exposure depends on what the animal 
is doing at the time of the exposure and the type and magnitude of the 
response.
    Disruption of feeding behavior can be difficult to correlate with 
anthropogenic sound exposure, so it is usually inferred by observed 
displacement from known foraging areas, the appearance of secondary 
indicators (e.g., bubble nets or sediment plumes), or changes in dive 
behavior. As for other types of behavioral response, the frequency, 
duration, and temporal pattern of signal presentation, as well as 
differences in species sensitivity, are likely contributing factors to 
differences in response in any given circumstance (e.g., Croll et al., 
2001; Nowacek et al., 2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et al., 
2007). A determination of whether foraging disruptions incur fitness 
consequences would require information on or estimates of the energetic 
requirements of the affected individuals and the relationship between 
prey availability, foraging effort and success, and the life history 
stage of the animal.
    Visual tracking, passive acoustic monitoring, and movement 
recording tags were used to quantify sperm whale behavior prior to, 
during, and following exposure to airgun arrays at received levels in 
the range 140-160 dB at distances of 7-13 km, following a phase-in of 
sound intensity and full array exposures at 1-13 km (Madsen et al., 
2006; Miller et al., 2009). Sperm whales did not exhibit horizontal 
avoidance behavior at the surface. However, foraging behavior may have 
been affected. The sperm whales exhibited 19 percent less vocal (buzz) 
rate during full exposure relative to post exposure, and the whale that 
was approached most closely had an extended resting period and did not 
resume foraging until the airguns had ceased firing. The remaining 
whales continued to execute foraging dives throughout exposure; 
however, swimming movements during foraging dives were six percent 
lower during exposure than control periods (Miller et al., 2009). These 
data raise concerns that seismic surveys may impact foraging behavior 
in sperm whales, although more data are required to understand whether 
the differences were due to exposure or natural variation in sperm 
whale behavior (Miller et al., 2009).
    Variations in respiration naturally vary with different behaviors 
and alterations to breathing rate as a function of acoustic exposure 
can be expected to co-occur with other behavioral reactions, such as a 
flight response or an alteration in diving. However, respiration rates 
in and of themselves may be representative of annoyance or an acute 
stress response. Various studies have shown that respiration rates may 
either be unaffected or could increase, depending on the species and 
signal characteristics, again highlighting the importance in 
understanding species differences in the tolerance of underwater noise 
when determining the potential for impacts resulting from anthropogenic 
sound exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001, 2005, 2006; Gailey et 
al., 2007; Gailey et al., 2016).
    Marine mammals vocalize for different purposes and across multiple 
modes, such as whistling, echolocation click production, calling, and 
singing. Changes in vocalization behavior in response to anthropogenic 
noise can occur for any of these modes and may result from a need to 
compete with an increase in background noise or may reflect increased 
vigilance or a startle response. For example, in the presence of 
potentially masking signals, humpback whales and killer whales have 
been observed to increase the length of their songs (Miller et al., 
2000; Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004), while right whales 
have been observed to shift the frequency content of their calls upward 
while reducing the rate of calling in areas of increased anthropogenic 
noise (Parks et al., 2007). In some cases, animals may cease sound 
production during production of aversive signals (Bowles et al., 1994).
    Cerchio et al. (2014) used passive acoustic monitoring to document 
the presence of singing humpback whales off the coast of northern 
Angola and to opportunistically test for the effect of seismic survey 
activity on the number of singing whales. Two recording units were 
deployed between March and December 2008 in the offshore environment; 
numbers of singers were counted every hour. Generalized Additive Mixed 
Models were used to assess the effect of survey day (seasonality), hour 
(diel variation), moon phase, and received levels of noise (measured 
from a single pulse during each ten minute sampled period) on singer 
number. The number of singers significantly decreased with increasing 
received level of noise, suggesting that humpback whale breeding 
activity was disrupted to some extent by the survey activity.
    Castellote et al. (2012) reported acoustic and behavioral changes 
by fin whales in response to shipping and airgun noise. Acoustic 
features of fin whale song notes recorded in the Mediterranean Sea and 
northeast Atlantic Ocean were compared for areas with different 
shipping noise levels and traffic intensities and during a seismic 
airgun survey. During the first 72 hours of the survey, a steady 
decrease in song received levels and bearings to singers indicated that 
whales moved away from the acoustic source and out of the study area. 
This displacement persisted for a time period well beyond the 10-day 
duration of seismic airgun activity, providing evidence that fin whales 
may avoid an area for an extended period in the presence of increased 
noise. The authors hypothesize that fin whale acoustic communication is 
modified to compensate for increased background noise and that a 
sensitization process may play a role in the observed temporary 
displacement.
    Seismic pulses at average received levels of 131 dB re 1 
[micro]Pa\2\-s caused blue whales to increase call production (Di Iorio 
and Clark, 2010). In contrast, McDonald et al. (1995) tracked a blue 
whale with seafloor seismometers and reported that it stopped 
vocalizing and changed its travel direction at a range of 10 km from 
the acoustic source vessel (estimated received level 143 dB pk-pk). 
Blackwell et al. (2013) found that bowhead whale call rates dropped 
significantly at onset of airgun use at sites with a median distance of 
41-45 km from the survey. Blackwell et al. (2015) expanded this 
analysis to show that whales actually increased calling rates as soon 
as airgun signals were detectable before ultimately decreasing calling 
rates at higher received levels (i.e., 10-minute SELcum of 
~127 dB). Overall, these results suggest that bowhead whales may adjust 
their vocal output in an effort to compensate for noise before ceasing 
vocalization effort and ultimately deflecting from the acoustic source 
(Blackwell et al., 2013, 2015). These studies demonstrate that even low 
levels of noise received far from the source can induce changes in 
vocalization and/or behavior for mysticetes.
    Avoidance is the displacement of an individual from an area or 
migration path as a result of the presence of a

[[Page 25281]]

sound or other stressors and is one of the most obvious manifestations 
of disturbance in marine mammals (Richardson et al., 1995). For 
example, gray whales are known to change direction--deflecting from 
customary migratory paths--in order to avoid noise from seismic surveys 
(Malme et al., 1984). Humpback whales showed avoidance behavior in the 
presence of an active seismic array during observational studies and 
controlled exposure experiments in western Australia (McCauley et al., 
2000). Avoidance may be short-term, with animals returning to the area 
once the noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al., 1994; Stone et al., 
2000; Morton and Symonds, 2002; Gailey et al., 2007). Longer-term 
displacement is possible, however, which may lead to changes in 
abundance or distribution patterns of the affected species in the 
affected region if habituation to the presence of the sound does not 
occur (e.g., Bejder et al., 2006; Teilmann et al., 2006).
    A flight response is a dramatic change in normal movement to a 
directed and rapid movement away from the perceived location of a sound 
source. The flight response differs from other avoidance responses in 
the intensity of the response (e.g., directed movement, rate of 
travel). Relatively little information on flight responses of marine 
mammals to anthropogenic signals exist, although observations of flight 
responses to the presence of predators have occurred (Connor and 
Heithaus, 1996). The result of a flight response could range from 
brief, temporary exertion and displacement from the area where the 
signal provokes flight to, in extreme cases, marine mammal strandings 
(Evans and England, 2001). However, it should be noted that response to 
a perceived predator does not necessarily invoke flight (Ford and 
Reeves, 2008), and whether individuals are solitary or in groups may 
influence the response.
    Behavioral disturbance can also impact marine mammals in more 
subtle ways. Increased vigilance may result in costs related to 
diversion of focus and attention (i.e., when a response consists of 
increased vigilance, it may come at the cost of decreased attention to 
other critical behaviors such as foraging or resting). These effects 
have generally not been demonstrated for marine mammals, but studies 
involving fish and terrestrial animals have shown that increased 
vigilance may substantially reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp and 
Livoreil 1997; Fritz et al., 2002; Purser and Radford 2011). In 
addition, chronic disturbance can cause population declines through 
reduction of fitness (e.g., decline in body condition) and subsequent 
reduction in reproductive success, survival, or both (e.g., Harrington 
and Veitch 1992; Daan et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998). However, 
Ridgway et al. (2006) reported that increased vigilance in bottlenose 
dolphins exposed to sound over a five-day period did not cause any 
sleep deprivation or stress effects.
    Many animals perform vital functions, such as feeding, resting, 
traveling, and socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour cycle). Disruption 
of such functions resulting from reactions to stressors such as sound 
exposure are more likely to be significant if they last more than one 
diel cycle or recur on subsequent days (Southall et al., 2007). 
Consequently, a behavioral response lasting less than one day and not 
recurring on subsequent days is not considered particularly severe 
unless it could directly affect reproduction or survival (Southall et 
al., 2007). Note that there is a difference between multi-day 
substantive behavioral reactions and multi-day anthropogenic 
activities. For example, just because an activity lasts for multiple 
days does not necessarily mean that individual animals are either 
exposed to activity-related stressors for multiple days or, further, 
exposed in a manner resulting in sustained multi-day substantive 
behavioral responses.
    Stone (2015) reported data from at-sea observations during 1,196 
seismic surveys from 1994 to 2010. When large arrays of airguns 
(considered to be 500 in\3\ or more) were firing, lateral displacement, 
more localized avoidance, or other changes in behavior were evident for 
most odontocetes. However, significant responses to large arrays were 
found only for the minke whale and fin whale. Behavioral responses 
observed included changes in swimming or surfacing behavior, with 
indications that cetaceans remained near the water surface at these 
times. Cetaceans were recorded as feeding less often when large arrays 
were active. Behavioral observations of gray whales during a seismic 
survey monitored whale movements and respirations pre-, during and 
post-seismic survey (Gailey et al., 2016). Behavioral state and water 
depth were the best `natural' predictors of whale movements and 
respiration and, after considering natural variation, none of the 
response variables were significantly associated with seismic survey or 
vessel sounds.
    3. Stress Responses--An animal's perception of a threat may be 
sufficient to trigger stress responses consisting of some combination 
of behavioral responses, autonomic nervous system responses, 
neuroendocrine responses, or immune responses (e.g., Seyle, 1950; 
Moberg 2000). In many cases, an animal's first and sometimes most 
economical (in terms of energetic costs) response is behavioral 
avoidance of the potential stressor. Autonomic nervous system responses 
to stress typically involve changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and 
gastrointestinal activity. These responses have a relatively short 
duration and may or may not have a significant long-term effect on an 
animal's fitness.
    Neuroendocrine stress responses often involve the hypothalamus-
pituitary-adrenal system. Virtually all neuroendocrine functions that 
are affected by stress--including immune competence, reproduction, 
metabolism, and behavior--are regulated by pituitary hormones. Stress-
induced changes in the secretion of pituitary hormones have been 
implicated in failed reproduction, altered metabolism, reduced immune 
competence, and behavioral disturbance (e.g., Moberg 1987; Blecha 
2000). Increases in the circulation of glucocorticoids are also equated 
with stress (Romano et al., 2004).
    The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does 
not normally place an animal at risk) and ``distress'' is the cost of 
the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen stores 
that can be quickly replenished once the stress is alleviated. In such 
circumstances, the cost of the stress response would not pose serious 
fitness consequences. However, when an animal does not have sufficient 
energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a stress response, 
energy resources must be diverted from other functions. This state of 
distress will last until the animal replenishes its energetic reserves 
sufficiently to restore normal function.
    Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal 
behavior, and the costs of stress responses are well-studied through 
controlled experiments and for both laboratory and free-ranging animals 
(e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998; Jessop et al., 2003; 
Krausman et al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress responses due to 
exposure to anthropogenic sounds or other stressors and their effects 
on marine mammals have also been reviewed (Fair and Becker, 2000; 
Romano et al., 2002b) and, more rarely, studied in wild populations 
(e.g., Romano et al., 2002a). For example, Rolland et al. (2012) found 
that noise reduction from reduced ship traffic in the Bay of Fundy was 
associated with decreased stress in North Atlantic right whales. These 
and other studies lead to a reasonable

[[Page 25282]]

expectation that some marine mammals will experience physiological 
stress responses upon exposure to acoustic stressors and that it is 
possible that some of these would be classified as ``distress.'' In 
addition, any animal experiencing TTS would likely also experience 
stress responses (NRC, 2003).
    4. Auditory Masking--Sound can disrupt behavior through masking, or 
interfering with, an animal's ability to detect, recognize, or 
discriminate between acoustic signals of interest (e.g., those used for 
intraspecific communication and social interactions, prey detection, 
predator avoidance, navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995; Erbe et al., 
2016). Masking occurs when the receipt of a sound is interfered with by 
another coincident sound at similar frequencies and at similar or 
higher intensity, and may occur whether the sound is natural (e.g., 
snapping shrimp, wind, waves, precipitation) or anthropogenic (e.g., 
shipping, sonar, seismic exploration) in origin. The ability of a noise 
source to mask biologically important sounds depends on the 
characteristics of both the noise source and the signal of interest 
(e.g., signal-to-noise ratio, temporal variability, direction), in 
relation to each other and to an animal's hearing abilities (e.g., 
sensitivity, frequency range, critical ratios, frequency 
discrimination, directional discrimination, age or TTS hearing loss), 
and existing ambient noise and propagation conditions.
    Under certain circumstances, marine mammals experiencing 
significant masking could also be impaired from maximizing their 
performance fitness in survival and reproduction. Therefore, when the 
coincident (masking) sound is man-made, it may be considered harassment 
when disrupting or altering critical behaviors. It is important to 
distinguish TTS and PTS, which persist after the sound exposure, from 
masking, which occurs during the sound exposure. Because masking 
(without resulting in TS) is not associated with abnormal physiological 
function, it is not considered a physiological effect, but rather a 
potential behavioral effect.
    The frequency range of the potentially masking sound is important 
in determining any potential behavioral impacts. For example, low-
frequency signals may have less effect on high-frequency echolocation 
sounds produced by odontocetes but are more likely to affect detection 
of mysticete communication calls and other potentially important 
natural sounds such as those produced by surf and some prey species. 
The masking of communication signals by anthropogenic noise may be 
considered as a reduction in the communication space of animals (e.g., 
Clark et al., 2009) and may result in energetic or other costs as 
animals change their vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al., 2000; 
Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al., 2007; Di Iorio and Clark 2009; Holt 
et al., 2009). Masking can be reduced in situations where the signal 
and noise come from different directions (Richardson et al., 1995), 
through amplitude modulation of the signal, or through other 
compensatory behaviors (Houser and Moore 2014). Masking can be tested 
directly in captive species (e.g., Erbe 2008), but in wild populations 
it must be either modeled or inferred from evidence of masking 
compensation. There are few studies addressing real-world masking 
sounds likely to be experienced by marine mammals in the wild (e.g., 
Branstetter et al., 2013).
    Masking affects both senders and receivers of acoustic signals and 
can potentially have long-term chronic effects on marine mammals at the 
population level as well as at the individual level. Low-frequency 
ambient sound levels have increased by as much as 20 dB (more than 
three times in terms of SPL) in the world's ocean from pre-industrial 
periods, with most of the increase from distant commercial shipping 
(Hildebrand 2009). All anthropogenic sound sources, but especially 
chronic and lower-frequency signals (e.g., from vessel traffic), 
contribute to elevated ambient sound levels, thus intensifying masking.

Ship Strike

    Vessel collisions with marine mammals, or ship strikes, can result 
in death or serious injury of the animal. Wounds resulting from ship 
strike may include massive trauma, hemorrhaging, broken bones, or 
propeller lacerations (Knowlton and Kraus 2001). An animal at the 
surface may be struck directly by a vessel, a surfacing animal may hit 
the bottom of a vessel, or an animal just below the surface may be cut 
by a vessel's propeller. Superficial strikes may not kill or result in 
the death of the animal. These interactions are typically associated 
with large whales (e.g., fin whales), which are occasionally found 
draped across the bulbous bow of large commercial ships upon arrival in 
port. Although smaller cetaceans are more maneuverable in relation to 
large vessels than are large whales, they may also be susceptible to 
strike. The severity of injuries typically depends on the size and 
speed of the vessel, with the probability of death or serious injury 
increasing as vessel speed increases (Knowlton and Kraus 2001; Laist et 
al., 2001; Vanderlaan and Taggart 2007; Conn and Silber 2013). Impact 
forces increase with speed, as does the probability of a strike at a 
given distance (Silber et al., 2010; Gende et al., 2011).
    Pace and Silber (2005) also found that the probability of death or 
serious injury increased rapidly with increasing vessel speed. 
Specifically, the predicted probability of serious injury or death 
increased from 45 to 75 percent as vessel speed increased from 10 to 14 
kn, and exceeded 90 percent at 17 kn. Higher speeds during collisions 
result in greater force of impact, but higher speeds also appear to 
increase the chance of severe injuries or death through increased 
likelihood of collision by pulling whales toward the vessel (Clyne, 
1999; Knowlton et al., 1995). In a separate study, Vanderlaan and 
Taggart (2007) analyzed the probability of lethal mortality of large 
whales at a given speed, showing that the greatest rate of change in 
the probability of a lethal injury to a large whale as a function of 
vessel speed occurs between 8.6 and 15 kn. The chances of a lethal 
injury decline from approximately 80 percent at 15 kn to approximately 
20 percent at 8.6 kn. At speeds below 11.8 kn, the chances of lethal 
injury drop below 50 percent, while the probability asymptotically 
increases toward one hundred percent above 15 kn.
    The R/V Hugh R. Sharp would travel at a speed of ~7.4 km/h (4 kn) 
while towing seismic survey gear (LGL, 2018). At these speeds, both the 
possibility of striking a marine mammal and the possibility of a strike 
resulting in serious injury or mortality are discountable. At average 
transit speed, the probability of serious injury or mortality resulting 
from a strike is less than 50 percent. However, the likelihood of a 
strike actually happening is again discountable. Ship strikes, as 
analyzed in the studies cited above, generally involve commercial 
shipping, which is much more common in both space and time than is 
geophysical survey activity. Jensen and Silber (2004) summarized ship 
strikes of large whales worldwide from 1975-2003 and found that most 
collisions occurred in the open ocean and involved large vessels (e.g., 
commercial shipping). Commercial fishing vessels were responsible for 
three percent of recorded collisions, while no such incidents were 
reported for geophysical survey vessels during that time period.
    It is possible for ship strikes to occur while traveling at slow 
speeds. For example, a hydrographic survey vessel

[[Page 25283]]

traveling at low speed (5.5 kn) while conducting mapping surveys off 
the central California coast struck and killed a blue whale in 2009. 
The State of California determined that the whale had suddenly and 
unexpectedly surfaced beneath the hull, with the result that the 
propeller severed the whale's vertebrae, and that this was an 
unavoidable event. This strike represents the only such incident in 
approximately 540,000 hours of similar coastal mapping activity (p = 
1.9 x 10-6; 95% CI = 0-5.5 x 10-6; NMFS, 2013b). 
In addition, a research vessel reported a fatal strike in 2011 of a 
dolphin in the Atlantic, demonstrating that it is possible for strikes 
involving smaller cetaceans to occur. In that case, the incident report 
indicated that an animal apparently was struck by the vessel's 
propeller as it was intentionally swimming near the vessel. While 
indicative of the type of unusual events that cannot be ruled out, 
neither of these instances represents a circumstance that would be 
considered reasonably foreseeable or that would be considered 
preventable.
    Although the likelihood of the vessel striking a marine mammal is 
low, we require a robust ship strike avoidance protocol (see ``Proposed 
Mitigation''), which we believe eliminates any foreseeable risk of ship 
strike. We anticipate that vessel collisions involving a seismic data 
acquisition vessel towing gear, while not impossible, represent 
unlikely, unpredictable events for which there are no preventive 
measures. Given the required mitigation measures, the relatively slow 
speed of the vessel towing gear, the presence of bridge crew watching 
for obstacles at all times (including marine mammals), the presence of 
marine mammal observers, and the short duration of the survey (22 
days), we believe that the possibility of ship strike is discountable 
and, further, that were a strike of a large whale to occur, it would be 
unlikely to result in serious injury or mortality. No incidental take 
resulting from ship strike is anticipated, and this potential effect of 
the specified activity will not be discussed further in the following 
analysis.

Stranding

    When a living or dead marine mammal swims or floats onto shore and 
becomes ``beached'' or incapable of returning to sea, the event is a 
``stranding'' (Geraci et al., 1999; Perrin and Geraci 2002; Geraci and 
Lounsbury 2005; NMFS, 2007). The legal definition for a stranding under 
the MMPA is (A) a marine mammal is dead and is (i) on a beach or shore 
of the United States; or (ii) in waters under the jurisdiction of the 
United States (including any navigable waters); or (B) a marine mammal 
is alive and is (i) on a beach or shore of the United States and is 
unable to return to the water; (ii) on a beach or shore of the United 
States and, although able to return to the water, is in need of 
apparent medical attention; or (iii) in the waters under the 
jurisdiction of the United States (including any navigable waters), but 
is unable to return to its natural habitat under its own power or 
without assistance.
    Marine mammals strand for a variety of reasons, such as infectious 
agents, biotoxicosis, starvation, fishery interaction, ship strike, 
unusual oceanographic or weather events, sound exposure, or 
combinations of these stressors sustained concurrently or in series. 
However, the cause or causes of most strandings are unknown (Geraci et 
al., 1976; Eaton, 1979; Odell et al., 1980; Best 1982). Numerous 
studies suggest that the physiology, behavior, habitat relationships, 
age, or condition of cetaceans may cause them to strand or might pre-
dispose them to strand when exposed to another phenomenon. These 
suggestions are consistent with the conclusions of numerous other 
studies that have demonstrated that combinations of dissimilar 
stressors commonly combine to kill an animal or dramatically reduce its 
fitness, even though one exposure without the other does not produce 
the same result (Chroussos 2000; Creel 2005; DeVries et al., 2003; Fair 
and Becker 2000; Foley et al., 2001; Moberg, 2000; Relyea 2005; Romero 
2004; Sih et al., 2004).
    Use of military tactical sonar has been implicated in a majority of 
investigated stranding events, although one stranding event was 
associated with the use of seismic airguns. This event occurred in the 
Gulf of California, coincident with seismic reflection profiling by the 
R/V Maurice Ewing operated by Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory (LDEO) 
of Columbia University and involved two Cuvier's beaked whales 
(Hildebrand 2004). The vessel had been firing an array of 20 airguns 
with a total volume of 8,500 in\3\ (Hildebrand 2004; Taylor et al., 
2004). Most known stranding events have involved beaked whales, though 
a small number have involved deep-diving delphinids or sperm whales 
(e.g., Mazzariol et al., 2010; Southall et al., 2013). In general, long 
duration (~1 second) and high-intensity sounds (>235 dB SPL) have been 
implicated in stranding events (Hildebrand 2004). With regard to beaked 
whales, mid-frequency sound is typically implicated (when causation can 
be determined) (Hildebrand 2004). Although seismic airguns create 
predominantly low-frequency energy, the signal does include a mid-
frequency component. We have considered the potential for the proposed 
survey to result in marine mammal stranding and have concluded that, 
based on the best available information, stranding is not expected to 
occur.

Other Potential Impacts

    Here, we briefly address the potential risks due to entanglement 
and contaminant spills. We are not aware of any records of marine 
mammal entanglement in towed arrays such as those considered here. The 
discharge of trash and debris is prohibited (33 CFR 151.51-77) unless 
it is passed through a machine that breaks up solids such that they can 
pass through a 25-milimeter (mm) mesh screen. All other trash and 
debris must be returned to shore for proper disposal with municipal and 
solid waste. Some personal items may be accidentally lost overboard. 
However, U.S. Coast Guard and Environmental Protection Act regulations 
require ship crews to become proactive in avoiding accidental loss of 
solid waste items by developing waste management plans, posting 
informational placards, manifesting trash sent to shore, and using 
special precautions such as covering outside trash bins to prevent 
accidental loss of solid waste. There are no meaningful entanglement 
risks posed by the described activity, and entanglement risks are not 
discussed further in this document.
    Marine mammals could be affected by accidentally spilled diesel 
fuel from a vessel associated with proposed survey activities. 
Quantities of diesel fuel on the sea surface may affect marine mammals 
through various pathways: Surface contact of the fuel with skin and 
other mucous membranes, inhalation of concentrated petroleum vapors, or 
ingestion of the fuel (direct ingestion or by the ingestion of oiled 
prey) (e.g., Geraci and St. Aubin, 1980, 1985, 1990). However, the 
likelihood of a fuel spill during any particular geophysical survey is 
considered to be remote, and the potential for impacts to marine 
mammals would depend greatly on the size and location of a spill and 
meteorological conditions at the time of the spill. Spilled fuel would 
rapidly spread to a layer of varying thickness and break up into narrow 
bands or windrows parallel to the wind direction. The rate at which the 
fuel spreads would be determined by the prevailing

[[Page 25284]]

conditions such as temperature, water currents, tidal streams, and wind 
speeds. Lighter, volatile components of the fuel would evaporate to the 
atmosphere almost completely in a few days. Evaporation rate may 
increase as the fuel spreads because of the increased surface area of 
the slick. Rougher seas, high wind speeds, and high temperatures also 
tend to increase the rate of evaporation and the proportion of fuel 
lost by this process (Scholz et al., 1999). We do not anticipate 
potentially meaningful effects to marine mammals as a result of any 
contaminant spill resulting from the proposed survey activities, and 
contaminant spills are not discussed further in this document.

Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat

    Effects to Prey--Marine mammal prey varies by species, season, and 
location and, for some, is not well documented. Fish react to sounds 
which are especially strong and/or intermittent low-frequency sounds. 
Short duration, sharp sounds can cause overt or subtle changes in fish 
behavior and local distribution. Hastings and Popper (2005) identified 
several studies that suggest fish may relocate to avoid certain areas 
of sound energy. Additional studies have documented effects of pulsed 
sound on fish, although several are based on studies in support of 
construction projects (e.g., Scholik and Yan 2001, 2002; Popper and 
Hastings 2009). Sound pulses at received levels of 160 dB may cause 
subtle changes in fish behavior. SPLs of 180 dB may cause noticeable 
changes in behavior (Pearson et al., 1992; Skalski et al., 1992). SPLs 
of sufficient strength have been known to cause injury to fish and fish 
mortality. The most likely impact to fish from survey activities at the 
project area would be temporary avoidance of the area. The duration of 
fish avoidance of a given area after survey effort stops is unknown, 
but a rapid return to normal recruitment, distribution and behavior is 
anticipated.
    Information on seismic airgun impacts to zooplankton, which 
represent an important prey type for mysticetes, is limited. However, 
McCauley et al. (2017) reported that experimental exposure to a pulse 
from a 150 in\3\ airgun decreased zooplankton abundance when compared 
with controls, as measured by sonar and net tows, and caused a two- to 
threefold increase in dead adult and larval zooplankton. Although no 
adult krill were present, the study found that all larval krill were 
killed after airgun passage. Impacts were observed out to the maximum 
1.2 km range sampled.
    In general, impacts to marine mammal prey are expected to be 
limited due to the relatively small temporal and spatial overlap 
between the proposed survey and any areas used by marine mammal prey 
species. The proposed survey would occur over a relatively short time 
period (22 days) and would occur over a very small area relative to the 
area available as marine mammal habitat in the Northwest Atlantic 
Ocean. We do not have any information to suggest the proposed survey 
area represents a significant feeding area for any marine mammal, and 
we believe any impacts to marine mammals due to adverse effects to 
their prey would be insignificant due to the limited spatial and 
temporal impact of the proposed survey. However, adverse impacts may 
occur to a few species of fish and to zooplankton.
    Acoustic Habitat--Acoustic habitat is the soundscape--which 
encompasses all of the sound present in a particular location and time, 
as a whole--when considered from the perspective of the animals 
experiencing it. Animals produce sound for, or listen for sounds 
produced by, conspecifics (communication during feeding, mating, and 
other social activities), other animals (finding prey or avoiding 
predators), and the physical environment (finding suitable habitats, 
navigating). Together, sounds made by animals and the geophysical 
environment (e.g., produced by earthquakes, lightning, wind, rain, 
waves) make up the natural contributions to the total acoustics of a 
place. These acoustic conditions, termed acoustic habitat, are one 
attribute of an animal's total habitat.
    Soundscapes are also defined by, and acoustic habitat influenced 
by, the total contribution of anthropogenic sound. This may include 
incidental emissions from sources such as vessel traffic, or may be 
intentionally introduced to the marine environment for data acquisition 
purposes (as in the use of airgun arrays). Anthropogenic noise varies 
widely in its frequency content, duration, and loudness and these 
characteristics greatly influence the potential habitat-mediated 
effects to marine mammals (please see also the previous discussion on 
masking under ``Acoustic Effects''), which may range from local effects 
for brief periods of time to chronic effects over large areas and for 
long durations. Depending on the extent of effects to habitat, animals 
may alter their communications signals (thereby potentially expending 
additional energy) or miss acoustic cues (either conspecific or 
adventitious). For more detail on these concepts see, e.g., Barber et 
al. 2010; Pijanowski et al. 2011; Francis and Barber 2013; Lillis et 
al. 2014.
    Problems arising from a failure to detect cues are more likely to 
occur when noise stimuli are chronic and overlap with biologically 
relevant cues used for communication, orientation, and predator/prey 
detection (Francis and Barber 2013). Although the signals emitted by 
seismic airgun arrays are generally low frequency, they would also 
likely be of short duration and transient in any given area due to the 
nature of these surveys. As described previously, exploratory surveys 
such as these cover a large area but would be transient rather than 
focused in a given location over time and therefore would not be 
considered chronic in any given location.
    In summary, activities associated with the proposed action are not 
likely to have a permanent, adverse effect on any fish habitat or 
populations of fish species or on the quality of acoustic habitat. 
Thus, any impacts to marine mammal habitat are not expected to cause 
significant or long-term consequences for individual marine mammals or 
their populations.

Estimated Take

    This section provides an estimate of the number of incidental takes 
proposed for authorization through this IHA, which will inform both 
NMFS' consideration of ``small numbers'' and the negligible impact 
determination.
    Harassment is the only type of take expected to result from these 
activities. Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent 
here, section 3(18) of the MMPA defines ``harassment'' as any act of 
pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a 
marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); 
or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal 
stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, 
including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, 
feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
    Authorized takes would be by Level B harassment only, in the form 
of disruption of behavioral patterns for individual marine mammals 
resulting from exposure to airguns. Based on the nature of the 
activity, the cryptic behavior and low density for kogia spp (the only 
high-frequency cetacean authorized for take) within the action areas, 
and the anticipated effectiveness of the mitigation measures (i.e., 
shutdown and a minimum vessel distance of 100 m from large whales--

[[Page 25285]]

discussed in detail below in the Proposed Mitigation section), Level A 
harassment is neither anticipated nor proposed to be authorized.
    As described previously, no mortality is anticipated or proposed to 
be authorized for this activity. Below we describe how the take is 
estimated.
    Described in the most basic way, we estimate take by considering: 
(1) Acoustic thresholds above which NMFS believes the best available 
science indicates marine mammals will be behaviorally harassed or incur 
some degree of permanent hearing impairment; (2) the area or volume of 
water that will be ensonified above these levels in a day; (3) the 
density or occurrence of marine mammals within these ensonified areas; 
and, (4) and the number of days of activities. Below, we describe these 
components in more detail and present the proposed take estimate.

Acoustic Thresholds

    Using the best available science, NMFS has developed acoustic 
thresholds that identify the received level of underwater sound above 
which exposed marine mammals would be reasonably expected to be 
behaviorally harassed (equated to Level B harassment) or to incur PTS 
of some degree (equated to Level A harassment).
    Level B Harassment for non-explosive sources--Though significantly 
driven by received level, the onset of behavioral disturbance from 
anthropogenic noise exposure is also informed to varying degrees by 
other factors related to the source (e.g., frequency, predictability, 
duty cycle), the environment (e.g., bathymetry), and the receiving 
animals (hearing, motivation, experience, demography, behavioral 
context) and can be difficult to predict (Southall et al., 2007, 
Ellison et al., 2011). Based on what the available science indicates 
and the practical need to use a threshold based on a factor that is 
both predictable and measurable for most activities, NMFS uses a 
generalized acoustic threshold based on received level to estimate the 
onset of behavioral harassment. NMFS predicts that marine mammals are 
likely to be behaviorally harassed in a manner we consider Level B 
harassment when exposed to underwater anthropogenic noise above 
received levels of 120 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) for continuous (e.g., 
vibratory pile-driving, drilling) and above 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) 
for non-explosive impulsive (e.g., seismic airguns) or intermittent 
(e.g., scientific sonar) sources. USGS's proposed activity includes the 
use of impulsive seismic sources. Therefore, the 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa 
(rms) criteria is applicable for analysis of level B harassment.
    Level A harassment for non-explosive sources--NMFS' Technical 
Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine 
Mammal Hearing (Technical Guidance, 2016) identifies dual criteria to 
assess auditory injury (Level A harassment) to five different marine 
mammal groups (based on hearing sensitivity) as a result of exposure to 
noise from two different types of sources (impulsive or non-impulsive). 
As described above, USGS's proposed activity includes the use of 
intermittent and impulsive seismic sources. These thresholds are 
provided in Table 4.
    These thresholds are provided in the table below. The references, 
analysis, and methodology used in the development of the thresholds are 
described in NMFS 2016 Technical Guidance, which may be accessed at: 
http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/acoustics/guidelines.htm.

                     Table 4--Thresholds Identifying the Onset of Permanent Threshold Shift
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     PTS onset acoustic thresholds * (received level)
             Hearing group              ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  Impulsive                         Non-impulsive
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans...........  Cell 1: Lpk,flat: 219 dB;   Cell 2: LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
                                          LE,LF,24h: 183 dB.
Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans...........  Cell 3: Lpk,flat: 230       Cell 4: LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
                                          dB;LE,MF,24h: 185 dB.
High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans..........  Cell 5: Lpk,flat: 202       Cell 6: LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
                                          dB;LE,HF,24h: 155 dB.
Phocid Pinnipeds (PW) (Underwater).....  Cell 7: Lpk,flat: 218       Cell 8: LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
                                          dB;LE,PW,24h: 185 dB.
Otariid Pinnipeds (OW) (Underwater)....  Cell 9: Lpk,flat: 232       Cell 10: LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
                                          dB;LE,OW,24h: 203 dB.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for
  calculating PTS onset. If a non-impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level
  thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds should also be considered.
Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 [micro]Pa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE)
  has a reference value of 1[micro]Pa\2\s. In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American
  National Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However, peak sound pressure is defined by ANSI as
  incorporating frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript
  ``flat'' is being included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the
  generalized hearing range. The subscript associated with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates
  the designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds)
  and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level thresholds could
  be exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible,
  it is valuable for action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be
  exceeded.

Ensonified Area

    Here, we describe operational and environmental parameters of the 
activity that will feed into identifying the area ensonified above the 
acoustic thresholds.
    The proposed survey would entail the use of a 4-airgun array with a 
total maximum discharge of 840 in\3\ for operations that occur at water 
depths greater than 1,000 m and 420 in\3\ for operations that occur at 
water depths of 1,000 m or less with at a tow depth of 3 m. The 
distances to the predicted isopleths corresponding to the threshold for 
Level B harassment (160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa) were calculated for both 
proposed array configurations based on results of modeling performed by 
LDEO's Nucleus Model. Received sound levels were predicted by LDEO's 
model (Diebold et al., 2010) as a function of distance from the airgun 
array. The LDEO modeling approach uses ray tracing for the direct wave 
traveling from the array to the receiver and its associated source 
ghost (reflection at the air-water interface in the vicinity of the 
array), in a constant-velocity half-space (infinite homogeneous ocean 
layer unbounded by a seafloor). In addition, propagation measurements 
of pulses from a 36-airgun array at a tow depth of 6 m have been 
reported in deep water (~1,600 m), intermediate water depth on the 
slope (~600-1,100 m), and shallow water (~50 m) in the Gulf of Mexico 
in 2007-2008 (Tolstoy et al., 2009; Diebold et al., 2010). The 
estimated distances to Level B harassment isopleths for the two 
proposed configurations of the R/V

[[Page 25286]]

Hugh R. Sharp airgun array are shown in Table 5.

 Table 5--Modeled Radial Distances [m (km\2\)] From R/V Hugh R. Sharp's Airgun Array to Isopleths Corresponding
                                        to Level B Harassment Thresholds
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 Predicted RMS radii (m)
           Source and volume             Tow depth (m)    Water depth  -----------------------------------------
                                                              (m)                        160 dB
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Base Configuration (Configuration 1):                3        >1,000 m  1,091 m (3.7 km\2\).\1\
 Four 105 in\3\ GI-guns.                ..............     100-1,000 m  1,637 m (8.42 km\2\).\2\
GG Configuration (Configuration 2):                  3        >1,000 m  1,244 m (4.86 km\2\).\1\
 Four 210 in\3\ GI-guns.                ..............     100-1,000 m  1,866 m (10.94k m\2\).\2\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Distance is based on L-DEO model results.
\2\ Distance is based on L-DEO model results with a 1.5x correction factor between deep and intermediate water
  depths.

    For modeling of radial distances to predicted isopleths 
corresponding to harassment thresholds in deep water (>1,000 m), LDEO 
used the deep-water radii for various SELs obtained from LDEO model 
results down to a maximum water depth of 2,000 m (see Figures 4 and 5 
in the IHA application). LDEO's modeling methodology is described in 
greater detail in the IHA application (USGS, 2018) and we refer to the 
reader to that document rather than repeating it here.
    Predicted distances to Level A harassment isopleths, which vary 
based on marine mammal functional hearing groups (Table 4), were 
calculated based on modeling performed by LDEO using the Nucleus 
software program and the NMFS User Spreadsheet, described below. The 
updated acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds (such as airguns) 
contained in the Technical Guidance (NMFS, 2016) were presented as dual 
metric acoustic thresholds using both SELcum and peak sound 
pressure level metrics. As dual metrics, NMFS considers onset of PTS 
(Level A harassment) to have occurred when either one of the two 
metrics is exceeded (i.e., metric resulting in the largest isopleth). 
The SELcum metric considers both level and duration of 
exposure, as well as auditory weighting functions by marine mammal 
hearing group. In recognition of the fact that the requirement to 
calculate Level A harassment ensonified areas could be more technically 
challenging to predict due to the duration component and the use of 
weighting functions in the new SELcum thresholds, NMFS 
developed an optional User Spreadsheet that includes tools to help 
predict a simple isopleth that can be used in conjunction with marine 
mammal density or occurrence to facilitate the estimation of take 
numbers.
    The values for SELcum and peak SPL for the R/V Hugh R. 
Sharp airgun array were derived from calculating the modified farfield 
signature (Table 6). The farfield signature is often used as a 
theoretical representation of the source level. To compute the farfield 
signature, the source level is estimated at a large distance below the 
array (e.g., 9 km), and this level is back projected mathematically to 
a notional distance of 1 m from the array's geometrical center. 
However, when the source is an array of multiple airguns separated in 
space, the source level from the theoretical farfield signature is not 
necessarily the best measurement of the source level that is physically 
achieved at the source (Tolstoy et al., 2009). Near the source (at 
short ranges, distances <1 km), the pulses of sound pressure from each 
individual airgun in the source array do not stack constructively, as 
they do for the theoretical farfield signature. The pulses from the 
different airguns spread out in time such that the source levels 
observed or modeled are the result of the summation of pulses from a 
few airguns, not the full array (Tolstoy et al., 2009). At larger 
distances, away from the source array center, sound pressure of all the 
airguns in the array stack coherently, but not within one time sample, 
resulting in smaller source levels (a few dB) than the source level 
derived from the farfield signature. Because the farfield signature 
does not take into account the array effect near the source and is 
calculated as a point source, the modified farfield signature is a more 
appropriate measure of the sound source level for distributed sound 
sources, such as airgun arrays. Though the array effect is not expected 
to be as pronounced in the case of a 4-airgun array as it would be with 
a larger airgun array, the modified farfield method is considered more 
appropriate than use of the theoretical farfield signature.
    In order to more realistically incorporate the Technical Guidance's 
weighting functions over the seismic array's full acoustic band, 
unweighted spectrum data for the R/V Hugh R. Sharp's airgun array 
(modeled in 1 Hz bands) was used to make adjustments (dB) to the 
unweighted spectrum levels, by frequency, according to the weighting 
functions for each relevant marine mammal hearing group. These 
adjusted/weighted spectrum levels were then converted to pressures 
([mu]Pa) in order to integrate them over the entire broadband spectrum, 
resulting in broadband weighted source levels by hearing group that 
could be directly incorporated within the User Spreadsheet (i.e., to 
override the Spreadsheet's more simple weighting factor adjustment). 
Using the User Spreadsheet's ``safe distance'' methodology for mobile 
sources (described by Sivle et al., 2014) with the hearing group-
specific weighted source levels, and inputs assuming spherical 
spreading propagation, a source velocity of 2.06 m/second and a shot 
interval of 12.15 seconds, potential radial distances to auditory 
injury zones were calculated for Peak SPLflat and 
SELcum thresholds, for both array configurations. Source 
level Inputs to the User Spreadsheet are shown in Table 6 (inputs to 
the user spreadsheet also included the source velocity and shot 
interval listed above). Outputs from the User Spreadsheet in the form 
of estimated distances to Level A harassment isopleths are shown in 
Table 7. The larger distance of the dual criteria (SELcum or 
Peak SPLflat) is used for estimating takes by Level A 
harassment. The weighting functions used are shown in Appendix C of the 
IHA application.

[[Page 25287]]



                                     Table 6--Modeled Source Levels ** (dB) for the R/V Hugh R. Sharp's Airgun Array
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Configuration 1 * 4   Configuration 1 *   Configuration 2 *   Configuration 2 *   Configuration 3 *   Configuration 3 *
    Functional hearing group      x 105 cu\3\ SELcum  4 x 105 cu\3\ Peak     4 x 210 cu\3\    4 x 210 cu\3\ Peak     2 x 105 cu\3\    2 x 105 cu\3\ Peak
                                                            SPLflat             SELcum              SPLflat             SELcum              SPLflat
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low frequency cetaceans          214................  239...............  215...............  240...............  208...............  235
 (Lpk,flat: 219 dB; LE,LF,24h:
 183 dB).
Mid frequency cetaceans          214................  N/A...............  215...............  N/A...............  208...............  234
 (Lpk,flat: 230 dB; LE,MF,24h:
 185 dB).
High frequency cetaceans         214................  239...............  215...............  240...............  208...............  235
 (Lpk,flat: 202 dB; LE,HF,24h:
 155 dB).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* All configurations have the following airgun specifications: 3 m tow depth; 2 m separation in the fore-aft direction; 8.6 m separation in the port
  (starboard direction).
** Source Levels were rounded to nearest whole number. See Appendix C of IHA Application for exact value.


       Table 7--Modeled Radial Distances [m(m2)] From R/V Hugh R. Sharp's Airgun Array to Isopleths Corresponding to Level A harassment Thresholds
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Configuration 1 4
                                 Configuration 1 4 x  x 105 cu\3\ 3m tow   Configuration 2 4   Configuration 2 4   Configuration 3 2   Configuration 3 2
    Functional hearing group       105 cu\3\ SELcum       depth, Peak     x 210 cu\3\ SELcum   x 210 cu\3\ Peak   x 105 cu\3\ SELcum   x 105 cu\3\ Peak
                                                            SPLflat                                 SPLflat                                 SPLflat
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low frequency cetaceans          31 m (3,019 m\2\)..  10.03 m (316 m\2\)  39.5 m (4,902       11.56 m (42 0       10.6 m (353 m\2\).  6.52 m (134 m\2\)
 (Lpk,flat: 219 dB; LE,LF,24h:                                             m\2\).              m\2\).
 183 dB).
Mid frequency cetaceans          0..................  0.................  0.................  0.................  0.................  1.58 m (8 m\2\)
 (Lpk,flat: 230 dB; LE,MF,24h:
 185 dB).
High frequency cetaceans         0..................  70.426 m (15,582    0.1 (.03 m\2\)....  80.50 m (20,358     0.................  42.32 m (5,627
 (Lpk,flat: 202 dB; LE,HF,24h:                         m\2\).                                  m\2\).                                  m\2\)
 155 dB).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Note that because of some of the assumptions included in the 
methods used, isopleths produced may be overestimates to some degree. 
However, these tools offer the best way to predict appropriate 
isopleths when more sophisticated 3D modeling methods are not 
available, and NMFS continues to develop ways to quantitatively refine 
these tools and will qualitatively address the output where 
appropriate. For mobile sources, such as the proposed seismic survey, 
the User Spreadsheet predicts the closest distance at which a 
stationary animal would not incur PTS if the sound source traveled by 
the animal in a straight line at a constant speed.

Marine Mammal Occurrence

    In this section we provide the information about the presence, 
density, or group dynamics of marine mammals that will inform the take 
calculations. The best available scientific information was considered 
in conducting marine mammal exposure estimates (the basis for 
estimating take). For all cetacean species, densities calculated by 
Roberts et al. (2016) were used. These represent the most comprehensive 
and recent density data available for cetacean species in the survey 
area. Roberts et al. (2016) retained 21,946 cetacean sightings for 
analysis, omitted 4,786 sightings, and modeled 25 individual species 
and 3 multi-species guilds. In order to procure density models for 
species, Roberts et al. (2016) used an approach known as density 
surface modeling, as seen in DoN (2007) and Roberts et al. (2016). This 
couples traditional distance sampling with multivariate regression 
modeling to produce density maps predicted from fine-scale 
environmental covariates (e.g., Becker et al., 2014).
    In addition to the density information provided by Roberts et al. 
(2016), best available data on average group sizes taken from sightings 
in the western North Atlantic were also used. This is discussed more in 
the section below.

Take Calculation and Estimation

    Here we describe how the information provided above is brought 
together to produce a quantitative take estimate. To estimate marine 
mammal exposures, the USGS used published, quantitative density models 
by Roberts et al. (2016) for the Survey Area, which is entirely within 
the U.S. EEZ. These models are provided at 10 km x 10 km resolution in 
ArcGIS compatible IMG grids on the Duke University cetacean density 
website (http://seamap.env.duke.edu/models/Duke-EC-GOM-2015). When 
available, the cetacean density models for Month 8 (August) were used. 
Otherwise, the generic annual density model was employed. Only a single 
density model is provided for the Kogia guild (dwarf and sperm pygmy 
whales), beaked whale guild (Blainville's, Cuvier's, Gervais', 
Sowerby's, and True's beaked whales), and for pilot whales.
    To determine takes, the USGS combined the Duke density grids with 
Level A and B zones (See Tables 5 and 7) arrayed on either side of each 
exemplary seismic line and linking/interseismic line. The Level B and 
Level A takes for each species in each 10 km x 10 km block of the IMG 
density grids were calculated based on the fractional area of each 
block intersected by the Level A and Level B zones for LF, MF, and HF 
cetaceans. Summing takes along all of the lines yields the total take 
for each species for the Proposed Action for the Base (Configuration 1) 
and Optimal (Configuration 2) surveys. The method also yields take for 
each survey line individually, allowing examination of those exemplary 
lines that will yield the largest or smallest take. No Level A takes 
were calculated while using this method.
    As indicated earlier, estimated numbers of individuals potentially 
exposed to sound above the Level B harassment threshold are based on 
the 160-dB re 1[mu]Pa (rms) criterion for all cetaceans. It is assumed 
that marine mammals exposed to airgun sounds that strong could change 
their behavior sufficiently to be considered taken by harassment. Table 
8 shows the estimates of the number of cetaceans that potentially could 
be exposed to >=160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) during the Proposed Action for 
the Base Survey and the Optimal Survey if no animals moved away from 
the survey vessel. The proposed takes in Table 8 represents 25 percent 
more than the number of takes calculated using the ArcGIS-based 
quantitative method devised by the USGS. This was used as a preventive 
measure to account for potential additional seismic operations that may

[[Page 25288]]

occur after repeat coverage of any areas where initial data quality is 
sub-standard.
    Also, as shown in Table 8, rough toothed dolphin, sei whale, and 
humpback whale calculated takes were increased to account for the 
average size of one group for each species. Takes for rare species of 
marine mammals in the action area were also increased to the average 
size of one group. Rare species that could be encountered and taken 
during the surveys are not presented in Table 8, but are presented in 
Table 9. These species were omitted from Table 8 due to their low 
reported densities in the action area (Roberts et al. 2016) resulting 
in low calculated incidents of potential exposures. As a result, NMFS 
relied on average group size data to propose the take of a single group 
of these species as a precautionary measure in case the survey 
encounters them. This is discussed further below Table 8.
    The calculated takes in Table 8 also assume that the proposed 
surveys would be completed. However, it is unlikely that the entire 
survey pattern (exemplary lines plus 50 percent of the interseismic, 
linking lines) would be completed given the limitations on ship time, 
likely logistical challenges (compressor and GI gun repairs), time 
spent on transits and refueling, and the historical problems with 
weather during August in the Northwest Atlantic. The USGS calculated 
timelines indicate that 25 days, including contingency, could be 
required to complete the full survey pattern. However, only 22 days or 
fewer would be scheduled for this USGS survey. The lines that are 
actually acquired would be dependent on weather, strength of the Gulf 
Stream (affects ability to tow the streamer in the appropriate 
geometry), and other considerations.

  Table 8--Calculated Incidents of Potential Exposure for Level B and Level A Harassment Based on Density Estimates From Roberts et al. (2016) and USGS
                                                                  GIS Take Methodology
                                                [As discussed, table omits rare species discussed below]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Base survey             Optimal survey       Max Level A  Max Level B
                                                 ----------------------------------------------------   take for     take for     Proposed
                                                                                                       optimal or   optimal or   take (all     Proposed
                     Species                                                                              base         base       Level B)    take as %
                                                    Level A      Level B      Level A      Level B      surveys      surveys        \6\       of pop.\1\
                                                                                                          +25%         +25%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Low Frequency Cetaceans
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Humpback whale..................................            0            0            0            0            0            0        \5\ 2         <0.1
Sei whale.......................................            0            1            0            1            0            1        \7\ 2         2.04
Fin whale.......................................            0            4            0            4            0            5            5          0.1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Mid-Frequency Cetaceans
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sperm whale.....................................            0          119            0          128            0          160          160          2.9
Cuvier's beaked whale...........................            0       \2\ 94            0      \2\ 103            0      \2\ 128      \2\ 128         <0.1
True's beaked whale.............................            0  ...........            0  ...........            0  ...........  ...........  ...........
Gervais beaked whale............................            0  ...........            0  ...........            0  ...........  ...........  ...........
Sowerby's beaked whale..........................            0  ...........            0  ...........            0  ...........  ...........  ...........
Blainville's beaked whale.......................            0  ...........            0  ...........            0  ...........  ...........  ...........
Rough-toothed dolphin...........................            0            4            0            5            0            8       \3\ 10          1.9
Common bottlenose dolphin.......................            0          572            0          606            0          757          757          0.8
Pantropical spotted dolphin.....................            0           38            0           40            0           50           50          1.1
Atlantic spotted dolphin........................            0         1191            0         1278            0         1598         1598          2.9
Striped dolphin.................................            0         1086            0         1167            0         1458         1458          1.9
Short-beaked common dolphin.....................            0         1253            0         1296            0         1620         1620          1.9
Risso's dolphin.................................            0          181            0          189            0          236          236            3
Long-finned pilot whale.........................            0      \4\ 215            0      \4\ 231            0      \4\ 288      \4\ 288          1.5
Short-finned pilot whale........................            0  ...........  ...........  ...........            0  ...........  ...........  ...........
Clymene's dolphin...............................            0           91            0           97            0          121          121            1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                High-Frequency Cetaceans
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pygmy/dwarf sperm whale.........................            0            6            0            7            0            9            9          0.2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Based on mean abundance estimates from Roberts et al. (2016).
\2\ Values for density, proposed take number, and percentage of population proposed for authorization are for all beaked whales combined.
\3\ Based on one average group size for rough toothed dolphin (Jefferson 2015).
\4\ Values for density, proposed take number, and percentage of population proposed for authorization are for short-finned and long-finned pilot whales
  combined.
\4\ Based on one average group size for humpback whales (Waring 2008). Very small take requested because these species are very abundant, but the
  calculated take is zero based on the Duke density maps, which cannot capture all of the complexity in species distribution. Summer seasonal sightings
  compiled from the OBIS database (See Figure 6 of IHA Application) show that humpback whales have been seen in the northern part of the Proposed Action
  area during August.
\6\ Values are the same proposed take numbers shown in Table 9 below. Table 9 includes proposed take of rare species discussed below.
\7\ Based on one average group size for sei whale in the western Atlantic (NMFS 2017).

    Certain species potentially present in the proposed survey areas 
are expected to be encountered only extremely rarely, if at all. 
Although Roberts et al. (2016) provide density models for these species 
(with the exception of the pygmy killer whale), due to the small 
numbers of sightings that underlie these models' predictions we believe 
it appropriate to account for the small likelihood that these species 
would be encountered by assuming that one group of each of these 
species might be encountered once by a given survey. With the exception 
of the northern bottlenose whale, none of these species should be 
considered cryptic (i.e., difficult to observe when present) versus 
rare (i.e., not likely to be present). Average group size was 
determined by considering known sightings in the western North Atlantic 
(CETAP, 1982; Hansen et al., 1994; NMFS, 2010a, 2011, 2012, 2013a, 
2014, 2015a; Waring et al., 2007, 2015). It is important to note that 
our proposal to authorize take equating to harassment of one group of 
each of these species is not equivalent to expected exposure. We do not 
expect that these rarely occurring (in the proposed survey area) 
species will be exposed at all but provide a precautionary 
authorization of take. We

[[Page 25289]]

provide a brief description for each of these species below.
    Northern Bottlenose Whale--Northern bottlenose whales are 
considered extremely rare in U.S. Atlantic waters, with only five NMFS 
sightings. The southern extent of distribution is generally considered 
to be approximately Nova Scotia (though Mitchell and Kozicki (1975) 
reported stranding records as far south as Rhode Island), and there 
have been no sightings within the proposed survey areas. Whitehead and 
Wimmer (2005) estimated the size of the population on the Scotian Shelf 
at 163 whales (95 percent CI 119-214). Whitehead and Hooker (2012) 
report that northern bottlenose whales are found north of approximately 
37.5[deg] N and prefer deep waters along the continental slope. Roberts 
et al. (2016) produced a stratified density model on the basis of four 
sightings in the vicinity of Georges Bank (Roberts et al., 2015b). The 
five sightings in U.S. waters yield a mean group size of 2.2 whales, 
while MacLeod and D'Amico report a mean group size of 3.6. Here, we 
propose take of one group of with a maximum group size of four whales.
    Killer Whale--Killer whales are also considered rare in U.S. 
Atlantic waters (Katona et al., 1988; Forney and Wade, 2006), 
constituting 0.1 percent of marine mammal sightings in the 1978-81 
Cetacean and Turtle Assessment Program surveys (CETAP, 1982). Roberts 
et al. (2016) produced a stratified density model on the basis of four 
killer whale sightings (Roberts et al., 2015g), though Lawson and 
Stevens (2014) provide a minimum abundance estimate of 67 photo-
identified individual killer whales. Available information suggests 
that survey encounters with killer whales would be unlikely but could 
occur anywhere within the proposed survey area and at any time of year 
(e.g., Lawson and Stevens, 2014). Silber et al. (1994) reported 
observations of two and 15 killer whales in the Gulf of California 
(mean group size 8.5), while May-Collado et al. (2005) described mean 
group size of 3.6 whales off the Pacific coast of Costa Rica. Based on 
12 CETAP sightings and one group observed during NOAA surveys (CETAP, 
1982; NMFS, 2014), the average group size in the Atlantic is 6.8 
whales. Therefore, we propose take of one group with a maximum group 
size of seven whales.
    False Killer Whale--Although records of false killer whales from 
the U.S. Atlantic are uncommon, a combination of sighting, stranding, 
and bycatch records indicates that this species does occur in the 
western North Atlantic (Waring et al., 2015). Baird (2009) suggests 
that false killer whales may be naturally uncommon throughout their 
range. Roberts et al. (2016) produced a stratified density model on the 
basis of two false killer whale sightings (Roberts et al., 2015m), and 
NMFS produced the first abundance estimate for false killer whales on 
the basis of one sighting during 2011 shipboard surveys (Waring et al., 
2015). Similar to the killer whale, we believe survey encounters would 
be unlikely but could occur anywhere within the proposed survey area 
and at any time of year. Mullin et al. (2004) reported a mean false 
killer whale group size of 27.5 from the Gulf of Mexico, and May-
Collado et al. (2005) described mean group size of 36.2 whales off the 
Pacific coast of Costa Rica. The few sightings from CETAP (1982) and 
from NOAA shipboard surveys give an average group size of 10.3 whales. 
As a precaution, we propose take of one group with a maximum group size 
of 28 whales, as reported from the Gulf of Mexico.
    Pygmy Killer Whale--The pygmy killer whale is distributed worldwide 
in tropical to sub-tropical waters, and is assumed to be part of the 
cetacean fauna of the tropical western North Atlantic (Jefferson et 
al., 1994; Waring et al., 2007). Pygmy killer whales are rarely 
observed by NOAA surveys outside the Gulf of Mexico--one group was 
observed off of Cape Hatteras in 1992--and the rarity of such sightings 
may be due to a naturally low number of groups compared to other 
cetacean species (Waring et al., 2007). NMFS has never produced an 
abundance estimate for this species and Roberts et al. (2016) were not 
able to produce a density model for the species. The 1992 sighting was 
of six whales; therefore, we propose take of one group with a maximum 
group size of six whales.
    Melon-headed Whale--Similar to the pygmy killer whale, the melon-
headed whale is distributed worldwide in tropical to sub-tropical 
waters, and is assumed to be part of the cetacean fauna of the tropical 
western North Atlantic (Jefferson et al., 1994; Waring et al., 2007). 
Melon-headed whales are rarely observed by NOAA surveys outside the 
Gulf of Mexico--groups were observed off of Cape Hatteras in 1999 and 
2002--and the rarity of such sightings may be due to a naturally low 
number of groups compared to other cetacean species (Waring et al., 
2007). NMFS has never produced an abundance estimate for this species 
and Roberts et al. (2016) produced a stratified density model on the 
basis of four sightings (Roberts et al., 2015d). The two sightings 
reported by Waring et al. (2007) yield an average group size of 50 
whales; therefore, we propose take of a single group of a maximum of 50 
whales.
    Spinner Dolphin--Distribution of spinner dolphins in the Atlantic 
is poorly known, but they are thought to occur in deep water along most 
of the U.S. coast south to the West Indies and Venezuela (Waring et 
al., 2014). There have been a handful of sightings in deeper waters off 
the northeast United States and one sighting during a 2011 NOAA 
shipboard survey off North Carolina, as well as stranding records from 
North Carolina south to Florida and Puerto Rico (Waring et al., 2014). 
Roberts et al. (2016) provide a stratified density model on the basis 
of two sightings (Roberts et al., 2015i). Regarding group size, Mullin 
et al. (2004) report a mean of 91.3 in the Gulf of Mexico; May-Collado 
(2005) describe a mean of 100.6 off the Pacific coast of Costa Rica; 
and CETAP (1982) sightings in the Atlantic yield a mean group size of 
42.5 dolphins. As a precaution, we will propose taking a single group 
with a maximum size of 91 dolphins (derived from mean group size 
reported in Mullin et al. 2004).
    Fraser's Dolphin--As was stated for both the pygmy killer whale and 
melon-headed whale, the Fraser's dolphin is distributed worldwide in 
tropical waters, and is assumed to be part of the cetacean fauna of the 
tropical western North Atlantic (Perrin et al., 1994; Waring et al., 
2007). The paucity of sightings of this species may be due to naturally 
low abundance compared to other cetacean species (Waring et al., 2007). 
Despite possibly being more common in the Gulf of Mexico than in other 
parts of its range (Dolar 2009), there were only five reported 
sightings during NOAA surveys from 1992-2009. In the Atlantic, NOAA 
surveys have yielded only two sightings (Roberts et al., 2015f). May-
Collado et al. (2005) reported a single observation of 158 Fraser's 
dolphins off the Pacific coast of Costa Rica, and Waring et al. (2007) 
describe a single observation of 250 Fraser's dolphins in the Atlantic, 
off Cape Hatteras. Therefore, we propose take of a single group with a 
maximum group size of 204 dolphins (derived from average of May-Collado 
et al. 2005 and Waring et al. 2007 sightings data).
    Atlantic White-sided Dolphin--White-sided dolphins are found in 
temperate and sub-polar continental shelf waters of the North Atlantic, 
primarily in the Gulf of Maine and north into Canadian waters (Waring 
et al., 2016). Palka et al. (1997) suggest the existence of stocks in 
the Gulf of Maine, Gulf of St. Lawrence, and Labrador Sea. Stranding 
records from Virginia and North Carolina suggest a southerly winter 
range extent

[[Page 25290]]

of approximately 35[deg] N (Waring et al., 2016); therefore, it is 
possible that the proposed surveys could encounter white-sided 
dolphins. Roberts et al. (2016) elected to split their study area at 
the north wall of the Gulf Stream, separating the cold northern waters, 
representing probable habitat, from warm southern waters, where white-
sided dolphins are likely not present (Roberts et al., 2015k). Over 600 
observations of Atlantic white-sided dolphins during CETAP (1982) and 
during NMFS surveys provide a mean group size estimate of 47.7 
dolphins, while Weinrich et al. (2001) reported a mean group size of 52 
dolphins. Due to this data, we propose take of a single group with a 
maximum group size of 48 dolphins.

     Table 9--Numbers of Incidental Take Proposed for Authorization
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Proposed Level B   Proposed Level A
              Species                    take **              take
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Humpback whale....................                  2                  0
Sei whale.........................                  2                  0
Fin whale.........................                  5                  0
Sperm whale.......................                160                  0
Kogia spp.........................                  9                  0
Beaked whales.....................                128                  0
Northern bottlenose whale *.......                * 4                  0
Rough-toothed dolphin.............                 10                  0
Common bottlenose dolphin.........                757                  0
Clymene dolphin...................                121                  0
Atlantic spotted dolphin..........              1,598                  0
Pantropical spotted dolphin.......                 50                  0
Spinner dolphin *.................               * 91                  0
Striped dolphin...................              1,458                  0
Short-beaked common dolphin.......              1,620                  0
Fraser's dolphin *................              * 204                  0
Atlantic white-sided dolphin *....               * 48                  0
Risso's dolphin...................                236                  0
Melon-headed whale *..............               * 50                  0
Pygmy killer whale *..............                * 6                  0
False killer whale *..............               * 28                  0
Killer whale *....................                * 7                  0
Pilot whales......................                288                  0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Proposed Level B take for rare species represent take of a single
  group. The value given for the proposed Level B take is the maximum
  group size allowed for take.
** Proposed take numbers for non-rare species are the same as those
  reported in Table 8.

Proposed Mitigation

    In order to issue an IHA under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, 
NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such 
activity, and other means of effecting the least practicable impact on 
such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to 
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on 
the availability of such species or stock for taking for certain 
subsistence uses (latter not applicable for this action). NMFS 
regulations require applicants for incidental take authorizations to 
include information about the availability and feasibility (economic 
and technological) of equipment, methods, and manner of conducting such 
activity or other means of effecting the least practicable adverse 
impact upon the affected species or stocks and their habitat (50 CFR 
216.104(a)(11)).
    In evaluating how mitigation may or may not be appropriate to 
ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and 
their habitat, as well as subsistence uses where applicable, we 
carefully consider two primary factors:
    (1) The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful 
implementation of the measure(s) is expected to reduce impacts to 
marine mammals, marine mammal species or stocks, and their habitat. 
This considers the nature of the potential adverse impact being 
mitigated (likelihood, scope, range). It further considers the 
likelihood that the measure will be effective if implemented 
(probability of accomplishing the mitigating result if implemented as 
planned) the likelihood of effective implementation (probability 
implemented as planned); and
    (2) The practicability of the measures for applicant 
implementation, which may consider such things as cost, impact on 
operations, and, in the case of a military readiness activity, 
personnel safety, practicality of implementation, and impact on the 
effectiveness of the military readiness activity.
    USGS has reviewed mitigation measures employed during seismic 
research surveys authorized by NMFS under previous incidental 
harassment authorizations, as well as recommended best practices in 
Richardson et al. (1995), Pierson et al. (1998), Weir and Dolman 
(2007), Nowacek et al. (2013), Wright (2014), and Wright and Cosentino 
(2015), and has incorporated a suite of proposed mitigation measures 
into their project description based on the above sources.
    To reduce the potential for disturbance from acoustic stimuli 
associated with the activities, USGS has proposed to implement the 
following mitigation measures for marine mammals:
    (1) Vessel-based visual mitigation monitoring;
    (2) Establishment of a marine mammal exclusion zone (EZ);
    (3) Shutdown procedures;
    (4) Ramp-up procedures; and
    (5) Vessel strike avoidance measures.
    In addition to the measures proposed by USGS, NMFS has proposed the 
following mitigation measure: Establishment of a marine mammal buffer 
zone.
    Protected Species Observer (PSO) observations would take place 
during all daytime airgun operations and nighttime start ups (if 
applicable) of the

[[Page 25291]]

airguns. If airguns are operating throughout the night, observations 
would begin 30 minutes prior to sunrise. If airguns are operating after 
sunset, observations would continue until 30 minutes following sunset. 
Following a shutdown for any reason, observations would occur for at 
least 30 minutes prior to the planned start of airgun operations. 
Observations would also occur for 30 minutes after airgun operations 
cease for any reason. Observations would also be made during daytime 
periods when the R/V Hugh R. Sharp is underway without seismic 
operations, such as during transits, to allow for comparison of 
sighting rates and behavior with and without airgun operations and 
between acquisition periods. Airgun operations would be suspended when 
marine mammals are observed within, or about to enter, the designated 
Exclusion Zone (EZ) (as described below).
    During seismic operations, three visual PSOs would be based aboard 
the R/V Hugh R. Sharp. PSOs would be appointed by USGS with NMFS 
approval. During the majority of seismic operations, two PSOs would 
monitor for marine mammals around the seismic vessel. PSO(s) would be 
on duty in shifts of duration no longer than four hours. Other crew 
would also be instructed to assist in detecting marine mammals and in 
implementing mitigation requirements (if practical). Before the start 
of the seismic survey, the crew would be given additional instruction 
in detecting marine mammals and implementing mitigation requirements.
    The R/V Hugh R. Sharp is a suitable platform from which PSOs would 
watch for marine mammals. Standard equipment for marine mammal 
observers would be 7 x 50 reticle binoculars, optical range finders, 
and Big Eye binoculars. At night, night-vision equipment would be 
available. The observers would be in communication with ship's officers 
on the bridge and scientists in the vessel's operations laboratory, so 
they can advise promptly of the need for avoidance maneuvers or seismic 
source shutdown.
    The PSOs must have no tasks other than to conduct observational 
effort, record observational data, and communicate with and instruct 
relevant vessel crew with regard to the presence of marine mammals and 
mitigation requirements. PSO resumes would be provided to NMFS for 
approval. At least one PSO must have a minimum of 90 days at-sea 
experience working as PSOs during a seismic survey. One ``experienced'' 
visual PSO will be designated as the lead for the entire protected 
species observation team. The lead will serve as primary point of 
contact for the USGS scientist-in-charge or his/her designee. The PSOs 
must have successfully completed relevant training, including 
completion of all required coursework and passing a written and/or oral 
examination developed for the training program, and must have 
successfully attained a bachelor's degree from an accredited college or 
university with a major in one of the natural sciences and a minimum of 
30 semester hours or equivalent in the biological sciences and at least 
one undergraduate course in math or statistics. The educational 
requirements may be waived if the PSO has acquired the relevant skills 
through alternate training, including (1) secondary education and/or 
experience comparable to PSO duties; (2) previous work experience 
conducting academic, commercial, or government-sponsored marine mammal 
surveys; or (3) previous work experience as a PSO; the PSO should 
demonstrate good standing and consistently good performance of PSO 
duties.

Exclusion Zone and Buffer Zone

    An EZ is a defined area within which occurrence of a marine mammal 
triggers mitigation action intended to reduce the potential for certain 
outcomes, e.g., auditory injury, disruption of critical behaviors. The 
PSOs would establish a minimum EZ with a 100 m radius from the airgun 
array. The 100 m EZ would be based on radial distance from any element 
of the airgun array (rather than being based on the center of the array 
or around the vessel itself). With certain exceptions (described 
below), if a marine mammal appears within, enters, or appears on a 
course to enter this zone, the acoustic source would be shut down (see 
Shutdown Procedures below).
    The 100 m radial distance of the standard EZ is precautionary in 
the sense that it would be expected to contain sound exceeding injury 
criteria (Level A thresholds) for all marine mammal hearing groups 
(Table 7) while also providing a consistent, reasonably observable zone 
within which PSOs would typically be able to conduct effective 
observational effort. As a result no Level A harassment is expected nor 
proposed for this action.
    Our intent in prescribing a standard EZ distance is to (1) 
encompass zones within which auditory injury could occur on the basis 
of instantaneous exposure; (2) provide additional protection from the 
potential for more severe behavioral reactions (e.g., panic, 
antipredator response) for marine mammals at relatively close range to 
the acoustic source; (3) provide consistency for PSOs, who need to 
monitor and implement the EZ; and (4) define a distance within which 
detection probabilities are reasonably high for most species under 
typical conditions.
    PSOs would also establish and monitor an additional 100 m buffer 
zone beginning from the outside extant of the 100 m EZ. During use of 
the acoustic source, occurrence of marine mammals within the 100 m 
buffer zone would be communicated to the USGS scientist-in-charge or 
his/her designee to prepare for potential shutdown of the acoustic 
source. The 100 m buffer zone is discussed further under Ramp-Up 
Procedures below.

Shutdown Procedures

    If a marine mammal is detected outside the EZ but is likely to 
enter the EZ, the airguns would be shut down before the animal is 
within the EZ. Likewise, if a marine mammal is already within the EZ 
when first detected, the airguns would be shut down immediately.
    Following a shutdown, airgun activity would not resume until the 
marine mammal has cleared the 100 m EZ. The animal would be considered 
to have cleared the 100 m EZ if the following conditions have been met:
     It is visually observed to have departed the 100 m EZ;
     it has not been seen within the 100 m EZ for 15 min in the 
case of small odontocetes; or
     it has not been seen within the 100 m EZ for 30 min in the 
case of mysticetes and large odontocetes, including sperm, pygmy and 
dwarf sperm, beaked whales, and large delphinids.
    This shutdown requirement would be in place for all marine mammals, 
with the exception of small delphinoids under certain circumstances. 
This exception to the shutdown requirement would apply solely to 
specific genera of small dolphins--Tursiops, Steno, Stenella, 
Lagenorhynchus and Delphinus--and would only apply if the animals were 
traveling, including approaching the vessel. As defined here, the small 
delphinoid group is intended to encompass those members of the Family 
Delphinidae most likely to voluntarily approach the source vessel for 
purposes of interacting with the vessel and/or airgun array (e.g., bow 
riding). If, for example, an animal or group of animals is stationary 
for some reason (e.g., feeding) and the source vessel approaches the 
animals, the shutdown requirement applies. An

[[Page 25292]]

animal with sufficient incentive to remain in an area rather than avoid 
an otherwise aversive stimulus could either incur auditory injury or 
disruption of important behavior. If there is uncertainty regarding 
identification (i.e., whether the observed animal(s) belongs to the 
group of small dolphins described above) or whether the animals are 
traveling, the shutdown would be implemented.
    We propose this small delphinoid exception because shutdown 
requirements for small delphinoids under all circumstances represent 
practicability concerns without likely commensurate benefits for the 
animals in question. Small delphinoids are generally the most commonly 
observed marine mammals in the specific geographic region and would 
typically be the only marine mammals likely to intentionally approach 
the vessel. As described below, auditory injury is extremely unlikely 
to occur for mid-frequency cetaceans (e.g., delphinids), as this group 
is relatively insensitive to sound produced at the predominant 
frequencies in an airgun pulse while also having a relatively high 
threshold for the onset of auditory injury (i.e., permanent threshold 
shift). Please see ``Potential Effects of the Specified Activity on 
Marine Mammals'' above for further discussion of sound metrics and 
thresholds and marine mammal hearing.
    A large body of anecdotal evidence indicates that small delphinoids 
commonly approach vessels and/or towed arrays during active sound 
production for purposes of bow riding, with no apparent effect observed 
in those delphinoids (e.g., Barkaszi et al., 2012). The potential for 
increased shutdowns resulting from such a measure would require the R/V 
Hugh R. Sharp to revisit the missed track line to reacquire data, 
resulting in an overall increase in the total sound energy input to the 
marine environment and an increase in the total duration over which the 
survey is active in a given area. Although other mid-frequency hearing 
specialists (e.g., large delphinoids) are no more likely to incur 
auditory injury than are small delphinoids, they are much less likely 
to approach vessels. Therefore, retaining a shutdown requirement for 
large delphinoids would not have similar impacts in terms of either 
practicability for the applicant or corollary increase in sound energy 
output and time on the water. We do anticipate some benefit for a 
shutdown requirement for large delphinoids in that it simplifies 
somewhat the total range of decision-making for PSOs and may preclude 
any potential for physiological effects other than to the auditory 
impacts. In addition, the required shutdown measure may prevent more 
severe behavioral reactions for any large delphnoids in close proximity 
to the source vessel.
    Shutdown of the acoustic source would also be required upon 
observation beyond the 100 m EZ of any of the following:
     A large whale (i.e., sperm whale or any baleen whale) with 
a calf;
     An aggregation of large whales of any species (i.e., sperm 
whale or any baleen whale) that does not appear to be traveling (e.g., 
feeding, socializing, etc.); or
     A marine mammal species not authorized (i.e., a north 
Atlantic right whale) for take that is approaching or entering the 
Level B zone.
     An authorized marine mammal species that has reached its 
total allotted Level B take that is approaching or entering the Level B 
zone.
    These would be the only four potential situations that would 
require shutdown of the array for marine mammals observed beyond the 
100 m EZ.

Ramp-Up Procedures

    Ramp-up of an acoustic source is intended to provide a gradual 
increase in sound levels following a shutdown, enabling animals to move 
away from the source if the signal is sufficiently aversive prior to 
its reaching full intensity. Ramp-up would be required after the array 
is shut down for any reason. Ramp up to the full array would take 20 
minutes, starting with operation of a single airgun and with one 
additional airgun added every 5 minutes.
    At least two PSOs would be required to monitor during ramp-up. 
During ramp up, the PSOs would monitor the 100 m EZ, and if marine 
mammals were observed within or approaching the 100 m EZ, a shutdown 
would be implemented as though the full array were operational. If 
airguns have been shut down due to PSO detection of a marine mammal 
within or approaching the 100 m EZ, ramp-up would not be initiated 
until all marine mammals have cleared the EZ, during the day or night. 
Criteria for clearing the EZ would be as described above.
    Thirty minutes of pre-clearance observation are required prior to 
ramp-up for any shutdown of longer than 30 minutes (i.e., if the array 
were shut down during transit from one line to another). This 30 minute 
pre-clearance period may occur during any vessel activity (i.e., 
transit). If a marine mammal were observed within or approaching the 
100 m EZ or 100 m buffer zone during this pre-clearance period, ramp-up 
would not be initiated until all marine mammals cleared the 100 m EZ or 
100 m buffer zone. Criteria for clearing the EZ would be as described 
above. If the airgun array has been shut down for reasons other than 
mitigation (e.g., mechanical difficulty) for a period of less than 30 
minutes, it may be activated again without ramp-up if PSOs have 
maintained constant visual observation and no detections of any marine 
mammal have occurred within the EZ or 100 m buffer zone. Ramp-up would 
be planned to occur during periods of good visibility when possible. 
However, ramp-up would be allowed at night and during poor visibility 
if the 100 m EZ and 100 m buffer zone have been monitored by visual 
PSOs for 30 minutes prior to ramp-up.
    The USGS scientist-in-charge or his/her designee would be required 
to notify a designated PSO of the planned start of ramp-up as agreed-
upon with the lead PSO; the notification time should not be less than 
60 minutes prior to the planned ramp-up. A designated PSO must be 
notified again immediately prior to initiating ramp-up procedures and 
the USGS scientist-in-charge or his/her designee must receive 
confirmation from the PSO to proceed. The USGS scientist-in-charge or 
his/her designee must provide information to PSOs documenting that 
appropriate procedures were followed. Following deactivation of the 
array for reasons other than mitigation, the USGS scientist-in-charge 
or his/her designee would be required to communicate the near-term 
operational plan to the lead PSO with justification for any planned 
nighttime ramp-up.

Vessel Strike Avoidance Measures

    Vessel strike avoidance measures are intended to minimize the 
potential for collisions with marine mammals. These requirements do not 
apply in any case where compliance would create an imminent and serious 
threat to a person or vessel or to the extent that a vessel is 
restricted in its ability to maneuver and, because of the restriction, 
cannot comply.
    The proposed measures include the following: The USGS scientist-in-
charge or his/her designee, the vessel operator (The University of 
Delaware) and crew would maintain a vigilant watch for all marine 
mammals and slow down or stop the vessel or alter course to avoid 
striking any marine mammal. A visual observer aboard the vessel would 
monitor a vessel strike avoidance zone around the vessel according to 
the parameters stated below. Visual

[[Page 25293]]

observers monitoring the vessel strike avoidance zone would be either 
third-party observers or crew members, but crew members responsible for 
these duties would be provided sufficient training to distinguish 
marine mammals from other phenomena. Vessel strike avoidance measures 
would be followed during surveys and while in transit.
    The vessel would maintain a minimum separation distance of 100 m 
from large whales (i.e., baleen whales and sperm whales). If a large 
whale is within 100 m of the vessel the vessel would reduce speed and 
shift the engine to neutral, and would not engage the engines until the 
whale has moved outside of the vessel's path and the minimum separation 
distance has been established. If the vessel is stationary, the vessel 
would not engage engines until the whale(s) has moved out of the 
vessel's path and beyond 100 m. The vessel would maintain a minimum 
separation distance of 50 m from all other marine mammals (with the 
exception of delphinids of the genera Tursiops, Steno, Stenella, 
Lagenorhynchus and Delphinus that approach the vessel, as described 
above). If an animal is encountered during transit, the vessel would 
attempt to remain parallel to the animal's course, avoiding excessive 
speed or abrupt changes in course. Vessel speeds would be reduced to 10 
kn or less when mother/calf pairs, pods, or large assemblages of 
cetaceans (what constitues ``large'' will vary depending on species) 
are observed within 500 m of the vessel. Mariners may use professional 
judgment as to when such circumstances warranting additional caution 
are present.

Actions To Minimize Additional Harm to Live-Stranded (or Milling) 
Marine Mammals

    In the event of a live stranding (or near-shore atypical milling) 
event within 50 km of the survey operations, where the NMFS stranding 
network is engaged in herding or other interventions to return animals 
to the water, the Director of OPR, NMFS (or designee) will advise the 
IHA-holder of the need to implement shutdown procedures for all active 
acoustic sources operating within 50 km of the stranding. Shutdown 
procedures for live stranding or milling marine mammals include the 
following:
     If at any time, the marine mammal(s) die or are 
euthanized, or if herding/intervention efforts are stopped, the 
Director of OPR, NMFS (or designee) will advise the IHA-holder that the 
shutdown is no longer needed.
     Otherwise, shutdown procedures will remain in effect until 
the Director of OPR, NMFS (or designee) determines and advises the IHA-
holder that all live animals involved have left the area (either of 
their own volition or following an intervention).
     If further observations of the marine mammals indicate the 
potential for re-stranding, additional coordination with the IHA-holder 
will be required to determine what measures are necessary to minimize 
that likelihood (e.g., extending the shutdown or moving operations 
farther away) and to implement those measures as appropriate.
    Shutdown procedures are not related to the investigation of the 
cause of the stranding and their implementation is not intended to 
imply that the specified activity is the cause of the stranding. 
Rather, shutdown procedures are intended to protect marine mammals 
exhibiting indicators of distress by minimizing their exposure to 
possible additional stressors, regardless of the factors that 
contributed to the stranding.
    Based on our evaluation of the applicant's proposed measures, NMFS 
has preliminarily determined that the proposed mitigation measures 
provide the means effecting the least practicable impact on the 
affected species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular 
attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar 
significance.

Proposed Monitoring and Reporting

    In order to issue an IHA for an activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of 
the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth, requirements pertaining to 
the monitoring and reporting of such taking. The MMPA implementing 
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13) indicate that requests for 
authorizations must include the suggested means of accomplishing the 
necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased 
knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on 
populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the 
proposed action area. Effective reporting is critical both to 
compliance as well as ensuring that the most value is obtained from the 
required monitoring.
    Monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by NMFS should 
contribute to improved understanding of one or more of the following:
     Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the area 
in which take is anticipated (e.g., presence, abundance, distribution, 
density);
     Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure 
to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or 
chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment 
(e.g., source characterization, propagation, ambient noise); (2) 
affected species (e.g., life history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence 
of marine mammal species with the action; or (4) biological or 
behavioral context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or feeding areas);
     Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or 
physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative), 
other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors;
     How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1) 
Long-term fitness and survival of individual marine mammals; or (2) 
populations, species, or stocks;
     Effects on marine mammal habitat (e.g., marine mammal prey 
species, acoustic habitat, or other important physical components of 
marine mammal habitat); and
     Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.
    USGS submitted a marine mammal monitoring and reporting plan in 
their IHA application. Monitoring that is designed specifically to 
facilitate mitigation measures, such as monitoring of the EZ to inform 
potential shutdowns of the airgun array, are described above and are 
not repeated here.
    USGS's monitoring and reporting plan includes the following 
measures:

Vessel-Based Visual Monitoring

    As described above, PSO observations would take place during 
daytime airgun operations and nighttime start-ups (if applicable) of 
the airguns. During seismic operations, three visual PSOs would be 
based aboard the R/V Hugh R. Sharp. PSOs would be appointed by USGS 
with NMFS approval. During the majority of seismic operations, one PSO 
would monitor for marine mammals around the seismic vessel. PSOs would 
be on duty in shifts of duration no longer than four hours. Other crew 
would also be instructed to assist in detecting marine mammals and in 
implementing mitigation requirements (if practical). During daytime, 
PSOs would scan the area around the vessel systematically with reticle 
binoculars, Big Eye binoculars, and with the naked eye. At night, PSOs 
would be equipped with night-vision equipment.
    PSOs would record data to estimate the numbers of marine mammals 
exposed to various received sound levels and to document apparent 
disturbance reactions or lack thereof. Data would be used to estimate 
numbers

[[Page 25294]]

of animals potentially taken by harassment (as defined in the MMPA). 
They would also provide information needed to order a shutdown of the 
airguns when a marine mammal is within or near the EZ. When a sighting 
is made, the following information about the sighting would be 
recorded:
    (1) Species, group size, age/size/sex categories (if determinable), 
behavior when first sighted and after initial sighting, heading (if 
consistent), bearing and distance from seismic vessel, sighting cue, 
apparent reaction to the airguns or vessel (e.g., none, avoidance, 
approach, paralleling, etc.), and behavioral pace; and
    (2) Time, location, heading, speed, activity of the vessel, sea 
state, visibility, and sun glare.
    All observations and shutdowns would be recorded in a standardized 
format. Data would be entered into an electronic database. The accuracy 
of the data entry would be verified by computerized data validity 
checks as the data are entered and by subsequent manual checking of the 
database. These procedures would allow initial summaries of data to be 
prepared during and shortly after the field program and would 
facilitate transfer of the data to statistical, graphical, and other 
programs for further processing and archiving. The time, location, 
heading, speed, activity of the vessel, sea state, visibility, and sun 
glare would also be recorded at the start and end of each observation 
watch, and during a watch whenever there is a change in one or more of 
the variables.
    Results from the vessel-based observations would provide:
    (1) The basis for real-time mitigation (e.g., airgun shutdown);
    (2) Information needed to estimate the number of marine mammals 
potentially taken by harassment, which must be reported to NMFS;
    (3) Data on the occurrence, distribution, and activities of marine 
mammals in the area where the seismic study is conducted;
    (4) Information to compare the distance and distribution of marine 
mammals relative to the source vessel at times with and without seismic 
activity; and
    (5) Data on the behavior and movement patterns of marine mammals 
seen at times with and without seismic activity.

Reporting Injured or Dead Marine Mammals

    Discovery of Injured or Dead Marine Mammal--In the event that 
personnel involved in the survey activities covered by the 
authorization discover an injured or dead marine mammal, the IHA-holder 
shall report the incident to the Office of Protected Resources (OPR), 
NMFS and to regional stranding coordinators as soon as feasible. The 
report must include the following information:
     Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the first 
discovery (and updated location information if known and applicable);
     Species identification (if known) or description of the 
animal(s) involved;
     Condition of the animal(s) (including carcass condition if 
the animal is dead);
     Observed behaviors of the animal(s), if alive;
     If available, photographs or video footage of the 
animal(s); and
     General circumstances under which the animal was 
discovered.
    Vessel Strike--In the event of a ship strike of a marine mammal by 
any vessel involved in the activities covered by the authorization, the 
IHA-holder shall report the incident to OPR, NMFS and to regional 
stranding coordinators as soon as feasible. The report must include the 
following information:
     Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the 
incident;
     Species identification (if known) or description of the 
animal(s) involved;
     Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
     Vessel's course/heading and what operations were being 
conducted (if applicable);
     Status of all sound sources in use;
     Description of avoidance measures/requirements that were 
in place at the time of the strike and what additional measures were 
taken, if any, to avoid strike;
     Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction, 
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, visibility) immediately preceding the 
strike;
     Estimated size and length of animal that was struck;
     Description of the behavior of the marine mammal 
immediately preceding and following the strike;
     If available, description of the presence and behavior of 
any other marine mammals immediately preceding the strike;
     Estimated fate of the animal (e.g., dead, injured but 
alive, injured and moving, blood or tissue observed in the water, 
status unknown, disappeared); and
     To the extent practicable, photographs or video footage of 
the animal(s).
    Additional Information Requests--If NMFS determines that the 
circumstances of any marine mammal stranding found in the vicinity of 
the activity suggest investigation of the association with survey 
activities is warranted (example circumstances noted below), and an 
investigation into the stranding is being pursued, NMFS will submit a 
written request to the IHA-holder indicating that the following initial 
available information must be provided as soon as possible, but no 
later than 7 business days after the request for information.
     Status of all sound source use in the 48 hours preceding 
the estimated time of stranding and within 50 km of the discovery/
notification of the stranding by NMFS; and
     If available, description of the behavior of any marine 
mammal(s) observed preceding (i.e., within 48 hours and 50 km) and 
immediately after the discovery of the stranding.
    Examples of circumstances that could trigger the additional 
information request include, but are not limited to, the following:
     Atypical nearshore milling events of live cetaceans;
     Mass strandings of cetaceans (two or more individuals, not 
including cow/calf pairs);
     Beaked whale strandings;
     Necropsies with findings of pathologies that are unusual 
for the species or area; or
     Stranded animals with findings consistent with blast 
trauma.
    In the event that the investigation is still inconclusive, the 
investigation of the association of the survey activities is still 
warranted, and the investigation is still being pursued, NMFS may 
provide additional information requests, in writing, regarding the 
nature and location of survey operations prior to the time period 
above.

Reporting

    A report would be submitted to NMFS within 90 days after the end of 
the survey. The report would describe the operations that were 
conducted and sightings of marine mammals near the operations. The 
report would provide full documentation of methods, results, and 
interpretation pertaining to all monitoring and would summarize the 
dates and locations of seismic operations, and all marine mammal 
sightings (dates, times, locations, activities, associated seismic 
survey activities). The report would also include estimates of the 
number and nature of exposures that occurred above the harassment 
threshold based on PSO observations, including an estimate of those on 
the trackline but not detected.

[[Page 25295]]

Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination

    NMFS has defined negligible impact as an impact resulting from the 
specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not 
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through 
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (50 CFR 216.103). A 
negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse 
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (i.e., population-
level effects). An estimate of the number of takes alone is not enough 
information on which to base an impact determination. In addition to 
considering estimates of the number of marine mammals that might be 
``taken'' through harassment, NMFS considers other factors, such as the 
likely nature of any responses (e.g., intensity, duration), the context 
of any responses (e.g., critical reproductive time or location, 
migration), as well as effects on habitat, and the likely effectiveness 
of the mitigation. We also assess the number, intensity, and context of 
estimated takes by evaluating this information relative to population 
status. Consistent with the 1989 preamble for NMFS' implementing 
regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29, 1989), the impacts from other 
past and ongoing anthropogenic activities are incorporated into this 
analysis via their impacts on the environmental baseline (e.g., as 
reflected in the regulatory status of the species, population size and 
growth rate where known, ongoing sources of human-caused mortality, or 
ambient noise levels).
    NMFS does not anticipate that serious injury or mortality would 
occur as a result of USGS's proposed seismic survey, even in the 
absence of proposed mitigation. Thus, the proposed authorization does 
not authorize any mortality. As discussed in the Potential Effects 
section, non-auditory physical effects, stranding, and vessel strike 
are not expected to occur.
    Potential impacts to marine mammal habitat were discussed 
previously in this document (see Potential Effects of the Specified 
Activity on Marine Mammals and their Habitat). Marine mammal habitat 
may be impacted by elevated sound levels, but these impacts would be 
temporary. Feeding behavior is not likely to be significantly impacted, 
as marine mammals appear to be less likely to exhibit behavioral 
reactions or avoidance responses while engaged in feeding activities 
(Richardson et al., 1995). Prey species are mobile and are broadly 
distributed throughout the project area; therefore, marine mammals that 
may be temporarily displaced during survey activities are expected to 
be able to resume foraging once they have moved away from areas with 
disturbing levels of underwater noise. Because of the temporary nature 
of the disturbance, the availability of similar habitat and resources 
in the surrounding area, and the impacts to marine mammals and the food 
sources that they utilize are not expected to cause significant or 
long-term consequences for individual marine mammals or their 
populations. In addition, there are no feeding, mating or calving areas 
known to be biologically important to marine mammals within the 
proposed project area during the time of the survey (Ferguson et al., 
2015). Also, as stated, the survey slightly intersects with a core 
abundance area for sperm whales. However, due to the low energy-source 
of the airguns for the action and the proposed mitigation measures 
listed above, NMFS does not exclude USGS from this area during its 
survey, nor does it foresee the survey having effects, greater than 
negligible impact, on the core abundance area.
    As described previously, there are multiple species that should be 
considered rare in the proposed survey areas and for which we propose 
to authorize only nominal and precautionary take of a single group. We 
do not expect meaningful impacts to these species (i.e., killer whale, 
false killer whale, pygmy killer whale, melon-headed whale, northern 
bottlenose whale, spinner dolphin, Fraser's dolphin, Atlantic white-
sided dolphin) because we preliminarily find that the total marine 
mammal take from each of the specified activities will have a 
negligible impact on these marine mammal species. Therefore, we do not 
discuss these eight species further in this negligible impact analysis.
    The acoustic ``footprint'' of the proposed survey would be very 
small relative to the ranges of all marine mammals that would 
potentially be affected. Sound levels would increase in the marine 
environment in a relatively small area surrounding the vessel compared 
to the range of the marine mammals within the proposed survey area. The 
seismic array would be active 24 hours per day throughout the duration 
of the proposed survey. However, the very brief overall duration of the 
proposed survey (22 days with 19 days of airgun operations) would 
further limit potential impacts that may occur as a result of the 
proposed activity.
    The proposed mitigation measures are expected to reduce the number 
and/or severity of takes by allowing for detection of marine mammals in 
the vicinity of the vessel by visual and acoustic observers, and by 
minimizing the severity of any potential exposures via shutdowns of the 
airgun array. Based on previous monitoring reports for substantially 
similar activities that have been previously authorized by NMFS, we 
expect that the proposed mitigation will be effective in preventing all 
Level A harassment and most Level B harassment.
    Of the marine mammal species under our jurisdiction that are likely 
to occur in the project area, the following species are listed as 
endangered under the ESA; fin, sei, and sperm whales. There are 
currently insufficient data to determine population trends for these 
species (Hayes et al., 2017); however, we are proposing to authorize 
very small numbers of takes for these species (Table 8), relative to 
their population sizes (again, when compared to mean abundance 
estimates, for purposes of comparison only). Therefore, we do not 
expect population-level impacts to any of these species. The other 
marine mammal species that may be taken by harassment during USGS's 
seismic survey are not listed as threatened or endangered under the 
ESA. There is no designated critical habitat for any ESA-listed marine 
mammals within the project area; of the non-listed marine mammals for 
which we propose to authorize take, none are considered ``depleted'' or 
``strategic'' by NMFS under the MMPA.
    NMFS concludes that exposures to marine mammal species due to 
USGS's proposed seismic survey would result in only short-term 
(temporary and short in duration) effects to individuals exposed, or 
some small degree of PTS to a very small number of individuals of four 
species. Marine mammals may temporarily avoid the immediate area but 
are not expected to permanently abandon the area. Major shifts in 
habitat use, distribution, or foraging success are not expected. NMFS 
does not anticipate the proposed take estimates to impact annual rates 
of recruitment or survival.
    In summary and as described above, the following factors primarily 
support our preliminary determination that the impacts resulting from 
this activity are not expected to adversely affect the species or stock 
through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival:
     No injury (Level A take), serious injury or mortality is 
anticipated or authorized;
     The anticipated impacts of the proposed activity on marine 
mammals would primarily be temporary behavioral changes due to 
avoidance of the area around the survey vessel. The

[[Page 25296]]

relatively short duration of the proposed survey (22 days with 19 days 
of airgun operations) would further limit the potential impacts of any 
temporary behavioral changes that would occur;
     The availability of alternate areas of similar habitat 
value for marine mammals to temporarily vacate the survey area during 
the proposed survey to avoid exposure to sounds from the activity;
     The proposed project area does not contain areas of 
significance for feeding, mating or calving;
     The potential adverse effects on fish or invertebrate 
species that serve as prey species for marine mammals from the proposed 
survey would be temporary and spatially limited; and
     The proposed mitigation measures, including visual and 
acoustic monitoring and shutdowns, are expected to minimize potential 
impacts to marine mammals.
    Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the 
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into 
consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and 
mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine 
mammal take from the proposed activity will have a negligible impact on 
all affected marine mammal species or stocks.

Small Numbers

    As noted above, only small numbers of incidental take may be 
authorized under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for specified 
activities other than military readiness activities. The MMPA does not 
define small numbers and so, in practice, where estimated numbers are 
available, NMFS compares the number of individuals taken to the most 
appropriate estimation of abundance of the relevant species or stock in 
our determination of whether an authorization is limited to small 
numbers of marine mammals. Additionally, other qualitative factors may 
be considered in the analysis, such as the temporal or spatial scale of 
the activities.
    Please see Tables 8 and 9 and the related text for information 
relating to the basis for our small numbers analyses. Table 8 provides 
the numbers of predicted exposures above specified received levels, 
while Table 9 provides numbers of take proposed for authorization. For 
the northern bottlenose whale, Fraser's dolphin, melon-headed whale, 
false killer whale, pygmy killer whale, killer whale, spinner dolphin, 
and white-sided dolphin, we propose to authorize take resulting from a 
single exposure of one group of each species or stock, as appropriate 
(using average group size), for each applicant. As stated earlier, we 
believe that a single incident of take of one group of any of these 
species represents take of small numbers for that species. Therefore, 
based on the analyses contained herein of the specified activity, we 
preliminarily find that small numbers of marine mammals will be taken 
for each of these eight affected species or stocks for the specified 
activity. We do not discuss these eight species further in this small 
numbers analysis.
    As shown in Table 8, we used mean abundance estimates from Roberts 
(2016) to calculate the percentage of population that is estimated to 
be taken during the proposed activities for non-rare species. These 
data present the best available abundance estimates for cetacean 
populations off of the Western Atlantic for this proposed activity. The 
activity is expected to impact a very small percentage of all marine 
mammal populations. As presented in Table 8, take of all 21 marine 
mammal species authorized for take is less than three percent of the 
abundance estimate.
    Based on the analysis contained herein of the proposed activity 
(including the proposed mitigation and monitoring measures) and the 
anticipated take of marine mammals, NMFS preliminarily finds that small 
numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to the population size 
of the affected species or stocks.

Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis and Determination

    There are no relevant subsistence uses of the affected marine 
mammal stocks or species implicated by this action. Therefore, NMFS has 
preliminarily determined that the total taking of affected species or 
stocks would not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability 
of such species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.

Endangered Species Act (ESA)

    Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16 
U.S.C. 1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal agency insure that any 
action it authorizes, funds, or carries out is not likely to jeopardize 
the continued existence of any endangered or threatened species or 
result in the destruction or adverse modification of designated 
critical habitat. To ensure ESA compliance for the issuance of IHAs, 
NMFS consults internally, in this case with the ESA Interagency 
Cooperation Division, whenever we propose to authorize take for 
endangered or threatened species.
    NMFS is proposing to authorize take of three species of marine 
mammals which are listed under the ESA: The sei whale, fin whale, and 
sperm whale. The Permits and Conservation Division has requested 
initiation of Section 7 consultation with the ESA Interagency 
Cooperation Division for the issuance of this IHA. NMFS will conclude 
the ESA consultation prior to reaching a determination regarding the 
proposed issuance of the authorization.

Proposed Authorization

    As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to 
issue an IHA to USGS for conducting a marine geophysical survey in the 
Northwest Atlantic Ocean in August 2018, provided the previously 
mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements are 
incorporated. This section contains a draft of the IHA itself. The 
wording contained in this section is proposed for inclusion in the IHA 
(if issued).
    1. This IHA is valid for a period of one year from the date of 
issuance.
    2. This IHA is valid only for marine geophysical survey activity, 
as specified in the USGS IHA application and using an airgun array 
aboard the R/V Hugh R. Sharp with characteristics specified in the 
application, in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean.
    3. General Conditions
    (a) A copy of this IHA must be in the possession of USGS, the 
vessel operator (The University of Delaware) and other relevant 
personnel, the lead PSO, and any other relevant designees of USGS 
operating under the authority of this IHA.
    (b) The species authorized for taking are listed in Table 9. The 
taking, by Level B harassment only, is limited to the species and 
numbers listed in Table 9. Any taking exceeding the authorized amounts 
listed in Table 9 is prohibited and may result in the modification, 
suspension, or revocation of this IHA.
    (c) The taking by serious injury or death of any species of marine 
mammal is prohibited and may result in the modification, suspension, or 
revocation of this IHA.
    (d) During use of the airgun(s), if marine mammal species other 
than those listed in Table 9 are detected by PSOs, the acoustic source 
must be shut down to avoid unauthorized take.
    (e) The USGS scientist-in-charge or his/her designee shall ensure 
that the vessel operator and other relevant vessel personnel are 
briefed on all responsibilities, communication procedures, marine 
mammal monitoring protocol, operational procedures, and IHA 
requirements prior to the start of

[[Page 25297]]

survey activity, and when relevant new personnel join the survey 
operations.
    4. Mitigation Requirements
    The holder of this Authorization is required to implement the 
following mitigation measures:
    (a) USGS must use at least three (3) dedicated, trained, NMFS-
approved PSOs. The PSOs must have no tasks other than to conduct 
observational effort, record observational data, and communicate with 
and instruct relevant vessel crew with regard to the presence of marine 
mammals and mitigation requirements. PSO resumes shall be provided to 
NMFS for approval.
    (b) At least one PSO must have a minimum of 90 days at-sea 
experience working as a PSO during a deep penetration seismic survey, 
with no more than eighteen months elapsed since the conclusion of the 
at-sea experience. One experienced visual PSO shall be designated as 
the lead for the entire protected species observation team. The lead 
PSO shall serve as primary point of contact for the USGS scientist-in-
charge or his/her designee.
    (c) Visual Observation
    (i) During survey operations (e.g., any day on which use of the 
acoustic source is planned to occur; whenever the acoustic source is in 
the water, whether activated or not), at least one, PSO(s) must be on 
duty and conducting visual observations at all times during daylight 
hours (i.e., from 30 minutes prior to sunrise through 30 minutes 
following sunset).
    (ii) Visual monitoring must begin not less than 30 minutes prior to 
ramp-up, including for nighttime ramp-ups of the airgun array, and must 
continue until one hour after use of the acoustic source ceases or 
until 30 minutes past sunset.
    (iii) PSOs shall coordinate to ensure 360[deg] visual coverage 
around the vessel from the most appropriate observation posts and shall 
conduct visual observations using binoculars and the naked eye while 
free from distractions and in a consistent, systematic, and diligent 
manner.
    (iv) PSOs may be on watch for a maximum of four consecutive hours 
followed by a break of at least one hour between watches and may 
conduct a maximum of 12 hours observation per 24 hour period.
    (v) During good conditions (e.g., daylight hours; Beaufort sea 
state 3 or less), visual PSOs shall conduct observations when the 
acoustic source is not operating (except during transits across the 
shelf where no seismic activity will occur during the survey) for 
comparison of sighting rates and behavior with and without use of the 
acoustic source and between acquisition periods, to the maximum extent 
practicable.
    (d) Exclusion Zone and Buffer Zone--PSOs shall establish and 
monitor a 100 m EZ and an additional 100 m buffer zone beginning from 
the outside extant of the 100 m EZ. The zones shall be based upon 
radial distance from any element of the airgun array (rather than being 
based on the center of the array or around the vessel itself). During 
use of the acoustic source, occurrence of marine mammals outside the EZ 
but within 100 m buffer zone from any element of the airgun array shall 
be communicated to the USGS scientist-in-charge or his/her designee to 
prepare for potential further mitigation measures as described below. 
During use of the acoustic source, occurrence of marine mammals within 
the EZ, shall trigger further mitigation measures as described below.
    (i) Ramp-up--A ramp-up procedure is required at all times as part 
of the activation of the acoustic source. Ramp-up shall begin with 
starting one 105 in\3\ airgun with additional 105 in\3\ airguns being 
turned on every 5 minutes until all four airguns are in operation.
    (ii) If the airgun array has been shut down due to a marine mammal 
detection, ramp-up shall not occur until all marine mammals have 
cleared the EZ. A marine mammal is considered to have cleared the EZ 
if:
    (A) It has been visually observed to have left the EZ; or
    (B) It has not been observed within the EZ, for 15 minutes (in the 
case of small odontocetes) or for 30 minutes (in the case of mysticetes 
and large odontocetes including sperm, pygmy and dwarf sperm, beaked 
whales, and large delphinids).
    (iii) Thirty minutes of pre-clearance observation of the 100 m EZ 
and 100 m buffer zone are required prior to ramp-up for any shutdown of 
longer than 30 minutes. This pre-clearance period may occur during any 
vessel activity. If any marine mammal (including delphinids) is 
observed within or approaching the EZ or 100 m buffer zone during the 
30 minute pre-clearance period, ramp-up may not begin until the 
animal(s) has been observed exiting the EZ or 100 m buffer zone or 
until an additional time period has elapsed with no further sightings 
(i.e., 15 minutes for small odontocetes and 30 minutes for mysticetes 
and large odontocetes including sperm, pygmy and dwarf sperm, beaked 
whales, and large delphinids).
    (iv) During ramp-up, at least two PSOs shall conduct monitoring. 
Ramp-up may not be initiated if any marine mammal (including 
delphinids) is observed within or approaching the 100 m EZ or 100 m 
buffer zone. If a marine mammal is observed within or approaching the 
100 m EZ during ramp-up, a shutdown shall be implemented as though the 
full array were operational. Ramp-up may not begin again until the 
animal(s) has been observed exiting the 100 m EZ or until an additional 
time period has elapsed with no further sightings in the 100 m EZ 
(i.e., 15 minutes for small odontocetes and 30 minutes for mysticetes 
and large odontocetes including sperm, pygmy and dwarf sperm, beaked 
whales, and large delphinids).
    (v) If the airgun array has been shut down for reasons other than 
mitigation (e.g., mechanical difficulty) for a period of less than 30 
minutes, it may be activated again without ramp-up if PSOs have 
maintained constant visual observation and no visual detections of any 
marine mammal have occurred within the 100 m EZ or 100 m buffer zone.
    (vi) Ramp-up at night and at times of poor visibility shall only 
occur where operational planning cannot reasonably avoid such 
circumstances. Ramp-up may occur at night and during poor visibility if 
the 100 m EZ and 100 m buffer zone have been continually monitored by 
visual PSOs for 30 minutes prior to ramp-up with no marine mammal 
detections.
    (vii) The USGS scientist-in-charge or his/her designee must notify 
a designated PSO of the planned start of ramp-up. The designated PSO 
must be notified again immediately prior to initiating ramp-up 
procedures and the USGS scientist-in-charge or his/her designee must 
receive confirmation from the PSO to proceed.
    (e) Shutdown requirements--A 100 m EZ shall be established and 
monitored by PSOs. If a marine mammal is observed within, entering, or 
approaching the 100 m exclusion zone all airguns shall be shut down.
    (i) Any PSO on duty has the authority to call for shutdown of the 
airgun array. When there is certainty regarding the need for mitigation 
action on the basis of visual detection, the relevant PSO(s) must call 
for such action immediately.
    (ii) The USGS scientist-in-charge or his/her designee must 
establish and maintain clear lines of communication directly between 
PSOs on duty and crew controlling the airgun array to ensure that 
shutdown commands are conveyed swiftly while allowing PSOs to maintain 
watch.
    (iii) When a shutdown is called for by a PSO, the shutdown must 
occur and any dispute resolved only following shutdown.

[[Page 25298]]

    (iv) The shutdown requirement is waived for dolphins of the 
following genera: Tursiops, Steno, Stenella, Lagenorhynchus and 
Delphinus. The shutdown waiver only applies if animals are traveling, 
including approaching the vessel. If these animals are stationary and 
the vessel approaches the animals, the shutdown requirement applies. If 
there is uncertainty regarding identification (i.e., whether the 
observed animal(s) belongs to the group described above) or whether the 
animals are traveling, shutdown must be implemented.
    (v) Upon implementation of a shutdown, the source may be 
reactivated under the conditions described at 4(e)(vi). Where there is 
no relevant zone (e.g., shutdown due to observation of a calf), a 30-
minute clearance period must be observed following the last observation 
of the animal(s).
    (vi) Shutdown of the array is required upon observation of a whale 
(i.e., sperm whale or any baleen whale) with calf, with ``calf'' 
defined as an animal less than two-thirds the body size of an adult 
observed to be in close association with an adult, at any distance.
    (vii) Shutdown of the array is required upon observation of an 
aggregation (i.e., six or more animals) of large whales of any species 
(i.e., sperm whale or any baleen whale) that does not appear to be 
traveling (e.g., feeding, socializing, etc.) at any distance.
    (viii) Shutdown of the array is required upon observations of a 
marine mammal species not authorized (i.e., a north Atlantic right 
whale) for take that is entering or approaching the vessel's respective 
Level B zone (See Table 5).
    (ix) Shutdown of the array is required upon observations of an 
authorized marine mammal species that has reached its total allotted 
Level B take that is entering or approaching the vessel's respective 
Level B zone (See Table 5).
    (f) Vessel Strike Avoidance--The USGS, PSOs, vessel operator, and 
crew must maintain a vigilant watch for all marine mammals and the 
vessel operator must slow down or stop the vessel or alter course, as 
appropriate, to avoid striking any marine mammal. These requirements do 
not apply in any case where compliance would create an imminent and 
serious threat to a person or vessel or to the extent that a vessel is 
restricted in its ability to maneuver and, because of the restriction, 
cannot comply. A visual observer aboard the vessel must monitor a 
vessel strike avoidance zone around the vessel according to the 
parameters stated below. Visual observers monitoring the vessel strike 
avoidance zone can be either third-party observers or crew members, but 
crew members responsible for these duties must be provided sufficient 
training to distinguish marine mammals from other phenomena.
    (i) The vessel must maintain a minimum separation distance of 100 m 
from large whales. The following avoidance measures must be taken if a 
large whale is within 100 m of the vessel:
    (A) The vessel must reduce speed and shift the engine to neutral, 
when feasible, and must not engage the engines until the whale has 
moved outside of the vessel's path and the minimum separation distance 
has been established.
    (B) If the vessel is stationary, the vessel must not engage engines 
until the whale(s) has moved out of the vessel's path and beyond 100 m.
    (ii) The vessel must maintain a minimum separation distance of 50 m 
from all other marine mammals, with an exception made for animals 
described in 4(e)(iv) that approach the vessel. If an animal is 
encountered during transit, the vessel shall attempt to remain parallel 
to the animal's course, avoiding excessive speed or abrupt changes in 
course.
    (iii) Vessel speeds must be reduced to 10 knots or less when 
mother/calf pairs or large assemblages of cetaceans (what constitues 
``large'' will vary depending on species) are observed within 500 m of 
the vessel. Mariners may use professional judgment as to when such 
circumstances warranting additional caution are present.
    (g) Miscellaneous Protocols
    (i) The airgun array must be deactivated when not acquiring data or 
preparing to acquire data, except as necessary for testing. Unnecessary 
use of the acoustic source shall be avoided. Operational capacity of 
840 in\3\ (not including redundant backup airguns) must not be exceeded 
during the survey, except where unavoidable for source testing and 
calibration purposes. All occasions where activated source volume 
exceeds notified operational capacity must be noticed to the PSO(s) on 
duty and fully documented. The lead PSO must be granted access to 
relevant instrumentation documenting acoustic source power and/or 
operational volume.
    (ii) Testing of the acoustic source involving all elements requires 
normal mitigation protocols (e.g., ramp-up). Testing limited to 
individual source elements or strings does not require ramp-up but does 
require pre-clearance.
    5. Monitoring Requirements
    The holder of this Authorization is required to conduct marine 
mammal monitoring during survey activity. Monitoring shall be conducted 
in accordance with the following requirements:
    (a) The USGS scientist-in-charge or his/her designee must provide a 
night-vision device suited for the marine environment for use during 
nighttime ramp-up pre-clearance, at the discretion of the PSOs. At 
minimum, the device should feature automatic brightness and gain 
control, bright light protection, infrared illumination, and optics 
suited for low-light situations.
    (b) PSOs must also be equipped with reticle binoculars (e.g., 7 x 
50) of appropriate quality (i.e., Fujinon or equivalent), Big Eye 
binoculars, GPS, compass, and any other tools necessary to adequately 
perform necessary tasks, including accurate determination of distance 
and bearing to observed marine mammals.
    (c) PSO Qualifications
    (i) PSOs must have successfully completed relevant training, 
including completion of all required coursework and passing a written 
and/or oral examination developed for the training program.
    (ii) PSOs must have successfully attained a bachelor's degree from 
an accredited college or university with a major in one of the natural 
sciences and a minimum of 30 semester hours or equivalent in the 
biological sciences and at least one undergraduate course in math or 
statistics. The educational requirements may be waived if the PSO has 
acquired the relevant skills through alternate experience. Requests for 
such a waiver must include written justification. Alternate experience 
that may be considered includes, but is not limited to (1) secondary 
education and/or experience comparable to PSO duties; (2) previous work 
experience conducting academic, commercial, or government-sponsored 
marine mammal surveys; or (3) previous work experience as a PSO; the 
PSO should demonstrate good standing and consistently good performance 
of PSO duties.
    (d) Data Collection--PSOs must use standardized data forms, whether 
hard copy or electronic. PSOs shall record detailed information about 
any implementation of mitigation requirements, including the distance 
of animals to the acoustic source and description of specific actions 
that ensued, the behavior of the animal(s), any observed changes in 
behavior before and after implementation of mitigation, and if shutdown 
was implemented, the length of time before any subsequent ramp-up of 
the acoustic source to

[[Page 25299]]

resume survey. If required mitigation was not implemented, PSOs should 
submit a description of the circumstances. We require that, at a 
minimum, the following information be reported:
    (i) PSO names and affiliations;
    (ii) Dates of departures and returns to port with port name;
    (iii) Dates and times (Greenwich Mean Time) of survey effort and 
times corresponding with PSO effort;
    (iv) Vessel location (latitude/longitude) when survey effort begins 
and ends; vessel location at beginning and end of visual PSO duty 
shifts;
    (v) Vessel heading and speed at beginning and end of visual PSO 
duty shifts and upon any line change;
    (vi) Environmental conditions while on visual survey (at beginning 
and end of PSO shift and whenever conditions change significantly), 
including wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea state, Beaufort wind 
force, swell height, weather conditions, cloud cover, sun glare, and 
overall visibility to the horizon;
    (vii) Factors that may be contributing to impaired observations 
during each PSO shift change or as needed as environmental conditions 
change (e.g., vessel traffic, equipment malfunctions);
    (viii) Survey activity information, such as acoustic source power 
output while in operation, number and volume of airguns operating in 
the array, tow depth of the array, and any other notes of significance 
(i.e., pre-ramp-up survey, ramp-up, shutdown, testing, shooting, ramp-
up completion, end of operations, streamers, etc.); and
    (ix) If a marine mammal is sighted, the following information 
should be recorded:
    (A) Watch status (sighting made by PSO on/off effort, 
opportunistic, crew, alternate vessel/platform);
    (B) PSO who sighted the animal;
    (C) Time of sighting;
    (D) Vessel location at time of sighting;
    (E) Water depth;
    (F) Direction of vessel's travel (compass direction);
    (G) Direction of animal's travel relative to the vessel;
    (H) Pace of the animal;
    (I) Estimated distance to the animal and its heading relative to 
vessel at initial sighting;
    (J) Identification of the animal (e.g., genus/species, lowest 
possible taxonomic level, or unidentified); also note the composition 
of the group if there is a mix of species;
    (K) Estimated number of animals (high/low/best);
    (L) Estimated number of animals by cohort (adults, yearlings, 
juveniles, calves, group composition, etc.);
    (M) Description (as many distinguishing features as possible of 
each individual seen, including length, shape, color, pattern, scars or 
markings, shape and size of dorsal fin, shape of head, and blow 
characteristics);
    (N) Detailed behavior observations (e.g., number of blows, number 
of surfaces, breaching, spyhopping, diving, feeding, traveling; as 
explicit and detailed as possible; note any observed changes in 
behavior);
    (O) Animal's closest point of approach and/or closest distance from 
the center point of the acoustic source;
    (P) Platform activity at time of sighting (e.g., deploying, 
recovering, testing, shooting, data acquisition, other); and
    (Q) Description of any actions implemented in response to the 
sighting (e.g., delays, shutdown, ramp-up, speed or course alteration, 
etc.) and time and location of the action.
    6. Reporting
    (a) USGS shall submit a draft comprehensive report on all 
activities and monitoring results within 90 days of the completion of 
the survey or expiration of the IHA, whichever comes sooner. The report 
must describe all activities conducted and sightings of marine mammals 
near the activities, must provide full documentation of methods, 
results, and interpretation pertaining to all monitoring, and must 
summarize the dates and locations of survey operations and all marine 
mammal sightings (dates, times, locations, activities, associated 
survey activities). Geospatial data regarding locations where the 
acoustic source was used must be provided as an ESRI shapefile with all 
necessary files and appropriate metadata. In addition to the report, 
all raw observational data shall be made available to NMFS. The report 
must summarize the data collected as required under condition 5(d) of 
this IHA. The draft report must be accompanied by a certification from 
the lead PSO as to the accuracy of the report, and the lead PSO may 
submit directly to NMFS a statement concerning implementation and 
effectiveness of the required mitigation and monitoring. A final report 
must be submitted within 30 days following resolution of any comments 
from NMFS on the draft report.
    (b) Reporting injured or dead marine mammals:
    (i) In the event that the specified activity clearly causes the 
take of a marine mammal in a manner not prohibited by this IHA (if 
issued), such as serious injury or mortality, USGS shall immediately 
cease the specified activities and immediately report the incident to 
the NMFS Office of Protected Resources and to regional stranding 
coordinators as soon as feasible. The report must include the following 
information:
    (A) Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the incident;
    (B) Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
    (C) Vessel's course/heading and what operations were being 
conducted (if
    (D) applicable);
    (E) Status of all sound sources in use;
    (F) Description of avoidance measures/requirements that were in 
place at the time of the strike and what additional measures were 
taken, if any, to avoid strike;
    (G) Description of the incident;
    (H) Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding the 
incident;
    (I) Water depth;
    (J) Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction, 
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
    (K) Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 hours 
preceding the incident;
    (L) Species identification or description of the animal(s) 
involved;
    (M) Fate of the animal(s); and
    (N) Photographs or video footage of the animal(s).
    (ii) Activities shall not resume until NMFS is able to review the 
circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS will work with USGS to 
determine what measures are necessary to minimize the likelihood of 
further prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. USGS may not resume 
their activities until notified by NMFS.
    (iii) In the event that USGS discovers an injured or dead marine 
mammal, and the lead observer determines that the cause of the injury 
or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (e.g., in less 
than a moderate state of decomposition), USGS shall immediately report 
the incident to the NMFS Office of Protected Resources. The report must 
include the same information identified in condition 6(b)(i) of this 
IHA. Activities may continue while NMFS reviews the circumstances of 
the incident. NMFS will work with USGS to determine whether additional 
mitigation measures or modifications to the activities are appropriate.
    (iv) In the event that USGS discovers an injured or dead marine 
mammal, and the lead observer determines that the injury or death is 
not associated with or related to the specified activities (e.g., 
previously wounded animal, carcass with moderate to advanced 
decomposition, or scavenger damage), USGS shall report the incident to 
the

[[Page 25300]]

NMFS Office of Protected Resources within 24 hours of the discovery. 
USGS shall provide photographs or video footage or other documentation 
of the sighting to NMFS.
    7. This Authorization may be modified, suspended or withdrawn if 
the holder fails to abide by the conditions prescribed herein, or if 
NMFS determines the authorized taking is having more than a negligible 
impact on the species or stock of affected marine mammals.

Request for Public Comments

    We request comment on our analyses, the proposed authorization, and 
any other aspect of this Notice of Proposed IHA for the proposed 
[action]. We also request comment on the potential for renewal of this 
proposed IHA as described in the paragraph below. Please include with 
your comments any supporting data or literature citations to help 
inform our final decision on the request for MMPA authorization.

    Dated: May 24, 2018.
Donna S. Wieting,
Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries 
Service.
[FR Doc. 2018-11629 Filed 5-30-18; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 3510-22-P



                                              25268                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices

                                              DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE                                  Do not submit confidential business                   feeding, or sheltering (Level B
                                                                                                      information or otherwise sensitive or                 harassment).
                                              National Oceanic and Atmospheric                        protected information.
                                              Administration                                                                                                National Environmental Policy Act
                                                                                                      FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
                                                                                                      Jonathan Molineaux, Office of Protected                 To comply with the National
                                              RIN 0648–XG170
                                                                                                      Resources, NMFS, (301) 427–8401.                      Environmental Policy Act of 1969
                                              Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to                   Electronic copies of the application and              (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.,) and
                                              Specified Activities; Taking Marine                     supporting documents, as well as a list               NOAA Administrative Order (NAO)
                                              Mammals Incidental to a Marine                          of the references cited in this document,             216–6A, NMFS must review our
                                              Geophysical Survey in the Northwest                     may be obtained online at: https://                   proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an
                                              Atlantic Ocean                                          www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/                      incidental harassment authorization)
                                                                                                      marine-mammal-protection/incidental-                  with respect to potential impacts on the
                                              AGENCY:  National Marine Fisheries                      take-authorizations-research-and-other-               human environment.
                                              Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and                    activities. In case of problems accessing               Accordingly, NMFS is preparing an
                                              Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),                      these documents, please call the contact              Environmental Assessment (EA) to
                                              Commerce.                                               listed above.                                         consider the environmental impacts
                                              ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental                                                                           associated with the issuance of the
                                                                                                      SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
                                              harassment authorization; request for                                                                         proposed IHA. We will review all
                                              comments.                                               Background                                            comments submitted in response to this
                                                                                                         Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the               notice prior to concluding our NEPA
                                              SUMMARY:    NMFS has received a request                 MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) direct                  process or making a final decision on
                                              from United States Geological Survey                    the Secretary of Commerce (as delegated               the IHA request.
                                              (USGS) for authorization to take marine                 to NMFS) to allow, upon request, the
                                              mammals incidental to a marine                                                                                Summary of Request
                                                                                                      incidental, but not intentional, taking of
                                              geophysical survey in the northwest                     small numbers of marine mammals by                      On March 20, 2018, NMFS received a
                                              Atlantic Ocean. Pursuant to the Marine                  U.S. citizens who engage in a specified               request from USGS for an IHA to take
                                              Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS                      activity (other than commercial fishing)              marine mammals incidental to a marine
                                              is requesting comments on its proposal                  within a specified geographical region if             geophysical survey in the northwest
                                              to issue an incidental harassment                       certain findings are made and either                  Atlantic Ocean. On April 11, 2018, we
                                              authorization (IHA) to incidentally take                regulations are issued or, if the taking is           deemed USGS’s application for
                                              marine mammals during the specified                     limited to harassment, a notice of a                  authorization to be adequate and
                                              activities. NMFS will consider public                   proposed authorization is provided to                 complete. USGS’s request is for take a
                                              comments prior to making any final                      the public for review.                                small number of 29 species of marine
                                              decision on the issuance of the                            An authorization for incidental                    mammals by Level B harassment only.
                                              requested MMPA authorizations, and                      takings shall be granted if NMFS finds                Neither USGS nor NMFS expects
                                              agency responses will be summarized in                  that the taking will have a negligible                serious injury or mortality to result from
                                              the final notice of our decision.                       impact on the species or stock(s), will               this activity; and, therefore, an IHA is
                                              DATES: Comments and information must                    not have an unmitigable adverse impact                appropriate. The planned activity is not
                                              be received no later than July 2, 2018.                 on the availability of the species or                 expected to exceed one year; hence, we
                                              ADDRESSES: Comments should be                           stock(s) for subsistence uses (where                  do not expect subsequent MMPA
                                              addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief,                     relevant), and if the permissible                     incidental harassment authorizations
                                              Permits and Conservation Division,                      methods of taking and requirements                    would be issued for this particular
                                              Office of Protected Resources, National                 pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring              activity.
                                              Marine Fisheries Service. Physical                      and reporting of such takings are set                 Description of Proposed Activity
                                              comments should be sent to 1315 East-                   forth.
                                              West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910                      NMFS has defined ‘‘negligible                      Overview
                                              and electronic comments should be sent                  impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact                  The USGS intends to conduct a
                                              to ITP.molineaux@noaa.gov.                              resulting from the specified activity that            seismic survey aboard the R/V Hugh R.
                                                 Instructions: NMFS is not responsible                cannot be reasonably expected to, and is              Sharp, a University National
                                              for comments sent by any other method,                  not reasonably likely to, adversely affect            Oceanographic Laboratory (UNOLS)
                                              to any other address or individual, or                  the species or stock through effects on               Federal fleet vessel that is owned and
                                              received after the end of the comment                   annual rates of recruitment or survival.              operated by the University of Delaware,
                                              period. Comments received                                  The MMPA states that the term ‘‘take’’             during a cruise up to 22 days long on
                                              electronically, including all                           means to harass, hunt, capture, kill or               the northern U.S. Atlantic margin in
                                              attachments, must not exceed a 25-                      attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or kill             August 2018. The program is named
                                              megabyte file size. Attachments to                      any marine mammal.                                    MATRIX, for ‘‘Mid-Atlantic Resource
                                              electronic comments will be accepted in                    Except with respect to certain                     Imaging Experiment.’’ The seismic
                                              Microsoft Word or Excel or Adobe PDF                    activities not pertinent here, the MMPA               survey will take place in water depths
                                              file formats only. All comments                         defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: Any act of                 ranging from ∼100 meters (m) to 3,500
                                              received are a part of the public record                pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)              m, entirely within the U.S. Exclusive
                                              and will generally be posted online at                  has the potential to injure a marine                  Economic Zone (EEZ), and acquire ∼6
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/                        mammal or marine mammal stock in the                  dip lines (roughly perpendicular to the
                                              marine-mammal-protection/incidental-                    wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has                orientation of the shelf-break) and ∼3
                                              take-authorizations-research-and-other-                 the potential to disturb a marine                     strike lines (roughly parallel to the
                                              activities without change. All personal                 mammal or marine mammal stock in the                  shelf-break) between about 35 nautical
                                              identifying information (e.g., name,                    wild by causing disruption of behavioral              miles (nmi) south of Hudson Canyon on
                                              address) voluntarily submitted by the                   patterns, including, but not limited to,              the north and Cape Hatteras on the
                                              commenter may be publicly accessible.                   migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,              south. In addition, multichannel seismic


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00002   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices                                           25269

                                              (MCS) data will be acquired along some                  kilometers (km) of trackline. Exemplary               necessary for reasons such as science
                                              linking/transit/interseismic lines                      seismic lines for the program are shown               drivers, poor data quality, inclement
                                              between the main survey lines. Total                    in Figure 1. Some deviation in actual                 weather, or mechanical issues with the
                                              data acquisition could be up to ∼2,400                  tracklines and timing could be                        research vessel and/or equipment.




                                                 The purpose of the proposed MATRIX                   to 19 days during a cruise that may be                coastline at 70 km (North Carolina) to
                                              survey is to collect data to constrain the              as long as 22 days, departing port on                 130 km (New Jersey). The survey area
                                              lateral and vertical distribution of gas                August 8, 2018. Some minor deviation                  starts 35 nmi south of Hudson Canyon
                                              hydrates and shallow natural gas in                     from these dates is possible, depending               on the north and is bound by Cape
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              marine sediments relative to seafloor gas               on logistics and especially weather.                  Hatteras on the south, the nominal shelf
                                              seeps, slope failures, and geological and                                                                     break (∼100 m water depth) on the west,
                                              erosional features.                                     Specific Geographic Region
                                                                                                                                                            and the ∼3,500 m bathymetric contour
                                              Dates and Duration                                        The survey is bound within the region               on the east.
                                                                                                      ∼34.75° N–40° N, ∼71–75° W in the
                                                The seismic survey’s airgun                           northwest Atlantic Ocean (See Figure 1),
                                                                                                                                                                                                       EN31MY18.000</GPH>




                                              operations are scheduled to occur for up                with the closest approach to the U.S.


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00003   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                              25270                          Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices

                                              Detailed Description of Specific Activity               continuously towed to receive the                     generator’’ or ‘‘GG’’ mode). The rest of
                                                 The procedures that will be used for                 seismic signals. In addition, up to 90                the survey, including the portion
                                              the seismic surveys would be similar to                 disposable sonobuoy receivers will be                 shallower than 1,000 m water depth on
                                              those used during previous research                     deployed at water depths greater than                 the uppermost slope and the
                                              seismic surveys funded by the National                  1,000 m to provide velocity control and               interseismic linking lines (dashed lines
                                              Science Foundation (NSF) or conducted                   possibly wide-angle reflections along                 in Figure 1), would be acquired with
                                              by the USGS and would utilize a                         the highest priority transects. Below we              four GI guns operated in normal mode
                                              conventional seismic methodology. The                   provide a description of each of the                  (also called GI mode), producing a total
                                              survey will involve only one source                     airgun modes during the survey.                       of 420 in3 of air.
                                              vessel, the R/V Hugh R. Sharp. The                        The Optimal Survey (GG mode) (See                      The Base Survey (GI mode) (See Table
                                              source vessel will deploy two to four                   Table 1) for the Proposed Action would                1) assumes that all of the solid lines in
                                              low-energy Generator-Injector (GI)                      acquire the portion of the solid lines in             Figure 1, as well as all of the
                                              airguns (each with a discharge volume                   Figure 1 at water depths greater than                 interseismic connecting lines, would be
                                              of 105 cubic inches (in3)) as an energy                 1,000 m using the GI-guns in ‘‘GG’’                   acquired using four GI guns operating in
                                              source. The GI guns could sometimes be                  mode. In this mode, the four GI guns                  normal mode (GI mode), producing a
                                              fired in a mode that gives them a                       would produce a total of 840 in3 of air               total air volume of 420 in3. Only a
                                              discharge volume of 210 in3 each, but                   and sonobuoys would be deployed to                    maximum of half of the interseismic
                                              only at water depths greater than 1,000                 passively record data at long distances.              linking lines (dashed lines in Figure 1)
                                              m (See description of Optimal Survey                    When shooting to sonobuoys while in                   would be acquired. These lines are
                                              below for more details). A hydrophone                   GG mode, the GI guns will be operated                 longer and geometrically more complex
                                              streamer 750- to 1,300-m-long and                       with both chambers releasing air                      at the deepwater side than near the
                                              consisting of up to 160 channels will be                simultaneously (i.e., ‘‘generator-                    shelf-break.

                                                          TABLE 1—GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF EXEMPLARY SURVEY SCENARIOS FOR THE PROPOSED ACTION
                                                                                                      GI mode                                                           GG mode
                                                                                                    (4 × 105 in3)                                                     (4 × 210 in3)

                                                                                                                              Track line                                                  Track line
                                                                                      Depth and line type                      distance                   Depth and line type              distance
                                                                                                                                 (km)                                                        (km)

                                              Optimal Survey .........     100–1,000 m water depth on exemplary                        ∼750     Greater than 1,000 m on exemplary lines        ∼1,600
                                                                             lines and 50% of interseismic, linking
                                                                             lines.
                                              Base Survey ..............   Exemplary lines plus 50% of interseismic,                   2,350
                                                                             linking lines.



                                                 During the cruise, the USGS would                    intervals correspond to a spacing of                  separation between the guns on each
                                              continuously use an echosounder                         ∼25 m.                                                stern tow line.
                                              (EK60/EK80) with 38 kHz transducer at                      In standard GI mode, the generator                    The GG Configuration, Configuration
                                              water depths less than ∼1,800 m to                      chamber of each GI airgun is the                      2, will use four GI guns and generate
                                              locate water column anomalies                                                                                 840 in3 total volume, as shown in Figure
                                                                                                      primary source, the one responsible for
                                              associated with seafloor seeps emitting                                                                       3 of the IHA application. In this
                                                                                                      introducing the sound pulse into the
                                              gas bubbles. The 38 kHz transducer                                                                            configuration, the airguns will be fired
                                                                                                      ocean, is 105 in3. The 105 in3 injector
                                              would be mounted in the R/V Sharp’s                                                                           in GG mode, as described above.
                                                                                                      chamber injects air into the previously-
                                              retractable keel and would typically                                                                          Airguns will be towed at 3 m water
                                                                                                      generated bubble to reduce bubble
                                              ping 0.5 to 2 Hz with pings of 0.256 to                                                                       depth, two on each side of the stern,
                                                                                                      reverberations and does not introduce
                                              1.024 millisecond (m/s) duration. The                                                                         with 8.6 m lateral (athwartships)
                                                                                                      more sound into the water. In GG mode,
                                              returned signals would be detected on                                                                         separation between the pairs of airguns
                                                                                                      each gun simultaneously releases an air
                                              an EK60 or EK80 (broadband)                                                                                   and 2 m front-to-back separation
                                                                                                      volume of 105 in3 + 105 in3 = 210 in3.
                                              transceiver. Based on past USGS                                                                               between the airguns on each stern tow
                                                                                                      On the proposed survey, four GI guns
                                              experience with this instrument, it is                                                                        line. The GG configuration would be
                                                                                                      will be operated either in base mode (4
                                              unlikely to acquire useful data at water                                                                      used only at greater than 1000 m water
                                                                                                      × 105 in3) or GG mode (4 × 210 in3) as
                                              depths greater than 1,800 m, although it                                                                      depth and on specific exemplary lines
                                                                                                      long as compressors are functioning
                                              could be used in passive mode at these                                                                        on which sonobuoy data are being
                                                                                                      correctly. If compressors are not
                                              depths to record broadband ambient                                                                            collected.
                                                                                                      functioning properly, a backup mode                      The Backup Configuration
                                              signals in the water column.
                                                                                                      consisting of two GI guns will be used.               (Configuration 3) is two GI airguns
                                              Airgun Array Description                                The text below describes the three                    producing 210 in3 total volume. If a
                                                 The R/V Hugh R. Sharp will tow two                   preferred modes of operation.                         compressor were offline, this lowest-
                                              or four 105-in3 Sercel GI airguns at a                     The Base Configuration, Configuration              energy configuration would be used to
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              time as the primary energy source                       1, will use 4 GI guns and generate 420                sustain data acquisition. Airguns will be
                                              following exemplary survey lines and                    in3 total volume, as shown in Figure 2                towed at 3 m water depth of the port
                                              transit/linking/interseismic lines                      of the IHA Application. Airguns will be               towpoint on the stern, with 2 m front-
                                              between the primary exemplary lines.                    towed at 3 m water depth, two on each                 to-back separation between the guns.
                                              Seismic pulses for the GI guns will be                  side of the stern, with 8.6 m lateral                    As the GI airguns are towed along the
                                              emitted at intervals of ∼12 s. At speeds                (athwartships) separation between the                 survey line, the towed hydrophone
                                              of ∼7.4 km/h (4 knots (kn)), the shot                   pairs of guns and 2 m front-to-back                   array receives the reflected signals and


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00004   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                                                                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices                                                                                               25271

                                              transfers the data to the on-board                                        the gear is deployed is much higher                                     Thus, the maneuverability of the vessel
                                              processing system. Given the short                                        than the limit of five degrees per minute                               is not strongly limited during
                                              streamer length behind the vessel (1,300                                  for a seismic vessel towing a streamer of                               operations.
                                              m), the turning rate of the vessel while                                  more typical length (e.g., 6 km or more).

                                                                                                                         TABLE 2—GI AIRGUN SPECIFICATIONS
                                              Energy Source ...............................................          Two (backup configuration) to four (base and GG configuration) GI airguns of 105 in3 each.
                                              Tow depth of energy source .........................                   3 m.
                                              Air discharge volume .....................................             Total volume ∼210 in3 (backup configuration, Appendix A) to 840 in3 (limited use GG configura-
                                                                                                                       tion at greater than 1,000 m).
                                              Back-to-front separation of pairs of guns ......                       2 m.
                                              Side-to-side separation of pairs of guns .......                       8.6 m.
                                              Dominant frequency components .................                        0–188 Hertz.
                                              Shot interval ..................................................       9.72 seconds (2 m airgun separation survey) and 12.15 seconds (8 m airgun separation survey).



                                                 Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and                                   on NMFS’ website                                                        as gross indicators of the status of the
                                              reporting measures are described in                                       (www.fisheries.noaa.gov/find-species).                                  species and other threats.
                                              detail later in this document (please see                                   Table 3 lists all species with expected                                  Marine mammal abundance estimates
                                              ‘‘Proposed Mitigation’’ and ‘‘Proposed                                    potential for occurrence in the                                         presented in this document represent
                                              Monitoring and Reporting’’).                                              northwest Atlantic Ocean and                                            the total number of individuals that
                                                                                                                                                                                                make up a given stock or the total
                                              Description of Marine Mammals in the                                      summarizes information related to the
                                                                                                                                                                                                number estimated within a particular
                                              Area of Specified Activities                                              population or stock, including
                                                                                                                                                                                                study or survey area. NMFS’ stock
                                                 Sections 3 and 4 of the application                                    regulatory status under the MMPA and                                    abundance estimates for most species
                                              summarize available information                                           ESA and potential biological removal                                    represent the total estimate of
                                              regarding status and trends, distribution                                 (PBR), where known. For taxonomy, we                                    individuals within the geographic area,
                                              and habitat preferences, and behavior                                     follow Committee on Taxonomy (2016).                                    if known, that comprises that stock. For
                                              and life history, of the potentially                                      PBR is defined by the MMPA as the                                       some species, this geographic area may
                                              affected species. Additional information                                  maximum number of animals, not                                          extend beyond U.S. waters. All managed
                                              regarding population trends and threats                                   including natural mortalities, that may                                 stocks in this region are assessed in
                                              may be found in NMFS’ Stock                                               be removed from a marine mammal                                         NMFS’ U.S. Atlantic SARs (Hayes et al.,
                                              Assessment Reports (SAR;                                                  stock while allowing that stock to reach                                2017). All values presented in Table 3
                                              www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/                                          or maintain its optimum sustainable                                     are the most recent available at the time
                                              marine-mammal-protection/marine-                                          population (as described in NMFS’                                       of publication and are available in the
                                              mammal-stock-assessment-reports-                                          SARs). While no mortality is anticipated                                draft 2017 SARs (Hayes et al., 2017)
                                              region), and more general information                                     or authorized here, PBR and annual                                      (available online at:
                                              about these species (e.g., physical and                                   serious injury and mortality from                                       www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/draft.htm),
                                              behavioral descriptions) may be found                                     anthropogenic sources are included here                                 and Roberts et. al. (2016).
                                                                                          TABLE 3—MARINE MAMMALS THAT COULD OCCUR IN THE PROJECT AREA
                                                                                                                                                             ESA/
                                                                                                                                                            MMPA           NMFS stock abundance                           Predicted                               Annual
                                                       Common name                               Scientific name                        Stock               status;        (CV, Nmin, most recent                        abundance             PBR                M/SI 3
                                                                                                                                                           strategic        abundance survey) 2                            (CV) 5
                                                                                                                                                            (Y/N) 1

                                                                                                          Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Mysticeti (baleen whales)

                                                                                                                                             Family Balaenidae

                                              North Atlantic right whale .....           Eubalaena glacialis ..............      Western North            E/D; Y        458 (n/a; 455; n/a) ...............            334 (0.25) .....     1.4 .........     36
                                                                                                                                  Atlantic (WNA).

                                                                                                                                   Family Balaenopteridae (rorquals)

                                              Humpback whale ..................          Megaptera novaeangliae                  Gulf of Maine .....      -; N          335 (.42; 239; 2012) ............              1,637 (0.07) ..      3.7 .........     8.5
                                                                                           novaeangliae.
                                              Minke whale .........................      Balaenoptera acutorostrata              Canadian East            -; N          2,591 (0.81; 1,425; 2011) ....                 2,112 (0.05) ..      14 ..........     9
                                                                                           acutorostrata.                          Coast.
                                              Bryde’s whale .......................      B. edeni brydei .....................   None defined 4 ...       -; n/a        n/a ........................................   7 (0.58) .........   n/a   .........   n/a.
                                              Sei whale ..............................   B. borealis borealis ..............     Nova Scotia .......      E/D; Y        357 (0.52; 236; 2011) ..........               98 (0.25) .......    0.5   .........   0.8
                                              Fin whale ..............................   B. physalus physalus ...........        WNA ..................   E/D; Y        1,618 (0.33; 1,234; 2011) ....                 4,633 (0.08) ..      2.5   .........   2.65
                                              Blue whale ............................    B. musculus musculus .........          WNA ..................   E/D; Y        Unknown (n/a; 440; n/a) ......                 11 (0.41) .......    0.9   .........   Unk.
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                                                                                             Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)

                                                                                                                                             Family Physeteridae

                                              Sperm whale ........................       Physeter macrocephalus ......           North Atlantic .....     E/D; Y        2,288 (0.28; 1,815; 2011) ....                 5,353 (0.12) ..      3.6 .........     0.8

                                                                                                                                               Family Kogiidae

                                              Pygmy sperm whale .............            Kogia breviceps ....................    WNA ..................   -; N          3,785 (0.47; 2,598; 2011) ....                 678 (0.23) .....     21 ..........     3.5



                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014          18:21 May 30, 2018         Jkt 244001      PO 00000        Frm 00005     Fmt 4701     Sfmt 4703    E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM                  31MYN3


                                              25272                                      Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices

                                                                              TABLE 3—MARINE MAMMALS THAT COULD OCCUR IN THE PROJECT AREA—Continued
                                                                                                                                                                     ESA/
                                                                                                                                                                    MMPA              NMFS stock abundance                     Predicted                                Annual
                                                       Common name                                Scientific name                           Stock                   status;           (CV, Nmin, most recent                  abundance                PBR              M/SI 3
                                                                                                                                                                   strategic           abundance survey) 2                      (CV) 5
                                                                                                                                                                    (Y/N) 1

                                              Dwarf sperm whale ..............           K. sima .................................   WNA ..................       -; N

                                                                                                                                       Family Ziphiidae (beaked whales)

                                              Cuvier’s beaked whale .........            Ziphius cavirostris ................        WNA     ..................   -;   N           6,532 (0.32; 5,021; 2011) ....           14,491 (0.17)           50 ..........   0.4
                                              Gervais beaked whale .........             Mesoplodon europaeus ........               WNA     ..................   -;   N           7,092 (0.54; 4,632; 2011) ....                                   46 ..........   0.2
                                              Blainville’s beaked whale .....            M. densirostris ......................      WNA     ..................   -;   N
                                              Sowerby’s beaked whale .....               M. bidens ..............................    WNA     ..................   -;   N
                                              True’s beaked whale ............           M. mirus ...............................    WNA     ..................   -;   N
                                              Northern bottlenose whale ...              Hyperoodon ampullatus .......               WNA     ..................   -;   N           Unknown ..............................   90 (0.63) .......       Undet ....      0

                                                                                                                                                  Family Delphinidae

                                              Rough-toothed dolphin .........            Steno bredanensis ...............           WNA    ..................    -;   N           271 (1.0; 134; 2011) ............        532 (0.36) .....        1.3 .........   0
                                              Common bottlenose dolphin                  Tursiops truncatus truncatus                WNA    Offshore ...          -;   N           77,532 (0.40; 56,053; 2011)              97,476 (0.06)           561 ........    39.4
                                              Clymene dolphin ..................         Stenella clymene ..................         WNA    ..................    -;   N           Unknown ..............................   12,515 (0.56)           Undet ....      0
                                              Atlantic spotted dolphin ........          S. frontalis ............................   WNA    ..................    -;   N           44,715 (0.43; 31,610; 2011)              55,436 (0.32)           316 ........    0
                                              Pantropical spotted dolphin ..             S. attenuata attenuata ..........           WNA    ..................    -;   N           3,333 (0.91; 1,733; 2011) ....           4,436 (0.33) ..         17 ..........   0
                                              Spinner dolphin ....................       S. longirostris longirostris .....          WNA    ..................    -;   N           Unknown ..............................   262 (0.93) .....        Undet ....      0
                                              Striped dolphin .....................      S. coeruleoalba ....................        WNA    ..................    -;   N           54,807 (0.3; 42,804; 2011) ..            75,657 (0.21)           428 ........    0
                                              Short-beaked common dol-                   Delphinus delphis delphis ....              WNA    ..................    -;   N           70,184 (0.28; 55,690; 2011)              86,098 (0.12)           557 ........    437
                                                 phin.
                                              Fraser’s dolphin ....................      Lagenodelphis hosei ............            WNA     ..................   -;   N           Unknown ..............................   492 (0.76) .....        Undet ....      0
                                              Atlantic white-sided dolphin               Lagenorhynchus acutus .......               WNA     ..................   -;   N           48,819 (0.61; 30,403; 2011)              37,180 (0.07)           304 ........    57
                                              Risso’s dolphin .....................      Grampus griseus ..................          WNA     ..................   -;   N           18,250 (0.46; 12,619; 2011)              7,732 (0.09) ..         126 ........    43.2
                                              Melon-headed whale ............            Peponocephala electra ........              WNA     ..................   -;   N           Unknown ..............................   1,175 (0.50) ..         Undet ....      0
                                              Pygmy killer whale ...............         Feresa attenuata ..................         WNA     ..................   -;   N           Unknown ..............................   N/A ................    Undet ....      0
                                              False killer whale .................       Pseudorca crassidens ..........             WNA     ..................   -;   Y           442 (1.06; 212; 2011) ..........         95 (0.84) .......       2.1 .........   Unk.
                                              Killer whale ...........................   Orcinus orca .........................      WNA     ..................   -;   N           Unknown ..............................   11 ..................   Undet ....      0
                                              Short-finned pilot whale .......           Globicephala macrorhynchus                  WNA     ..................   -;   Y           21,515 (0.37; 15,913; 2011)              18,977 (0.11)           159 ........    192
                                              Long-finned pilot whale ........           G. melas melas ....................         WNA     ..................   -;   Y           5,636 (0.63; 3,464; 2011) ....                                   35 ..........   38
                                              White-beaked dolphin ..........            Lagenorhynchus albirostris ..               WNA     ..................   -;   N           2,003 (0.94; 1,023; 2007) ....           39 (0.42) .......       10 ..........   0

                                                                                                                                        Family Phocoenidae (porpoises)

                                              Harbor porpoise ...................        Phocoena phocoena                           Gulf of Maine/               -; N             79,833 (0.32; 61,415; 2011)              45,089 (0.12)           706 ........    307
                                                                                           phocoena.                                  Bay of Fundy.
                                                 1 Endangered Species Act (ESA) status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is not listed under the
                                              ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality exceeds PBR or
                                              which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed under the ESA is automatically
                                              designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
                                                 2 NMFS marine mammal stock assessment reports online at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/. CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum estimate of stock
                                              abundance.
                                                 3 These values, found in NMFS’ SARs, represent annual levels of human-caused mortality plus serious injury from all sources combined (e.g., commercial fisheries,
                                              ship strike). Annual M/SI often cannot be determined precisely and is in some cases presented as a minimum value or range. A CV associated with estimated mor-
                                              tality due to commercial fisheries is presented in some cases.
                                                 4 Bryde’s whales are occasionally reported off the southeastern U.S. and southern West Indies. NMFS defines and manages a stock of Bryde’s whales believed to
                                              be resident in the northern Gulf of Mexico, but does not define a separate stock in the Atlantic Ocean.
                                                 5 Predicted mean abundance derived from Roberts et. al. (2016)
                                                 Note: Italicized species are not expected to be taken or proposed for authorization.



                                                All species that could potentially                                         subpolar latitudes. They generally                                           proposed survey is entirely south of this
                                              occur in the proposed survey areas are                                       follow a predictable migratory pattern in                                    latitude.
                                              included in Table 3. However, density                                        both hemispheres, feeding during the                                            Of the more than 43,000 global
                                              estimates in Roberts et al. (2016) present                                   summer in the higher latitudes (40 to 70                                     sightings of humpback whale
                                              very low density estimates within the                                        degrees latitude) and migrating to lower                                     individuals or groups dating back more
                                              proposed action area during the month                                        latitudes (10 to 30 degrees latitude)                                        than 50 years in the Ocean
                                              of August for north Atlantic right whale,                                    where calving and breeding take place                                        Biogeographic Information System
                                              harbor porpoise, minke whale, Bryde’s                                        in the winter (Perry et al., 1999). During                                   (OBIS) database (2017), only 79
                                              whale, blue whale, and white-beaked                                          the spring, summer, and fall, humpback                                       occurred within a rectangular block
                                              dolphin (See Table 6 of IHA                                                  whales in the North Atlantic Ocean feed                                      containing the exemplary proposed
                                              Application). This, in combination with                                      over a range that includes the eastern                                       USGS seismic survey lines. Of these,
                                              the short length of the cruise and low                                       coast of the United States, the Gulf of St.                                  fourteen sightings occurred during July,
                                              level airguns provide reasonable                                                                                                                          August, or September, primarily on the
                                                                                                                           Lawrence, Newfoundland/Labrador, and
                                              evidence that take authorization is not                                                                                                                   continental shelf between north of
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                                                                                                           western Greenland.
                                              necessary, nor should they be                                                                                                                             Washington Canyon and the mouth of
                                              authorized for these species. Species                                           Based on density modeling by                                              Delaware Bay (See Figure 6 of IHA
                                              with expected take are discussed below.                                      Mannocci et al. (2017) for the western                                       Application). Three of these sightings
                                                                                                                           North Atlantic, higher densities are                                         have been at or seaward of the shelf
                                              Humpback Whale
                                                                                                                           expected to occur north of 40° N during                                      break, near the landward ends of the
                                                Humpback whales inhabit all major                                          the summer; very low densities are                                           two northernmost exemplary USGS
                                              ocean basins from the equator to                                             expected south of 40° N, and the USGS                                        seismic lines. Humpback whales could


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014          18:21 May 30, 2018          Jkt 244001       PO 00000          Frm 00006      Fmt 4701           Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM              31MYN3


                                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices                                             25273

                                              be encountered in the proposed project                  within a rectangular block containing                 suggested that dwarf sperm whales
                                              area during an August survey, but this                  the exemplary proposed USGS seismic                   could be more pelagic and dive deeper
                                              would be an extremely rare occurrence.                  survey lines. Of these, 29 sightings,                 than pygmy sperm whales. It has also
                                                                                                      comprising 60 individuals in total,                   been suggested that the pygmy sperm
                                              Sei Whale
                                                                                                      occurred during July, August, or                      whale is more temperate and the dwarf
                                                 The sei whale occurs in all ocean                    September (See Figure 6 of IHA                        sperm whale more tropical, based at
                                              basins (Horwood 2009) but appears to                    Application). Fin whales could be                     least partially on live sightings at sea
                                              prefer mid-latitude temperate waters                    encountered during the proposed                       from a large database from the eastern
                                              (Jefferson et al., 2008). It undertakes                 August surveys, particularly closer to                tropical Pacific (Wade and Gerrodette
                                              seasonal migrations to feed in subpolar                 the shelf edge and near the uppermost                 1993). This idea is also supported by the
                                              latitudes during summer and returns to                  continental slope.                                    distribution of strandings in South
                                              lower latitudes during winter to calve                                                                        American waters (Muñoz-Hincapié et
                                              (Horwood 2009). The sei whale is                        Sperm Whale
                                                                                                                                                            al., 1998).
                                              pelagic and generally not found in                         Sperm whales are found throughout                    Only four pygmy sperm whale
                                              coastal waters (Harwood and Wilson                      the world’s oceans in deep waters                     sightings in the OBIS database occurred
                                              2001). It occurs in deeper waters                       between about 60° N and 60° S                         within the general area of the survey,
                                              characteristic of the continental shelf                 latitudes. Their distribution is                      and three of these were during the July
                                              edge region (Hain et al., 1985) and in                  dependent on their food source and                    through September period. Pygmy and
                                              other regions of steep bathymetric relief               suitable conditions for breeding, and                 dwarf sperm whales would likely be
                                              such as seamounts and canyons                           varies with the sex and age composition
                                                                                                                                                            rare in the proposed project area.
                                              (Kenney and Winn 1987; Gregr and                        of the group. They are generally
                                              Trites 2001).                                           distributed over large areas that have                Cuvier’s Beaked Whale
                                                 Based on density modeling by                         high secondary productivity and steep
                                                                                                                                                               Cuvier’s beaked whale is the most
                                              Mannocci et al. (2017) for the western                  underwater topography, in waters at
                                                                                                                                                            widespread of the beaked whales
                                              North Atlantic, higher densities are                    least 1,000 m deep (Jaquet and
                                                                                                                                                            occurring in almost all temperate,
                                              expected to occur north of 40° N during                 Whitehead 1996; Whitehead 2009).
                                                                                                                                                            subtropical, and tropical waters and
                                              the summer; very low densities are                      Based on density modeling by Mannocci
                                                                                                                                                            even some sub-polar and polar waters
                                              expected south of 40° N, where the                      et al. (2017), sperm whale are expected
                                                                                                                                                            (MacLeod et al., 2006). It is found in
                                              USGS surveys are entirely located.                      to occur throughout the deeper offshore
                                                 Of the more than 11,000 sightings of                 waters of the western North Atlantic.                 deep water over and near the
                                              sei whale individuals or groups dating                     The survey slightly intersects with a              continental slope (Jefferson et al., 2008).
                                              back more than 50 years in the OBIS                     core abundance area for sperm whales.                 It is mostly known from strandings and
                                              database, only seven occurred within a                  This area is centered on a large,                     strands more commonly than any other
                                              rectangular block containing the                        deepwater valley system that is fed by                beaked whale (Heyning 1989). Its
                                              exemplary proposed USGS seismic                         a complex series of canyons and gullies               inconspicuous blows, deep-diving
                                              survey lines. Of these, only two                        incising the slope between Hendrickson                behavior, and tendency to avoid vessels
                                              sightings, comprising three individuals                 and Baltimore Canyons (NMFS 2017). In                 all help to explain the infrequent
                                              in total, occurred between in July,                     the OBIS database, 686 sperm whale                    sightings (Barlow and Gisiner 2006).
                                              August, or September (See Figure 6 IHA                  sightings occur within a rectangular area                Of the usable records in the OBIS
                                              Application). Sei whales could be                       encompassing the survey area, and 395                 database, 155 sightings of Cuvier’s
                                              encountered in the proposed project                     occurred during July through                          beaked whales overlap with the survey
                                              area during an August survey, but this                  September. As shown in Figure 6 of the                area, and 76 of these were during the
                                              would be an extremely rare occurrence.                  IHA Application, most of these sightings              July to September period. Cuvier’s
                                                                                                      are seaward of the shelf-break in                     beaked whales could be encountered in
                                              Fin Whale                                               deepwater, overlapping the area of the                the proposed project area.
                                                 Fin whales are found throughout all                  Proposed Action. Thus, sperm whales                   Mesoplodont Beaked Whales (Including
                                              oceans from tropical to polar latitudes.                are likely to be encountered in the                   True’s, Gervais’, Sowerby’s, and
                                              The species occurs most commonly                        proposed project area during August                   Blainville’s Beaked Whale)
                                              offshore but can also be found in coastal               2018.
                                              areas (Aguilar, 2009). Most populations                                                                         Mesoplodont beaked whales are
                                              migrate seasonally between temperate                    Pygmy/Dwarf Sperm Whale                               distributed throughout deep waters and
                                              waters where mating and calving occur                      Pygmy sperm whales are found in                    along the continental slopes of the
                                              in winter, and polar waters where                       tropical and warm-temperate waters                    North Atlantic Ocean. True’s beaked
                                              feeding occurs in summer (Aguilar,                      throughout the world (Ross and                        whale is mainly oceanic and occurs in
                                              2009). However, recent evidence                         Leatherwood 1994) and prefer deeper                   warm temperate waters of the North
                                              suggests that some animals may remain                   waters with observations of this species              Atlantic and southern Indian oceans
                                              at high latitudes in winter or low                      in greater than 4,000 m depth (Baird et               (Pitman 2009). Gervais’ beaked whale is
                                              latitudes in summer (Edwards et al.,                    al., 2013). Both Kogia species are                    mainly oceanic and occurs in tropical
                                              2015).                                                  sighted primarily along the continental               and warmer temperate waters of the
                                                 Based on density modeling by                         shelf edge and slope and over deeper                  Atlantic Ocean (Jefferson et al., 2015).
                                              Mannocci et al. (2017) for the western                  waters off the shelf (Hansen et al., 1994;            Sowerby’s beaked whale occurs in cold
                                              North Atlantic, higher densities are                    Davis et al., 1998). Several studies have             temperate waters of the Atlantic from
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              expected to occur north of 40° N; very                  suggested that pygmy sperm whales live                the Labrador Sea to the Norwegian Sea,
                                              low densities are expected south of 40°                 mostly beyond the continental shelf                   and south to New England, the Azores,
                                              N; where the USGS surveys are entirely                  edge, whereas dwarf sperm whales tend                 and Madeira (Mead 1989). Blainville’s
                                              located. Of the more than 68,000                        to occur closer to shore, often over the              beaked whale is found in tropical and
                                              sightings of fin whale individuals or                   continental shelf (Rice 1998; Wang et                 warm temperate waters of all oceans; it
                                              groups dating back more than 50 years                   al., 2002; MacLeod et al., 2004). Barros              has the widest distribution throughout
                                              in the OBIS database, 131 occurred                      et al. (1998), on the other hand,                     the world of all mesoplodont species


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00007   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                              25274                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices

                                              and appears to be relatively common                     two distinct bottlenose dolphin                       48 were in the polygon encompassing
                                              (Pitman 2009).                                          ecotypes: One mainly found in coastal                 the entire survey area, and 29 of these
                                                 Records of Mesoplodont beaked                        waters and one mainly found in oceanic                were during the summer months.
                                              whale observations in the proposed                      waters (Duffield et al., 1983; Hoelzel et             Pantropical spotted dolphins could be
                                              survey area are varied. There are two                   al., 1998; Walker et al., 1999). As well              encountered in the proposed project
                                              sightings of Trues beaked whale in the                  as inhabiting different areas, these                  area.
                                              OBIS database which occured in the                      ecotypes differ in their diving abilities
                                                                                                                                                            Spinner Dolphin
                                              general survey area, but only one of                    (Klatsky 2004) and prey types (Mead
                                              these was during the summer season                      and Potter 1995). Only the offshore                      The spinner dolphin is pantropical in
                                              that overlaps the Proposed Action. As a                 ecotype is expected to occur in the                   distribution, with a range nearly
                                              result, True’s beaked whale would                       proposed survey area. In the OBIS                     identical to that of the pantropical
                                              likely be rare in the proposed project                  database, 1873 sightings of bottlenose                spotted dolphin, including oceanic
                                              area. No OBIS sightings of the Gervais’                 dolphins occurred within a polygon                    tropical and sub-tropical waters
                                              beaked whale have occurred in the                       enclosing the general survey area, and                between 40° N and 40° S (Jefferson et
                                              survey area. However, given the                         776 are within the summer months.                     al., 2008). The distribution of spinner
                                              geographic and depth range of the                       Common bottlenose dolphins are very                   dolphins in the Atlantic is poorly
                                              species, Gervais’ beaked whale could be                 likely to be encountered in the proposed              known, but they are thought to occur in
                                              encountered in the proposed project                     project area.                                         deep waters along most of the U.S.
                                              area.                                                                                                         coast; sightings off the northeast U.S.
                                                                                                      Clymene Dolphin                                       coast have occurred exclusively in
                                                 There are eleven OBIS database
                                              sightings of Sowerby’s beaked whale in                    The Clymene dolphin only occurs in                  offshore waters >2,000 m (Waring et al.,
                                              the polygon enclosing the larger area of                tropical and subtropical waters of the                2010). Within the OBIS database of over
                                              the proposed surveys, and nine of these                 Atlantic Ocean (Jefferson et al., 2008). In           2,000 usable sightings, the USGS found
                                              were during the summer months. Due to                   the western Atlantic, it occurs from New              that none occurred in the survey area in
                                              this, Sowerby’s beaked whale could be                   Jersey to Florida, the Caribbean Sea, the             any season. However, based on the
                                              encountered in the proposed project                     Gulf of Mexico, and south to Venezuela                abundance grids from Roberts et al.
                                              area. In addition, one sighting of                      and Brazil (Würsig et al., 2000; Fertl et            (2016), spinner dolphins could be
                                              Blainsvill occurred in the survey area                  al., 2003). It is generally sighted in deep           encountered in the survey area in
                                              during the summer months. Blainville’s                  waters beyond the shelf edge (Fertl et                August 2018. Note that spinner and
                                              beaked whale could be encountered in                    al., 2003). Based on the USGS analyses,               Clymene dolphins are often considered
                                              the proposed project area.                              23 sightings of the 140 that are usable               together in analyses but were separated
                                                                                                      in the OBIS database are within the                   here due to the availability of density
                                              Northern Bottlenose Whale                               overall rectangular area that encloses                grids for each species.
                                                Northern bottlenose whales are                        the surveys, and 14 of these are during
                                                                                                                                                            Striped Dolphin
                                              distributed in the North Atlantic from                  the summer months.
                                              Nova Scotia to about 70° N in the Davis                                                                          Striped dolphins are found in tropical
                                                                                                      Atlantic Spotted Dolphin                              to warm-temperate waters throughout
                                              Strait, along the east coast of Greenland
                                              to 77° N and from England, Norway,                        The Atlantic spotted dolphin is                     the world (Carretta et al., 2016a).
                                              Iceland and the Faroe Islands to the                    distributed in tropical and warm                      Striped dolphins are a deep water
                                              south coast of Svalbard. It is largely a                temperate waters of the North Atlantic                species, preferring depths greater than
                                              deep-water species and is very seldom                   from Brazil to New England and to the                 3,500 m (Baird 2016), but have been
                                              found in waters less than 2,000 m deep                  coast of Africa (Jefferson et al., 2015).             observed approaching shore where there
                                              (Mead, 1989; Whitehead and Hooker,                      There are two forms of Atlantic spotted               is deep water close to the coast
                                              2012). Of the sightings in the OBIS                     dolphin—a large, heavily spotted                      (Jefferson et al., 2008). The striped
                                              database, one occurred within the                       coastal form that is usually found in                 dolphin is typically found in waters
                                              survey area and none during July                        shelf waters, and a smaller and less-                 outside the continental shelf and is
                                              through September. Nonetheless,                         spotted offshore form that occurs in                  often associated with convergence zones
                                              northern bottlenose whales could be                     pelagic offshore waters and around                    and areas of upwelling (Archer 2009).
                                              encountered in the proposed project                     oceanic islands (Jefferson et al., 2015).             However, it has also been observed
                                              area.                                                   In the OBIS database, 125 sightings are               approaching shore where there is deep
                                                                                                      in the general area of the surveys, and               water close to the coast (Jefferson et al.,
                                              Rough-Toothed Dolphin                                   58 were during the summer. Atlantic                   2015). Of over 15600 sightings in the
                                                 The rough-toothed dolphin occurs in                  spotted dolphins would likely be                      OBIS database, 183 were in the area of
                                              tropical and subtropical waters, rarely                 encountered in the proposed project                   the survey, and 95 of these were during
                                              ranging farther north than 40° N                        area.                                                 the summer. Striped dolphins would
                                              (Jefferson et al., 2015). It is considered                                                                    likely be encountered in the proposed
                                                                                                      Pantropical Spotted Dolphin
                                              a pelagic species, but it can also occur                                                                      project area.
                                              in shallow coastal waters (Jefferson et                    The pantropical spotted dolphin is
                                                                                                      distributed worldwide in tropical and                 Short-Beaked Common Dolphin
                                              al., 2015). Nine sightings in the OBIS
                                              database occur within the survey area,                  some sub-tropical oceans (Perrin et al.,                 The short-beaked common dolphin is
                                              and seven of these were doing the                       1987; Perrin and Hohn 1994). In the                   distributed in tropical to cool temperate
                                              summer. Rough-toothed dolphins could                    Atlantic, it can occur from ∼40° N to                 waters of the Atlantic and the Pacific
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              occur in the proposed project area.                     40° S but is much more abundant in the                oceans from 60° N to ∼50° S (Jefferson
                                                                                                      lower latitudes (Jefferson et al., 2015).             et al., 2015). It is common in coastal
                                              Common Bottlenose Dolphin                               Pantropical spotted dolphins are usually              waters 200–300 m deep (Evans 1994),
                                                 Bottlenose dolphins are widely                       pelagic, although they occur close to                 but it can also occur thousands of
                                              distributed throughout the world in                     shore where water near the coast is deep              kilometers offshore; the pelagic range in
                                              tropical and warm-temperate waters                      (Jefferson et al., 2015). Of over 4,200               the North Atlantic extends south to
                                              (Perrin et al., 2009). Generally, there are             usable sightings in the OBIS database,                ∼35° N (Jefferson et al., 2015). It appears


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00008   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices                                            25275

                                              to have a preference for areas with                     densities are expected south of 40° N.                knit matrilineal groups of a few to tens
                                              upwelling and steep sea-floor relief                    There were 471 sightings of Risso’s                   of individuals (Dahlheim and Heyning
                                              (Doks#ter et al., 2008; Jefferson et al.,               dolphins in the general area of the                   1999). Killer whales appear to prefer
                                              2015). Fewer than 0.1 percent of the                    project in the OBIS database, and 238 of              coastal areas but are also known to
                                              nearly 43,000 of short-beaked common                    these were during the summer. Risso’s                 occur in deep water (Dahlheim and
                                              dolphins in the OBIS database occur in                  dolphin is likely to be encountered in                Heyning 1999). In over 3,000 usable
                                              the general area of the survey, and only                the proposed project area during                      killer whale sightings in the OBIS
                                              three were during the summer months.                    August.                                               database, only 0.1 percent were within
                                              Short-beaked common dolphins could                                                                            the larger rectangular area enclosing the
                                                                                                      Melon-Headed Whale
                                              be encountered in the proposed project                                                                        survey, and none was during the
                                              area.                                                      The melon-headed whale is a                        summer months. Killer whales could be
                                                                                                      pantropical species usually occurring                 encountered within the proposed
                                              Fraser’s Dolphin                                        between 40° N and 35° S (Jefferson et                 project area.
                                                Fraser’s dolphin is a deepwater                       al., 2008). Occasional occurrences in
                                              (>1,000 m) species that occurs in                       temperate waters are extralimital, likely             False Killer Whale
                                              subtropical to tropical waters,                         associated with warm currents                            The false killer whale is distributed
                                              nominally as far north as 30° N. This                   (Perryman et al., 1994; Jefferson et al.,             worldwide throughout warm temperate
                                              species can dive to substantial water                   2008). Melon-headed whales are oceanic                and tropical oceans (Jefferson et al.,
                                              depths in search of prey. The dolphins                  and occur in offshore areas (Perryman et              2008). This species is usually sighted in
                                              often occur in large groups (100 or                     al., 1994), as well as around oceanic                 offshore waters but in some cases
                                              more). The OBIS database has fewer                      islands. Off the east coast of the United             inhabits waters closer shore (e.g.,
                                              than 200 sightings of Fraser dolphins.                  States, sightings have been made of two               Hawaii, Baird et al., 2013). While
                                              Only three sightings were within the                    groups (20 and 80) of melon-headed                    records from the U.S. western North
                                              larger project area, and only two of                    whales off Cape Hatteras in waters 2,500              Atlantic have been uncommon, the
                                              those were during the summer months.                    m deep during vessel surveys in 1999                  combination of sighting, stranding and
                                              Fraser’s dolphins could be encountered                  and 2002 (NMFS 1999, 2002 in Waring                   bycatch records indicates that this
                                              within the survey area during the                       et al., 2010). The OBIS database                      species routinely occurs in the western
                                              Proposed Action.                                        contains more than 300 sightings                      North Atlantic. The pelagic range in the
                                                                                                      records for the melon-headed whale,                   North Atlantic is usually southward of
                                              Atlantic White-Sided Dolphin
                                                                                                      and none of these are within the survey               ∼30° N, but wanderers have been
                                                White-sided dolphins are found in                     area.                                                 recorded as far north as Norway
                                              temperate and sub-polar waters of the                      The Roberts et al. (2015b) model                   (Jefferson et al., 2015). Of more than
                                              North Atlantic, primarily in continental                density grid for the melon-headed whale               1,100 usable sightings recorded in the
                                              shelf waters to the 100-m depth contour.                has only two values for abundance: Zero               OBIS database, two occurred within the
                                              In the western North Atlantic the                       in most of the U.S. EEZ and 0.240833                  rectangle enclosing the survey area, and
                                              species inhabits waters from central                    animals per 100 square kilometers (km2)               one of those was during the summer
                                              West Greenland to North Carolina                        in the rest of the modeled area. There                months. False killer whales could be
                                              (about 35° N) and perhaps as far east as                are no melon-headed whales in waters                  encountered in the proposed project
                                              29° W in the vicinity of the mid-Atlantic               shallower than 1,000 m in the model in                area.
                                              Ridge (Evans 1987; Hamazaki 2002;                       the area of the Proposed Action,
                                              Doksaeter et al., 2008; Waring et al.,                  meaning that take calculations only                   Pygmy Killer Whale
                                              2008). Based on density modeling by                     capture potential animals in deeper                      The pygmy killer whale is distributed
                                              Mannocci et al. (2017) for the western                  waters. Melon-headed whales may be                    worldwide in temperate to tropical
                                              North Atlantic, densities are highest                   encountered during the seismic surveys,               waters (Caldwell and Caldwell, 1989;
                                              north of 40° N, with densities gradually                but they would likely be almost                       McAlpine, 2002). Sightings in the
                                              decreasing to the south. In the OBIS                    exclusively in deeper water and are                   western North Atlantic occur in oceanic
                                              database, 28 sightings of the Atlantic                  more likely near the southern survey                  waters (Mullin and Fulling, 2003).
                                              white-sided dolphin occur in the                        transects than the northern ones.                     Pygmy killer whales are usually found
                                              general area of the survey, and nine of                                                                       in deep water and rarely are found close
                                              these are during the summer months.                     Killer Whale                                          to shore except where deepwater
                                              Atlantic white-sided dolphins could be                     Killer whales have been observed in                approaches the shore (Jefferson et al.,
                                              encountered in the proposed project                     all oceans and seas of the world                      2015). Three sightings of pygmy killer
                                              area.                                                   (Leatherwood and Dahlheim 1978).                      whales are found in the OBIS database
                                                                                                      Killer whale distribution in the Western              for the general area of the survey, and
                                              Risso’s Dolphin                                         Atlantic extends from the Arctic ice                  all of these occurred during the summer.
                                                 Risso’s dolphins are found in tropical               edge to the West Indies. Although                     Pygmy killer whales could occur in the
                                              to warm-temperate waters (Carretta et                   reported from tropical and offshore                   survey area.
                                              al., 2016a). The species occurs from                    waters (Heyning and Dahlheim 1988),
                                              coastal to deep water but is most often                 killer whales prefer the colder waters of             Short-Finned Pilot Whale
                                              found in depths greater than 3,000 m                    both hemispheres, with greatest                          Short-finned pilot whales are found in
                                              with the highest sighting rate in depths                abundances found within 800 km of                     all oceans, primarily in tropical and
                                              greater than 4,500 m (Baird 2016). It                   major continents (Mitchell 1975). Killer              warm-temperate waters (Carretta et al.,
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              primarily occurs between 60° N and                      whales have been sighted in shelf and                 2016a). The species prefers deeper
                                              60° S where surface water temperatures                  offshore waters of Newfoundland and                   waters, ranging from 324 m to 4,400 m,
                                              are at least 10°C (Kruse et al., 1999).                 Labrador during June to September                     with most sightings between 500 m and
                                              Based on density modeling by Mannocci                   (DFO Sightings Database 2017; OBIS                    3,000 m (Baird 2016). Pilot whales are
                                              et al. (2017) for the western North                     2017).                                                generally nomadic but may be resident
                                              Atlantic, higher densities are expected                    Killer whales are large and                        in certain locations (Olson 2009). There
                                              to occur north of 40° N; very low                       conspicuous, often traveling in close-                is some overlap of range with G. melas


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:04 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                              25276                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices

                                              in temperate waters (Jefferson et al.,                  other data. Note that no direct                       are classified as mid-frequency
                                              2015). Water temperature appears to be                  measurements of hearing ability have                  cetaceans (i.e., all delphinid and ziphiid
                                              the primary factor determining the                      been successfully completed for                       species and the sperm whale), and two
                                              relative distribution of these two species              mysticetes (i.e., low-frequency                       are classified as high-frequency
                                              (Fullard et al., 2000). The short-finned                cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2016)                 cetaceans (i.e., Kogia spp.).
                                              pilot whale inhabits pelagic as well as                 described generalized hearing ranges for
                                                                                                                                                            Potential Effects of Specified Activities
                                              nearshore waters (Olson 2009). Of over                  these marine mammal hearing groups.
                                                                                                                                                            on Marine Mammals and Their Habitat
                                              2,500 usable sightings in the OBIS                      Generalized hearing ranges were chosen
                                              database, 414 were within the                           based on the approximately 65 decibels                   This section includes a summary and
                                              rectangular area encompassing the                       (dB) threshold from the normalized                    discussion of the ways that components
                                              survey lines, and 105 of these were                     composite audiograms, with the                        of the specified activity may impact
                                              during the summer months. Thus, short-                  exception for lower limits for low-                   marine mammals and their habitat. The
                                              finned pilot whales would likely be                     frequency cetaceans where the lower                   ‘‘Estimated Take by Incidental
                                              encountered in the proposed project                     bound was deemed to be biologically                   Harassment’’ section later in this
                                              area. Note that pilot whales are dealt                  implausible and the lower bound from                  document includes a quantitative
                                              with as an entire guild by Roberts et al.               Southall et al. (2007) retained. The                  analysis of the number of individuals
                                              (2015), meaning that there are no                       functional groups and the associated                  that are expected to be taken by this
                                              specific model density grids applicable                 frequencies are indicated below (note                 activity. The ‘‘Negligible Impact
                                              to short-finned pilot whales.                           that these frequency ranges correspond                Analysis and Determination’’ section
                                                                                                      to the range for the composite group,                 considers the content of this section, the
                                              Long-Finned Pilot Whale                                                                                       ‘‘Estimated Take by Incidental
                                                                                                      with the entire range not necessarily
                                                 Long-finned pilot whales occur in                    reflecting the capabilities of every                  Harassment’’ section, and the ‘‘Proposed
                                              temperate and sub-polar zones (Jefferson                species within that group):                           Mitigation’’ section, to draw
                                              et al., 2015) and can be found in inshore                  • Low-frequency cetaceans                          conclusions regarding the likely impacts
                                              or offshore waters of the North Atlantic                (mysticetes): Generalized hearing is                  of these activities on the reproductive
                                              (Olson 2009). In the Northern                           estimated to occur between                            success or survivorship of individuals
                                              Hemisphere, their range includes the                    approximately 7 hertz (Hz) and 35                     and how those impacts on individuals
                                              U.S. east coast, Gulf of St. Lawrence, the              kilohertz (kHz);                                      are likely to impact marine mammal
                                              Azores, Madeira, North Africa, western                     • Mid-frequency cetaceans (larger                  species or stocks.
                                              Mediterranean Sea, North Sea,                           toothed whales, beaked whales, and                    Description of Active Acoustic Sound
                                              Greenland and the Barents Sea. Despite                  most delphinids): Generalized hearing is              Sources
                                              this range, which would appear to                       estimated to occur between
                                              overlap with that of the Proposed                       approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;                        This section contains a brief technical
                                              Action, over 9,000 records in the OBIS                     • High-frequency cetaceans                         background on sound, the
                                              database yielded 51 that occurred in the                (porpoises, river dolphins, and members               characteristics of certain sound types,
                                              rectangular box enclosing the larger                    of the genera Kogia and                               and on metrics used in this proposal
                                              survey area. Sixteen of these occurred                  Cephalorhynchus; including two                        inasmuch as the information is relevant
                                              during the summer months, mostly on                     members of the genus Lagenorhynchus,                  to the specified activity and to a
                                              the upper continental slope. The long-                  on the basis of recent echolocation data              discussion of the potential effects of the
                                              finned pilot whale could be                             and genetic data): Generalized hearing is             specified activity on marine mammals
                                              encountered in the proposed study area.                 estimated to occur between                            found later in this document.
                                              Note that pilot whales are dealt with as                approximately 275 Hz and 160 kHz.                        Sound travels in waves, the basic
                                              an entire guild by Roberts et al. (2015c),                 • Pinnipeds in water; Phocidae (true               components of which are frequency,
                                              meaning that there are no specific                      seals): Generalized hearing is estimated              wavelength, velocity, and amplitude.
                                              model density grids applicable to short-                to occur between approximately 50 Hz                  Frequency is the number of pressure
                                              finned pilot whales.                                    to 86 kHz;                                            waves that pass by a reference point per
                                                                                                         • Pinnipeds in water; Otariidae (eared             unit of time and is measured in Hz or
                                              Marine Mammal Hearing                                                                                         cycles per second. Wavelength is the
                                                                                                      seals): Generalized hearing is estimated
                                                Hearing is the most important sensory                 to occur between 60 Hz and 39 kHz.                    distance between two peaks or
                                              modality for marine mammals                                The pinniped functional hearing                    corresponding points of a sound wave
                                              underwater, and exposure to                             group was modified from Southall et al.               (length of one cycle). Higher frequency
                                              anthropogenic sound can have                            (2007) on the basis of data indicating                sounds have shorter wavelengths than
                                              deleterious effects. To appropriately                   that phocid species have consistently                 lower frequency sounds, and typically
                                              assess the potential effects of exposure                demonstrated an extended frequency                    attenuate (decrease) more rapidly,
                                              to sound, it is necessary to understand                 range of hearing compared to otariids,                except in certain cases in shallower
                                              the frequency ranges marine mammals                     especially in the higher frequency range              water. Amplitude is the height of the
                                              are able to hear. Current data indicate                 (Hemilä et al., 2006; Kastelein et al.,              sound pressure wave or the ‘‘loudness’’
                                              that not all marine mammal species                      2009; Reichmuth and Holt, 2013).                      of a sound and is typically described
                                              have equal hearing capabilities (e.g.,                     For more detail concerning these                   using the relative unit of the dB. A
                                              Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok and                    groups and associated frequency ranges,               sound pressure level (SPL) in dB is
                                              Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008).                   please see NMFS (2016) for a review of                described as the ratio between a
                                              To reflect this, Southall et al. (2007)                 available information. Twenty nine                    measured pressure and a reference
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              recommended that marine mammals be                      marine mammal species (all cetaceans)                 pressure (for underwater sound, this is
                                              divided into functional hearing groups                  have the reasonable potential to co-                  1 microPascal (mPa)) and is a
                                              based on directly measured or estimated                 occur with the proposed survey                        logarithmic unit that accounts for large
                                              hearing ranges on the basis of available                activities. Please refer to Table 3. Of the           variations in amplitude; therefore, a
                                              behavioral response data, audiograms                    cetacean species that may be present,                 relatively small change in dB
                                              derived using auditory evoked potential                 three are classified as low-frequency                 corresponds to large changes in sound
                                              techniques, anatomical modeling, and                    cetaceans (i.e., all mysticete species), 24           pressure. The source level (SL)


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices                                             25277

                                              represents the SPL referenced at a                      point (Richardson et al., 1995), and the              on the ability of sound to propagate
                                              distance of 1 m from the source                         sound level of a region is defined by the             through the environment. In turn, sound
                                              (referenced to 1 mPa) while the received                total acoustical energy being generated               propagation is dependent on the
                                              level is the SPL at the listener’s position             by known and unknown sources. These                   spatially and temporally varying
                                              (referenced to 1 mPa). It should be noted               sources may include physical (e.g.,                   properties of the water column and sea
                                              that differences in the reference                       wind and waves, earthquakes, ice,                     floor, and is frequency-dependent. As a
                                              pressure, density, and sound velocity                   atmospheric sound), biological (e.g.,                 result of the dependence on a large
                                              for water and air give the result that dB               sounds produced by marine mammals,                    number of varying factors, ambient
                                              levels in water are 61.5 dB greater than                fish, and invertebrates), and                         sound levels can be expected to vary
                                              the same absolute intensity in air.                     anthropogenic (e.g., vessels, dredging,               widely over both coarse and fine spatial
                                                 Root mean square (rms) is the                        construction) sound. A number of                      and temporal scales. Sound levels at a
                                              quadratic mean sound pressure over the                  sources contribute to ambient sound,                  given frequency and location can vary
                                              duration of an impulse. Root mean                       including the following (Richardson et                by 10–20 dB from day to day
                                              square is calculated by squaring all of                 al., 1995):                                           (Richardson et al., 1995). The result is
                                              the sound amplitudes, averaging the                        • Wind and waves: The complex                      that, depending on the source type and
                                              squares, and then taking the square root                interactions between wind and water                   its intensity, sound from a given activity
                                              of the average (Urick, 1983). Root mean                 surface, including processes such as                  may be a negligible addition to the local
                                              square accounts for both positive and                   breaking waves and wave-induced                       environment or could form a distinctive
                                              negative values; squaring the pressures                 bubble oscillations and cavitation, are a             signal that may affect marine mammals.
                                              makes all values positive so that they                  main source of naturally occurring                    Details of source types are described in
                                              may be accounted for in the summation                   ambient sound for frequencies between                 the following text.
                                              of pressure levels (Hastings and Popper,                200 Hz and 50 kilohertz (kHz) (Mitson,                   Sounds are often considered to fall
                                              2005). This measurement is often used                   1995). In general, ambient sound levels               into one of two general types: Pulsed
                                              in the context of discussing behavioral                 tend to increase with increasing wind                 and non-pulsed (defined in the
                                              effects, in part because behavioral                     speed and wave height. Surf sound                     following). The distinction between
                                              effects, which often result from auditory               becomes important near shore, with                    these two sound types is important
                                              cues, may be better expressed through                   measurements collected at a distance of               because they have differing potential to
                                              averaged units than by peak pressures.                  8.5 km from shore showing an increase                 cause physical effects, particularly with
                                                 Sound exposure level (SEL;                           of 10 dB in the 100 to 700 Hz band                    regard to hearing (e.g., Ward, 1997 in
                                              represented as dB re 1 mPa2-s) represents               during heavy surf conditions;                         Southall et al., 2007). Please see
                                              the total energy contained within a                        • Precipitation: Sound from rain and               Southall et al. (2007) for an in-depth
                                              pulse and considers both intensity and                  hail impacting the water surface can                  discussion of these concepts.
                                              duration of exposure. Peak sound                        become an important component of total                   Pulsed sound sources (e.g., airguns,
                                              pressure (also referred to as zero-to-peak              sound at frequencies above 500 Hz, and                explosions, gunshots, sonic booms,
                                              sound pressure or 0-p) is the maximum                   possibly down to 100 Hz during quiet                  impact pile driving) produce signals
                                              instantaneous sound pressure                            times;                                                that are brief (typically considered to be
                                              measurable in the water at a specified                     • Biological: Marine mammals can                   less than one second), broadband, atonal
                                              distance from the source and is                         contribute significantly to ambient                   transients (ANSI, 1986, 2005; Harris,
                                              represented in the same units as the rms                sound levels, as can some fish and                    1998; NIOSH, 1998; ISO, 2003) and
                                              sound pressure. Another common                          snapping shrimp. The frequency band                   occur either as isolated events or
                                              metric is peak-to-peak sound pressure                   for biological contributions is from                  repeated in some succession. Pulsed
                                              (pk-pk), which is the algebraic                         approximately 12 Hz to over 100 kHz;                  sounds are all characterized by a
                                              difference between the peak positive                    and                                                   relatively rapid rise from ambient
                                              and peak negative sound pressures.                         • Anthropogenic: Sources of ambient                pressure to a maximal pressure value
                                              Peak-to-peak pressure is typically                      sound related to human activity include               followed by a rapid decay period that
                                              approximately 6 dB higher than peak                     transportation (surface vessels),                     may include a period of diminishing,
                                              pressure (Southall et al., 2007).                       dredging and construction, oil and gas                oscillating maximal and minimal
                                                 When underwater objects vibrate or                   drilling and production, seismic                      pressures, and generally have an
                                              activity occurs, sound-pressure waves                   surveys, sonar, explosions, and ocean                 increased capacity to induce physical
                                              are created. These waves alternately                    acoustic studies. Vessel noise typically              injury as compared with sounds that
                                              compress and decompress the water as                    dominates the total ambient sound for                 lack these features.
                                              the sound wave travels. Underwater                      frequencies between 20 and 300 Hz. In                    Non-pulsed sounds can be tonal,
                                              sound waves radiate in a manner similar                 general, the frequencies of                           narrowband, or broadband, brief or
                                              to ripples on the surface of a pond and                 anthropogenic sounds are below 1 kHz                  prolonged, and may be either
                                              may be either directed in a beam or                     and, if higher frequency sound levels                 continuous or non-continuous (ANSI,
                                              beams or may radiate in all directions                  are created, they attenuate rapidly.                  1995; NIOSH, 1998). Some of these non-
                                              (omnidirectional sources), as is the case               Sound from identifiable anthropogenic                 pulsed sounds can be transient signals
                                              for pulses produced by the airgun arrays                sources other than the activity of                    of short duration but without the
                                              considered here. The compressions and                   interest (e.g., a passing vessel) is                  essential properties of pulses (e.g., rapid
                                              decompressions associated with sound                    sometimes termed background sound, as                 rise time). Examples of non-pulsed
                                              waves are detected as changes in                        opposed to ambient sound.                             sounds include those produced by
                                              pressure by aquatic life and man-made                      The sum of the various natural and                 vessels, aircraft, machinery operations
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              sound receptors such as hydrophones.                    anthropogenic sound sources at any                    such as drilling or dredging, vibratory
                                                 Even in the absence of sound from the                given location and time—which                         pile driving, and active sonar systems
                                              specified activity, the underwater                      comprise ‘‘ambient’’ or ‘‘background’’                (such as those used by the U.S. Navy).
                                              environment is typically loud due to                    sound—depends not only on the source                  The duration of such sounds, as
                                              ambient sound. Ambient sound is                         levels (as determined by current                      received at a distance, can be greatly
                                              defined as environmental background                     weather conditions and levels of                      extended in a highly reverberant
                                              sound levels lacking a single source or                 biological and human activity) but also               environment.


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                              25278                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices

                                                 Airgun arrays produce pulsed signals                 2007; Southall et al., 2007; Götz et al.,            of devices such as explosives or mid-
                                              with energy in a frequency range from                   2009). The degree of effect is                        frequency tactical sonar that are
                                              about 10–2,000 Hz, with most energy                     intrinsically related to the signal                   associated with these types of effects.
                                              radiated at frequencies below 200 Hz.                   characteristics, received level, distance                1. Threshold Shift—Marine mammals
                                              The amplitude of the acoustic wave                      from the source, and duration of the                  exposed to high-intensity sound, or to
                                              emitted from the source is equal in all                 sound exposure. In general, sudden,                   lower-intensity sound for prolonged
                                              directions (i.e., omnidirectional), but                 high level sounds can cause hearing                   periods, can experience hearing
                                              airgun arrays do possess some                           loss, as can longer exposures to lower                threshold shift (TS), which is the loss of
                                              directionality due to different phase                   level sounds. Temporary or permanent                  hearing sensitivity at certain frequency
                                              delays between guns in different                        loss of hearing will occur almost                     ranges (Finneran, 2015). TS can be
                                              directions. Airgun arrays are typically                 exclusively for noise within an animal’s              permanent (PTS), in which case the loss
                                              tuned to maximize functionality for data                hearing range. We first describe specific             of hearing sensitivity is not fully
                                              acquisition purposes, meaning that                      manifestations of acoustic effects before             recoverable, or temporary (TTS), in
                                              sound transmitted in horizontal                         providing discussion specific to the use              which case the animal’s hearing
                                              directions and at higher frequencies is                 of airguns.                                           threshold would recover over time
                                              minimized to the extent possible.                          Richardson et al. (1995) described                 (Southall et al., 2007). Repeated sound
                                                 In addition to airguns, the USGS                     zones of increasing intensity of effect               exposure that leads to TTS could cause
                                              would continuously use a fisheries                      that might be expected to occur, in                   PTS. In severe cases of PTS, there can
                                              echosounder (EK60/EK80) with 38 kHz                     relation to distance from a source and                be total or partial deafness, while in
                                              transducer at water depths less than                    assuming that the signal is within an                 most cases the animal has an impaired
                                              ∼1,800 m from the R/V Hugh R. Sharp.                    animal’s hearing range. First is the area             ability to hear sounds in specific
                                              Due to the lower source level of the                    within which the acoustic signal would                frequency ranges (Kryter, 1985).
                                              EK60/EK80 relative to the R/V Hugh R.                   be audible (potentially perceived) to the                When PTS occurs, there is physical
                                              Sharp’s airgun array, the sounds from                   animal, but not strong enough to elicit               damage to the sound receptors in the ear
                                              the EK60/EK80 SBP are expected to be                    any overt behavioral or physiological                 (i.e., tissue damage), whereas TTS
                                              effectively subsumed by the sounds                      response. The next zone corresponds                   represents primarily tissue fatigue and
                                              from the airgun array. Thus, any marine                 with the area where the signal is audible             is reversible (Southall et al., 2007). In
                                              mammal that was exposed to sounds                       to the animal and of sufficient intensity             addition, other investigators have
                                              from the EK60/EK80 would already                        to elicit behavioral or physiological                 suggested that TTS is within the normal
                                              have been exposed to sounds from the                    responsiveness. Third is a zone within                bounds of physiological variability and
                                              airgun array, which are expected to                     which, for signals of high intensity, the             tolerance and does not represent
                                              propagate further in the water. As such,                received level is sufficient to potentially           physical injury (e.g., Ward, 1997).
                                              the EK60/EK80 is not expected to result                 cause discomfort or tissue damage to                  Therefore, NMFS does not consider TTS
                                              in the take of any marine mammal that                   auditory or other systems. Overlaying                 to constitute auditory injury.
                                              has not already been taken by the                       these zones to a certain extent is the                   Relationships between TTS and PTS
                                              sounds from the airgun array; and,                      area within which masking (i.e., when a               thresholds have not been studied in
                                              therefore, we do not consider noise from                sound interferes with or masks the                    marine mammals, and there is no PTS
                                              the EK60/EK80 further in this analysis.                 ability of an animal to detect a signal of            data for cetaceans but such relationships
                                                                                                      interest that is above the absolute                   are assumed to be similar to those in
                                              Acoustic Impacts                                                                                              humans and other terrestrial mammals.
                                                                                                      hearing threshold) may occur; the
                                                 Potential Effects of Underwater                      masking zone may be highly variable in                PTS typically occurs at exposure levels
                                              Sound—Please refer to the information                   size.                                                 at least several decibels above (a 40-dB
                                              given previously (‘‘Description of Active                  We describe the more severe effects                TS approximates PTS onset; e.g., Kryter
                                              Acoustic Sound Sources’’) regarding                     certain non-auditory physical or                      et al., 1966; Miller, 1974) that inducing
                                              sound, characteristics of sound types,                  physiological effects only briefly as we              mild TTS (a 6-dB threshold shift
                                              and metrics used in this document. Note                 do not expect that use of airgun arrays               approximates TTS onset; e.g., Southall
                                              that, in the following discussion, we                   are reasonably likely to result in such               et al., 2007). Based on data from
                                              refer in many cases to a recent review                  effects (see below for further                        terrestrial mammals, a precautionary
                                              article concerning studies of noise-                    discussion). Potential effects from                   assumption is that the PTS thresholds
                                              induced hearing loss conducted from                     impulsive sound sources can range in                  for impulse sounds (such as airgun
                                              1996–2015 (i.e., Finneran, 2015). For                   severity from effects such as behavioral              pulses as received close to the source)
                                              study-specific citations, please see that               disturbance or tactile perception to                  are at least 6 dB higher than the TTS
                                              work. Anthropogenic sounds cover a                      physical discomfort, slight injury of the             threshold on a peak-pressure basis and
                                              broad range of frequencies and sound                    internal organs and the auditory system,              PTS cumulative sound exposure level
                                              levels and can have a range of highly                   or mortality (Yelverton et al., 1973).                (SELcum) thresholds are 15 to 20 dB
                                              variable impacts on marine life, from                   Non-auditory physiological effects or                 higher than TTS SELcum thresholds
                                              none or minor to potentially severe                     injuries that theoretically might occur in            (Southall et al., 2007). Given the higher
                                              responses, depending on received                        marine mammals exposed to high level                  level of sound or longer exposure
                                              levels, duration of exposure, behavioral                underwater sound or as a secondary                    duration necessary to cause PTS as
                                              context, and various other factors. The                 effect of extreme behavioral reactions                compared with TTS, it is considerably
                                              potential effects of underwater sound                   (e.g., change in dive profile as a result             less likely that PTS could occur.
                                              from active acoustic sources can                        of an avoidance reaction) caused by                      For mid-frequency cetaceans in
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              potentially result in one or more of the                exposure to sound include neurological                particular, potential protective
                                              following: Temporary or permanent                       effects, bubble formation, resonance                  mechanisms may help limit onset of
                                              hearing impairment, non-auditory                        effects, and other types of organ or                  TTS or prevent onset of PTS. Such
                                              physical or physiological effects,                      tissue damage (Cox et al., 2006; Southall             mechanisms include dampening of
                                              behavioral disturbance, stress, and                     et al., 2007; Zimmer and Tyack, 2007;                 hearing, auditory adaptation, or
                                              masking (Richardson et al., 1995;                       Tal et al., 2015). The survey activities              behavioral amelioration (e.g., Nachtigall
                                              Gordon et al., 2004; Nowacek et al.,                    considered here do not involve the use                and Supin, 2013; Miller et al., 2012;


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices                                             25279

                                              Finneran et al., 2015; Popov et al.,                       Currently, TTS data only exist for four               Habituation can occur when an
                                              2016).                                                  species of cetaceans (bottlenose                      animal’s response to a stimulus wanes
                                                 TTS is the mildest form of hearing                   dolphin, beluga whale, harbor porpoise,               with repeated exposure, usually in the
                                              impairment that can occur during                        and Yangtze finless porpoise) exposed                 absence of unpleasant associated events
                                              exposure to sound (Kryter, 1985). While                 to a limited number of sound sources                  (Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most
                                              experiencing TTS, the hearing threshold                 (i.e., mostly tones and octave-band                   likely to habituate to sounds that are
                                              rises, and a sound must be at a higher                  noise) in laboratory settings (Finneran,              predictable and unvarying. It is
                                              level in order to be heard. In terrestrial              2015). In general, harbor porpoises have              important to note that habituation is
                                              and marine mammals, TTS can last from                   a lower TTS onset than other measured                 appropriately considered as a
                                              minutes or hours to days (in cases of                   cetacean species (Finneran, 2015).                    ‘‘progressive reduction in response to
                                              strong TTS). In many cases, hearing                     Additionally, the existing marine                     stimuli that are perceived as neither
                                              sensitivity recovers rapidly after                      mammal TTS data come from a limited                   aversive nor beneficial,’’ rather than as,
                                              exposure to the sound ends. Few data                    number of individuals within these                    more generally, moderation in response
                                              on sound levels and durations necessary                 species. There are no data available on               to human disturbance (Bejder et al.,
                                              to elicit mild TTS have been obtained                   noise-induced hearing loss for                        2009). The opposite process is
                                              for marine mammals.                                     mysticetes.                                           sensitization, when an unpleasant
                                                 Marine mammal hearing plays a                           Critical questions remain regarding                experience leads to subsequent
                                              critical role in communication with                     the rate of TTS growth and recovery                   responses, often in the form of
                                              conspecifics, and interpretation of                     after exposure to intermittent noise and              avoidance, at a lower level of exposure.
                                              environmental cues for purposes such                    the effects of single and multiple pulses.            As noted, behavioral state may affect the
                                              as predator avoidance and prey capture.                 Data at present are also insufficient to              type of response. For example, animals
                                              Depending on the degree (elevation of                   construct generalized models for                      that are resting may show greater
                                              threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery              recovery and determine the time                       behavioral change in response to
                                              time), and frequency range of TTS, and                  necessary to treat subsequent exposures               disturbing sound levels than animals
                                              the context in which it is experienced,                 as independent events. More                           that are highly motivated to remain in
                                              TTS can have effects on marine                          information is needed on the                          an area for feeding (Richardson et al.,
                                              mammals ranging from discountable to                    relationship between auditory evoked                  1995; NRC, 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003).
                                              serious. For example, a marine mammal                   potential and behavioral measures of                  Controlled experiments with captive
                                              may be able to readily compensate for                   TTS for various stimuli. For summaries                marine mammals have showed
                                              a brief, relatively small amount of TTS                 of data on TTS in marine mammals or                   pronounced behavioral reactions,
                                              in a non-critical frequency range that                  for further discussion of TTS onset                   including avoidance of loud sound
                                              occurs during a time where ambient                      thresholds, please see Southall et al.                sources (Ridgway et al., 1997). Observed
                                              noise is lower and there are not as many                (2007), Finneran and Jenkins (2012),                  responses of wild marine mammals to
                                              competing sounds present.                               Finneran (2015), and NMFS (2016).                     loud pulsed sound sources (typically
                                              Alternatively, a larger amount and                         2. Behavioral Effects—Behavioral
                                                                                                                                                            seismic airguns or acoustic harassment
                                              longer duration of TTS sustained during                 disturbance may include a variety of
                                                                                                                                                            devices) have been varied but often
                                              time when communication is critical for                 effects, including subtle changes in
                                                                                                                                                            consist of avoidance behavior or other
                                              successful mother/calf interactions                     behavior (e.g., minor or brief avoidance
                                                                                                                                                            behavioral changes suggesting
                                              could have more serious impacts.                        of an area or changes in vocalizations),
                                                 Finneran et al. (2015) measured                                                                            discomfort (Morton and Symonds, 2002;
                                                                                                      more conspicuous changes in similar
                                              hearing thresholds in three captive                                                                           see also Richardson et al., 1995;
                                                                                                      behavioral activities, and more
                                              bottlenose dolphins before and after                                                                          Nowacek et al., 2007). However, many
                                                                                                      sustained and/or potentially severe
                                              exposure to ten pulses produced by a                    reactions, such as displacement from or               delphinids approach acoustic source
                                              seismic airgun in order to study TTS                    abandonment of high-quality habitat.                  vessels with no apparent discomfort or
                                              induced after exposure to multiple                      Behavioral responses to sound are                     obvious behavioral change (e.g.,
                                              pulses. Exposures began at relatively                   highly variable and context-specific and              Barkaszi et al., 2012).
                                              low levels and gradually increased over                 any reactions depend on numerous                         Available studies show wide variation
                                              a period of several months, with the                    intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g.,                in response to underwater sound;
                                              highest exposures at peak SPLs from                     species, state of maturity, experience,               therefore, it is difficult to predict
                                              196 to 210 dB and cumulative                            current activity, reproductive state,                 specifically how any given sound in a
                                              (unweighted) SELs from 193–195 dB.                      auditory sensitivity, time of day), as                particular instance might affect marine
                                              No substantial TTS was observed. In                     well as the interplay between factors                 mammals perceiving the signal. If a
                                              addition, behavioral reactions were                     (e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et            marine mammal does react briefly to an
                                              observed that indicated that animals can                al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart,           underwater sound by changing its
                                              learn behaviors that effectively mitigate               2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral                behavior or moving a small distance, the
                                              noise exposures (although exposure                      reactions can vary not only among                     impacts of the change are unlikely to be
                                              patterns must be learned, which is less                 individuals but also within an                        significant to the individual, let alone
                                              likely in wild animals than for the                     individual, depending on previous                     the stock or population. However, if a
                                              captive animals considered in this                      experience with a sound source,                       sound source displaces marine
                                              study). The authors note that the failure               context, and numerous other factors                   mammals from an important feeding or
                                              to induce more significant auditory                     (Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary                  breeding area for a prolonged period,
                                              effects likely due to the intermittent                  depending on characteristics associated               impacts on individuals and populations
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              nature of exposure, the relatively low                  with the sound source (e.g., whether it               could be significant (e.g., Lusseau and
                                              peak pressure produced by the acoustic                  is moving or stationary, number of                    Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007; NRC,
                                              source, and the low-frequency energy in                 sources, distance from the source).                   2005). However, there are broad
                                              airgun pulses as compared with the                      Please see Appendices B–C of Southall                 categories of potential response, which
                                              frequency range of best sensitivity for                 et al. (2007) for a review of studies                 we describe in greater detail here, that
                                              dolphins and other mid-frequency                        involving marine mammal behavioral                    include alteration of dive behavior,
                                              cetaceans.                                              responses to sound.                                   alteration of foraging behavior, effects to


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00013   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                              25280                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices

                                              breathing, interference with or alteration              (Miller et al., 2009). These data raise               noise (measured from a single pulse
                                              of vocalization, avoidance, and flight.                 concerns that seismic surveys may                     during each ten minute sampled period)
                                                 Changes in dive behavior can vary                    impact foraging behavior in sperm                     on singer number. The number of
                                              widely and may consist of increased or                  whales, although more data are required               singers significantly decreased with
                                              decreased dive times and surface                        to understand whether the differences                 increasing received level of noise,
                                              intervals as well as changes in the rates               were due to exposure or natural                       suggesting that humpback whale
                                              of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g.,              variation in sperm whale behavior                     breeding activity was disrupted to some
                                              Frankel and Clark 2000; Ng and Leung                    (Miller et al., 2009).                                extent by the survey activity.
                                              2003; Nowacek et al., 2004; Goldbogen                      Variations in respiration naturally                   Castellote et al. (2012) reported
                                              et al., 2013). Variations in dive behavior              vary with different behaviors and                     acoustic and behavioral changes by fin
                                              may reflect interruptions in biologically               alterations to breathing rate as a                    whales in response to shipping and
                                              significant activities (e.g., foraging) or              function of acoustic exposure can be                  airgun noise. Acoustic features of fin
                                              they may be of little biological                        expected to co-occur with other                       whale song notes recorded in the
                                              significance. The impact of an alteration               behavioral reactions, such as a flight                Mediterranean Sea and northeast
                                              to dive behavior resulting from an                      response or an alteration in diving.                  Atlantic Ocean were compared for areas
                                              acoustic exposure depends on what the                   However, respiration rates in and of                  with different shipping noise levels and
                                              animal is doing at the time of the                      themselves may be representative of                   traffic intensities and during a seismic
                                              exposure and the type and magnitude of                  annoyance or an acute stress response.                airgun survey. During the first 72 hours
                                              the response.                                           Various studies have shown that                       of the survey, a steady decrease in song
                                                 Disruption of feeding behavior can be                respiration rates may either be                       received levels and bearings to singers
                                              difficult to correlate with anthropogenic               unaffected or could increase, depending               indicated that whales moved away from
                                              sound exposure, so it is usually inferred               on the species and signal characteristics,            the acoustic source and out of the study
                                              by observed displacement from known                     again highlighting the importance in                  area. This displacement persisted for a
                                              foraging areas, the appearance of                       understanding species differences in the              time period well beyond the 10-day
                                              secondary indicators (e.g., bubble nets                 tolerance of underwater noise when                    duration of seismic airgun activity,
                                              or sediment plumes), or changes in dive                 determining the potential for impacts                 providing evidence that fin whales may
                                              behavior. As for other types of                         resulting from anthropogenic sound                    avoid an area for an extended period in
                                              behavioral response, the frequency,                     exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001,               the presence of increased noise. The
                                              duration, and temporal pattern of signal                2005, 2006; Gailey et al., 2007; Gailey et            authors hypothesize that fin whale
                                              presentation, as well as differences in                 al., 2016).                                           acoustic communication is modified to
                                              species sensitivity, are likely                            Marine mammals vocalize for                        compensate for increased background
                                              contributing factors to differences in                  different purposes and across multiple                noise and that a sensitization process
                                              response in any given circumstance                      modes, such as whistling, echolocation                may play a role in the observed
                                              (e.g., Croll et al., 2001; Nowacek et al.,              click production, calling, and singing.               temporary displacement.
                                              2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et                  Changes in vocalization behavior in                      Seismic pulses at average received
                                              al., 2007). A determination of whether                  response to anthropogenic noise can                   levels of 131 dB re 1 mPa2-s caused blue
                                              foraging disruptions incur fitness                      occur for any of these modes and may                  whales to increase call production (Di
                                              consequences would require                              result from a need to compete with an                 Iorio and Clark, 2010). In contrast,
                                              information on or estimates of the                      increase in background noise or may                   McDonald et al. (1995) tracked a blue
                                              energetic requirements of the affected                  reflect increased vigilance or a startle              whale with seafloor seismometers and
                                              individuals and the relationship                        response. For example, in the presence                reported that it stopped vocalizing and
                                              between prey availability, foraging effort              of potentially masking signals,                       changed its travel direction at a range of
                                              and success, and the life history stage of              humpback whales and killer whales                     10 km from the acoustic source vessel
                                              the animal.                                             have been observed to increase the                    (estimated received level 143 dB pk-pk).
                                                 Visual tracking, passive acoustic                    length of their songs (Miller et al., 2000;           Blackwell et al. (2013) found that
                                              monitoring, and movement recording                      Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004),           bowhead whale call rates dropped
                                              tags were used to quantify sperm whale                  while right whales have been observed                 significantly at onset of airgun use at
                                              behavior prior to, during, and following                to shift the frequency content of their               sites with a median distance of 41–45
                                              exposure to airgun arrays at received                   calls upward while reducing the rate of               km from the survey. Blackwell et al.
                                              levels in the range 140–160 dB at                       calling in areas of increased                         (2015) expanded this analysis to show
                                              distances of 7–13 km, following a phase-                anthropogenic noise (Parks et al., 2007).             that whales actually increased calling
                                              in of sound intensity and full array                    In some cases, animals may cease sound                rates as soon as airgun signals were
                                              exposures at 1–13 km (Madsen et al.,                    production during production of                       detectable before ultimately decreasing
                                              2006; Miller et al., 2009). Sperm whales                aversive signals (Bowles et al., 1994).               calling rates at higher received levels
                                              did not exhibit horizontal avoidance                       Cerchio et al. (2014) used passive                 (i.e., 10-minute SELcum of ∼127 dB).
                                              behavior at the surface. However,                       acoustic monitoring to document the                   Overall, these results suggest that
                                              foraging behavior may have been                         presence of singing humpback whales                   bowhead whales may adjust their vocal
                                              affected. The sperm whales exhibited 19                 off the coast of northern Angola and to               output in an effort to compensate for
                                              percent less vocal (buzz) rate during full              opportunistically test for the effect of              noise before ceasing vocalization effort
                                              exposure relative to post exposure, and                 seismic survey activity on the number of              and ultimately deflecting from the
                                              the whale that was approached most                      singing whales. Two recording units                   acoustic source (Blackwell et al., 2013,
                                              closely had an extended resting period                  were deployed between March and                       2015). These studies demonstrate that
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              and did not resume foraging until the                   December 2008 in the offshore                         even low levels of noise received far
                                              airguns had ceased firing. The                          environment; numbers of singers were                  from the source can induce changes in
                                              remaining whales continued to execute                   counted every hour. Generalized                       vocalization and/or behavior for
                                              foraging dives throughout exposure;                     Additive Mixed Models were used to                    mysticetes.
                                              however, swimming movements during                      assess the effect of survey day                          Avoidance is the displacement of an
                                              foraging dives were six percent lower                   (seasonality), hour (diel variation),                 individual from an area or migration
                                              during exposure than control periods                    moon phase, and received levels of                    path as a result of the presence of a


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices                                             25281

                                              sound or other stressors and is one of                  of fitness (e.g., decline in body                     immune responses (e.g., Seyle, 1950;
                                              the most obvious manifestations of                      condition) and subsequent reduction in                Moberg 2000). In many cases, an
                                              disturbance in marine mammals                           reproductive success, survival, or both               animal’s first and sometimes most
                                              (Richardson et al., 1995). For example,                 (e.g., Harrington and Veitch 1992; Daan               economical (in terms of energetic costs)
                                              gray whales are known to change                         et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998).                 response is behavioral avoidance of the
                                              direction—deflecting from customary                     However, Ridgway et al. (2006) reported               potential stressor. Autonomic nervous
                                              migratory paths—in order to avoid noise                 that increased vigilance in bottlenose                system responses to stress typically
                                              from seismic surveys (Malme et al.,                     dolphins exposed to sound over a five-                involve changes in heart rate, blood
                                              1984). Humpback whales showed                           day period did not cause any sleep                    pressure, and gastrointestinal activity.
                                              avoidance behavior in the presence of                   deprivation or stress effects.                        These responses have a relatively short
                                              an active seismic array during                             Many animals perform vital functions,              duration and may or may not have a
                                              observational studies and controlled                    such as feeding, resting, traveling, and              significant long-term effect on an
                                              exposure experiments in western                         socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour                 animal’s fitness.
                                              Australia (McCauley et al., 2000).                      cycle). Disruption of such functions                     Neuroendocrine stress responses often
                                              Avoidance may be short-term, with                       resulting from reactions to stressors                 involve the hypothalamus-pituitary-
                                              animals returning to the area once the                  such as sound exposure are more likely                adrenal system. Virtually all
                                              noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al.,                  to be significant if they last more than              neuroendocrine functions that are
                                              1994; Stone et al., 2000; Morton and                    one diel cycle or recur on subsequent                 affected by stress—including immune
                                              Symonds, 2002; Gailey et al., 2007).                    days (Southall et al., 2007).                         competence, reproduction, metabolism,
                                              Longer-term displacement is possible,                   Consequently, a behavioral response                   and behavior—are regulated by pituitary
                                              however, which may lead to changes in                   lasting less than one day and not                     hormones. Stress-induced changes in
                                              abundance or distribution patterns of                   recurring on subsequent days is not                   the secretion of pituitary hormones have
                                              the affected species in the affected                    considered particularly severe unless it              been implicated in failed reproduction,
                                              region if habituation to the presence of                could directly affect reproduction or                 altered metabolism, reduced immune
                                              the sound does not occur (e.g., Bejder et               survival (Southall et al., 2007). Note that           competence, and behavioral disturbance
                                              al., 2006; Teilmann et al., 2006).                      there is a difference between multi-day               (e.g., Moberg 1987; Blecha 2000).
                                                 A flight response is a dramatic change               substantive behavioral reactions and                  Increases in the circulation of
                                              in normal movement to a directed and                    multi-day anthropogenic activities. For               glucocorticoids are also equated with
                                              rapid movement away from the                            example, just because an activity lasts               stress (Romano et al., 2004).
                                              perceived location of a sound source.                   for multiple days does not necessarily                   The primary distinction between
                                              The flight response differs from other                  mean that individual animals are either               stress (which is adaptive and does not
                                              avoidance responses in the intensity of                 exposed to activity-related stressors for             normally place an animal at risk) and
                                              the response (e.g., directed movement,                  multiple days or, further, exposed in a               ‘‘distress’’ is the cost of the response.
                                              rate of travel). Relatively little                      manner resulting in sustained multi-day               During a stress response, an animal uses
                                              information on flight responses of                      substantive behavioral responses.                     glycogen stores that can be quickly
                                              marine mammals to anthropogenic                            Stone (2015) reported data from at-sea             replenished once the stress is alleviated.
                                              signals exist, although observations of                 observations during 1,196 seismic                     In such circumstances, the cost of the
                                              flight responses to the presence of                     surveys from 1994 to 2010. When large                 stress response would not pose serious
                                              predators have occurred (Connor and                     arrays of airguns (considered to be 500               fitness consequences. However, when
                                              Heithaus, 1996). The result of a flight                 in3 or more) were firing, lateral                     an animal does not have sufficient
                                              response could range from brief,                        displacement, more localized                          energy reserves to satisfy the energetic
                                              temporary exertion and displacement                     avoidance, or other changes in behavior               costs of a stress response, energy
                                              from the area where the signal provokes                 were evident for most odontocetes.                    resources must be diverted from other
                                              flight to, in extreme cases, marine                     However, significant responses to large               functions. This state of distress will last
                                              mammal strandings (Evans and                            arrays were found only for the minke                  until the animal replenishes its
                                              England, 2001). However, it should be                   whale and fin whale. Behavioral                       energetic reserves sufficiently to restore
                                              noted that response to a perceived                      responses observed included changes in                normal function.
                                              predator does not necessarily invoke                    swimming or surfacing behavior, with                     Relationships between these
                                              flight (Ford and Reeves, 2008), and                     indications that cetaceans remained                   physiological mechanisms, animal
                                              whether individuals are solitary or in                  near the water surface at these times.                behavior, and the costs of stress
                                              groups may influence the response.                      Cetaceans were recorded as feeding less               responses are well-studied through
                                                 Behavioral disturbance can also                      often when large arrays were active.                  controlled experiments and for both
                                              impact marine mammals in more subtle                    Behavioral observations of gray whales                laboratory and free-ranging animals
                                              ways. Increased vigilance may result in                 during a seismic survey monitored                     (e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al.,
                                              costs related to diversion of focus and                 whale movements and respirations                      1998; Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et
                                              attention (i.e., when a response consists               pre-, during and post-seismic survey                  al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress
                                              of increased vigilance, it may come at                  (Gailey et al., 2016). Behavioral state               responses due to exposure to
                                              the cost of decreased attention to other                and water depth were the best ‘natural’               anthropogenic sounds or other stressors
                                              critical behaviors such as foraging or                  predictors of whale movements and                     and their effects on marine mammals
                                              resting). These effects have generally not              respiration and, after considering                    have also been reviewed (Fair and
                                              been demonstrated for marine                            natural variation, none of the response               Becker, 2000; Romano et al., 2002b)
                                              mammals, but studies involving fish                     variables were significantly associated               and, more rarely, studied in wild
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              and terrestrial animals have shown that                 with seismic survey or vessel sounds.                 populations (e.g., Romano et al., 2002a).
                                              increased vigilance may substantially                      3. Stress Responses—An animal’s                    For example, Rolland et al. (2012) found
                                              reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp                   perception of a threat may be sufficient              that noise reduction from reduced ship
                                              and Livoreil 1997; Fritz et al., 2002;                  to trigger stress responses consisting of             traffic in the Bay of Fundy was
                                              Purser and Radford 2011). In addition,                  some combination of behavioral                        associated with decreased stress in
                                              chronic disturbance can cause                           responses, autonomic nervous system                   North Atlantic right whales. These and
                                              population declines through reduction                   responses, neuroendocrine responses, or               other studies lead to a reasonable


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                              25282                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices

                                              expectation that some marine mammals                    communication signals by                              increasing as vessel speed increases
                                              will experience physiological stress                    anthropogenic noise may be considered                 (Knowlton and Kraus 2001; Laist et al.,
                                              responses upon exposure to acoustic                     as a reduction in the communication                   2001; Vanderlaan and Taggart 2007;
                                              stressors and that it is possible that                  space of animals (e.g., Clark et al., 2009)           Conn and Silber 2013). Impact forces
                                              some of these would be classified as                    and may result in energetic or other                  increase with speed, as does the
                                              ‘‘distress.’’ In addition, any animal                   costs as animals change their                         probability of a strike at a given distance
                                              experiencing TTS would likely also                      vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al.,           (Silber et al., 2010; Gende et al., 2011).
                                              experience stress responses (NRC,                       2000; Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al.,                  Pace and Silber (2005) also found that
                                              2003).                                                  2007; Di Iorio and Clark 2009; Holt et                the probability of death or serious injury
                                                 4. Auditory Masking—Sound can                        al., 2009). Masking can be reduced in                 increased rapidly with increasing vessel
                                              disrupt behavior through masking, or                    situations where the signal and noise                 speed. Specifically, the predicted
                                              interfering with, an animal’s ability to                come from different directions                        probability of serious injury or death
                                              detect, recognize, or discriminate                      (Richardson et al., 1995), through                    increased from 45 to 75 percent as
                                              between acoustic signals of interest (e.g.,             amplitude modulation of the signal, or                vessel speed increased from 10 to 14 kn,
                                              those used for intraspecific                            through other compensatory behaviors                  and exceeded 90 percent at 17 kn.
                                              communication and social interactions,                  (Houser and Moore 2014). Masking can                  Higher speeds during collisions result in
                                              prey detection, predator avoidance,                     be tested directly in captive species                 greater force of impact, but higher
                                              navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995;                   (e.g., Erbe 2008), but in wild                        speeds also appear to increase the
                                              Erbe et al., 2016). Masking occurs when                 populations it must be either modeled                 chance of severe injuries or death
                                              the receipt of a sound is interfered with               or inferred from evidence of masking                  through increased likelihood of
                                              by another coincident sound at similar                  compensation. There are few studies                   collision by pulling whales toward the
                                              frequencies and at similar or higher                    addressing real-world masking sounds                  vessel (Clyne, 1999; Knowlton et al.,
                                              intensity, and may occur whether the                    likely to be experienced by marine                    1995). In a separate study, Vanderlaan
                                              sound is natural (e.g., snapping shrimp,                mammals in the wild (e.g., Branstetter et             and Taggart (2007) analyzed the
                                              wind, waves, precipitation) or                          al., 2013).                                           probability of lethal mortality of large
                                              anthropogenic (e.g., shipping, sonar,                      Masking affects both senders and                   whales at a given speed, showing that
                                              seismic exploration) in origin. The                     receivers of acoustic signals and can                 the greatest rate of change in the
                                              ability of a noise source to mask                       potentially have long-term chronic                    probability of a lethal injury to a large
                                              biologically important sounds depends                   effects on marine mammals at the                      whale as a function of vessel speed
                                              on the characteristics of both the noise                population level as well as at the                    occurs between 8.6 and 15 kn. The
                                              source and the signal of interest (e.g.,                individual level. Low-frequency                       chances of a lethal injury decline from
                                              signal-to-noise ratio, temporal                         ambient sound levels have increased by                approximately 80 percent at 15 kn to
                                              variability, direction), in relation to each            as much as 20 dB (more than three times               approximately 20 percent at 8.6 kn. At
                                              other and to an animal’s hearing                        in terms of SPL) in the world’s ocean                 speeds below 11.8 kn, the chances of
                                              abilities (e.g., sensitivity, frequency                 from pre-industrial periods, with most                lethal injury drop below 50 percent,
                                              range, critical ratios, frequency                       of the increase from distant commercial               while the probability asymptotically
                                              discrimination, directional                             shipping (Hildebrand 2009). All                       increases toward one hundred percent
                                              discrimination, age or TTS hearing loss),               anthropogenic sound sources, but                      above 15 kn.
                                              and existing ambient noise and                          especially chronic and lower-frequency                   The R/V Hugh R. Sharp would travel
                                              propagation conditions.                                 signals (e.g., from vessel traffic),                  at a speed of ∼7.4 km/h (4 kn) while
                                                 Under certain circumstances, marine                  contribute to elevated ambient sound                  towing seismic survey gear (LGL, 2018).
                                              mammals experiencing significant                        levels, thus intensifying masking.                    At these speeds, both the possibility of
                                              masking could also be impaired from                                                                           striking a marine mammal and the
                                              maximizing their performance fitness in                 Ship Strike                                           possibility of a strike resulting in
                                              survival and reproduction. Therefore,                      Vessel collisions with marine                      serious injury or mortality are
                                              when the coincident (masking) sound is                  mammals, or ship strikes, can result in               discountable. At average transit speed,
                                              man-made, it may be considered                          death or serious injury of the animal.                the probability of serious injury or
                                              harassment when disrupting or altering                  Wounds resulting from ship strike may                 mortality resulting from a strike is less
                                              critical behaviors. It is important to                  include massive trauma, hemorrhaging,                 than 50 percent. However, the
                                              distinguish TTS and PTS, which persist                  broken bones, or propeller lacerations                likelihood of a strike actually happening
                                              after the sound exposure, from masking,                 (Knowlton and Kraus 2001). An animal                  is again discountable. Ship strikes, as
                                              which occurs during the sound                           at the surface may be struck directly by              analyzed in the studies cited above,
                                              exposure. Because masking (without                      a vessel, a surfacing animal may hit the              generally involve commercial shipping,
                                              resulting in TS) is not associated with                 bottom of a vessel, or an animal just                 which is much more common in both
                                              abnormal physiological function, it is                  below the surface may be cut by a                     space and time than is geophysical
                                              not considered a physiological effect,                  vessel’s propeller. Superficial strikes               survey activity. Jensen and Silber (2004)
                                              but rather a potential behavioral effect.               may not kill or result in the death of the            summarized ship strikes of large whales
                                                 The frequency range of the potentially               animal. These interactions are typically              worldwide from 1975–2003 and found
                                              masking sound is important in                           associated with large whales (e.g., fin               that most collisions occurred in the
                                              determining any potential behavioral                    whales), which are occasionally found                 open ocean and involved large vessels
                                              impacts. For example, low-frequency                     draped across the bulbous bow of large                (e.g., commercial shipping). Commercial
                                              signals may have less effect on high-                   commercial ships upon arrival in port.                fishing vessels were responsible for
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              frequency echolocation sounds                           Although smaller cetaceans are more                   three percent of recorded collisions,
                                              produced by odontocetes but are more                    maneuverable in relation to large vessels             while no such incidents were reported
                                              likely to affect detection of mysticete                 than are large whales, they may also be               for geophysical survey vessels during
                                              communication calls and other                           susceptible to strike. The severity of                that time period.
                                              potentially important natural sounds                    injuries typically depends on the size                   It is possible for ship strikes to occur
                                              such as those produced by surf and                      and speed of the vessel, with the                     while traveling at slow speeds. For
                                              some prey species. The masking of                       probability of death or serious injury                example, a hydrographic survey vessel


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices                                            25283

                                              traveling at low speed (5.5 kn) while                   a beach or shore of the United States; or             frequency sound is typically implicated
                                              conducting mapping surveys off the                      (ii) in waters under the jurisdiction of              (when causation can be determined)
                                              central California coast struck and killed              the United States (including any                      (Hildebrand 2004). Although seismic
                                              a blue whale in 2009. The State of                      navigable waters); or (B) a marine                    airguns create predominantly low-
                                              California determined that the whale                    mammal is alive and is (i) on a beach                 frequency energy, the signal does
                                              had suddenly and unexpectedly                           or shore of the United States and is                  include a mid-frequency component.
                                              surfaced beneath the hull, with the                     unable to return to the water; (ii) on a              We have considered the potential for the
                                              result that the propeller severed the                   beach or shore of the United States and,              proposed survey to result in marine
                                              whale’s vertebrae, and that this was an                 although able to return to the water, is              mammal stranding and have concluded
                                              unavoidable event. This strike                          in need of apparent medical attention;                that, based on the best available
                                              represents the only such incident in                    or (iii) in the waters under the                      information, stranding is not expected
                                              approximately 540,000 hours of similar                  jurisdiction of the United States                     to occur.
                                              coastal mapping activity (p = 1.9 × 10¥6;               (including any navigable waters), but is
                                                                                                                                                            Other Potential Impacts
                                              95% CI = 0–5.5 × 10¥6; NMFS, 2013b).                    unable to return to its natural habitat
                                              In addition, a research vessel reported a               under its own power or without                           Here, we briefly address the potential
                                              fatal strike in 2011 of a dolphin in the                assistance.                                           risks due to entanglement and
                                              Atlantic, demonstrating that it is                         Marine mammals strand for a variety                contaminant spills. We are not aware of
                                              possible for strikes involving smaller                  of reasons, such as infectious agents,                any records of marine mammal
                                              cetaceans to occur. In that case, the                   biotoxicosis, starvation, fishery                     entanglement in towed arrays such as
                                              incident report indicated that an animal                interaction, ship strike, unusual                     those considered here. The discharge of
                                              apparently was struck by the vessel’s                   oceanographic or weather events, sound                trash and debris is prohibited (33 CFR
                                              propeller as it was intentionally                       exposure, or combinations of these                    151.51–77) unless it is passed through a
                                              swimming near the vessel. While                         stressors sustained concurrently or in                machine that breaks up solids such that
                                              indicative of the type of unusual events                series. However, the cause or causes of               they can pass through a 25-milimeter
                                              that cannot be ruled out, neither of these              most strandings are unknown (Geraci et                (mm) mesh screen. All other trash and
                                              instances represents a circumstance that                al., 1976; Eaton, 1979; Odell et al., 1980;           debris must be returned to shore for
                                              would be considered reasonably                          Best 1982). Numerous studies suggest                  proper disposal with municipal and
                                              foreseeable or that would be considered                 that the physiology, behavior, habitat                solid waste. Some personal items may
                                              preventable.                                            relationships, age, or condition of                   be accidentally lost overboard.
                                                 Although the likelihood of the vessel                cetaceans may cause them to strand or                 However, U.S. Coast Guard and
                                              striking a marine mammal is low, we                     might pre-dispose them to strand when                 Environmental Protection Act
                                              require a robust ship strike avoidance                  exposed to another phenomenon. These                  regulations require ship crews to
                                              protocol (see ‘‘Proposed Mitigation’’),                 suggestions are consistent with the                   become proactive in avoiding accidental
                                              which we believe eliminates any                         conclusions of numerous other studies                 loss of solid waste items by developing
                                              foreseeable risk of ship strike. We                     that have demonstrated that                           waste management plans, posting
                                              anticipate that vessel collisions                       combinations of dissimilar stressors                  informational placards, manifesting
                                              involving a seismic data acquisition                    commonly combine to kill an animal or                 trash sent to shore, and using special
                                              vessel towing gear, while not                           dramatically reduce its fitness, even                 precautions such as covering outside
                                              impossible, represent unlikely,                         though one exposure without the other                 trash bins to prevent accidental loss of
                                              unpredictable events for which there are                does not produce the same result                      solid waste. There are no meaningful
                                              no preventive measures. Given the                       (Chroussos 2000; Creel 2005; DeVries et               entanglement risks posed by the
                                              required mitigation measures, the                       al., 2003; Fair and Becker 2000; Foley et             described activity, and entanglement
                                              relatively slow speed of the vessel                     al., 2001; Moberg, 2000; Relyea 2005;                 risks are not discussed further in this
                                              towing gear, the presence of bridge crew                Romero 2004; Sih et al., 2004).                       document.
                                              watching for obstacles at all times                        Use of military tactical sonar has been               Marine mammals could be affected by
                                              (including marine mammals), the                         implicated in a majority of investigated              accidentally spilled diesel fuel from a
                                              presence of marine mammal observers,                    stranding events, although one                        vessel associated with proposed survey
                                              and the short duration of the survey (22                stranding event was associated with the               activities. Quantities of diesel fuel on
                                              days), we believe that the possibility of               use of seismic airguns. This event                    the sea surface may affect marine
                                              ship strike is discountable and, further,               occurred in the Gulf of California,                   mammals through various pathways:
                                              that were a strike of a large whale to                  coincident with seismic reflection                    Surface contact of the fuel with skin and
                                              occur, it would be unlikely to result in                profiling by the R/V Maurice Ewing                    other mucous membranes, inhalation of
                                              serious injury or mortality. No                         operated by Lamont-Doherty Earth                      concentrated petroleum vapors, or
                                              incidental take resulting from ship                     Observatory (LDEO) of Columbia                        ingestion of the fuel (direct ingestion or
                                              strike is anticipated, and this potential               University and involved two Cuvier’s                  by the ingestion of oiled prey) (e.g.,
                                              effect of the specified activity will not               beaked whales (Hildebrand 2004). The                  Geraci and St. Aubin, 1980, 1985, 1990).
                                              be discussed further in the following                   vessel had been firing an array of 20                 However, the likelihood of a fuel spill
                                              analysis.                                               airguns with a total volume of 8,500 in3              during any particular geophysical
                                                                                                      (Hildebrand 2004; Taylor et al., 2004).               survey is considered to be remote, and
                                              Stranding                                               Most known stranding events have                      the potential for impacts to marine
                                                 When a living or dead marine                         involved beaked whales, though a small                mammals would depend greatly on the
                                              mammal swims or floats onto shore and                   number have involved deep-diving                      size and location of a spill and
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              becomes ‘‘beached’’ or incapable of                     delphinids or sperm whales (e.g.,                     meteorological conditions at the time of
                                              returning to sea, the event is a                        Mazzariol et al., 2010; Southall et al.,              the spill. Spilled fuel would rapidly
                                              ‘‘stranding’’ (Geraci et al., 1999; Perrin              2013). In general, long duration (∼1                  spread to a layer of varying thickness
                                              and Geraci 2002; Geraci and Lounsbury                   second) and high-intensity sounds                     and break up into narrow bands or
                                              2005; NMFS, 2007). The legal definition                 (>235 dB SPL) have been implicated in                 windrows parallel to the wind direction.
                                              for a stranding under the MMPA is (A)                   stranding events (Hildebrand 2004).                   The rate at which the fuel spreads
                                              a marine mammal is dead and is (i) on                   With regard to beaked whales, mid-                    would be determined by the prevailing


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                              25284                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices

                                              conditions such as temperature, water                   passage. Impacts were observed out to                 detail on these concepts see, e.g., Barber
                                              currents, tidal streams, and wind                       the maximum 1.2 km range sampled.                     et al. 2010; Pijanowski et al. 2011;
                                              speeds. Lighter, volatile components of                    In general, impacts to marine mammal               Francis and Barber 2013; Lillis et al.
                                              the fuel would evaporate to the                         prey are expected to be limited due to                2014.
                                              atmosphere almost completely in a few                   the relatively small temporal and spatial                Problems arising from a failure to
                                              days. Evaporation rate may increase as                  overlap between the proposed survey                   detect cues are more likely to occur
                                              the fuel spreads because of the                         and any areas used by marine mammal                   when noise stimuli are chronic and
                                              increased surface area of the slick.                    prey species. The proposed survey                     overlap with biologically relevant cues
                                              Rougher seas, high wind speeds, and                     would occur over a relatively short time              used for communication, orientation,
                                              high temperatures also tend to increase                 period (22 days) and would occur over                 and predator/prey detection (Francis
                                              the rate of evaporation and the                         a very small area relative to the area                and Barber 2013). Although the signals
                                              proportion of fuel lost by this process                 available as marine mammal habitat in                 emitted by seismic airgun arrays are
                                              (Scholz et al., 1999). We do not                        the Northwest Atlantic Ocean. We do                   generally low frequency, they would
                                              anticipate potentially meaningful effects               not have any information to suggest the               also likely be of short duration and
                                              to marine mammals as a result of any                    proposed survey area represents a                     transient in any given area due to the
                                              contaminant spill resulting from the                    significant feeding area for any marine               nature of these surveys. As described
                                              proposed survey activities, and                         mammal, and we believe any impacts to                 previously, exploratory surveys such as
                                              contaminant spills are not discussed                    marine mammals due to adverse effects                 these cover a large area but would be
                                              further in this document.                               to their prey would be insignificant due              transient rather than focused in a given
                                                                                                      to the limited spatial and temporal                   location over time and therefore would
                                              Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal                    impact of the proposed survey.                        not be considered chronic in any given
                                              Habitat                                                 However, adverse impacts may occur to                 location.
                                                 Effects to Prey—Marine mammal prey                   a few species of fish and to zooplankton.                In summary, activities associated with
                                              varies by species, season, and location                    Acoustic Habitat—Acoustic habitat is               the proposed action are not likely to
                                              and, for some, is not well documented.                  the soundscape—which encompasses                      have a permanent, adverse effect on any
                                              Fish react to sounds which are                          all of the sound present in a particular              fish habitat or populations of fish
                                                                                                      location and time, as a whole—when                    species or on the quality of acoustic
                                              especially strong and/or intermittent
                                                                                                      considered from the perspective of the                habitat. Thus, any impacts to marine
                                              low-frequency sounds. Short duration,
                                                                                                      animals experiencing it. Animals                      mammal habitat are not expected to
                                              sharp sounds can cause overt or subtle
                                                                                                      produce sound for, or listen for sounds               cause significant or long-term
                                              changes in fish behavior and local
                                                                                                      produced by, conspecifics                             consequences for individual marine
                                              distribution. Hastings and Popper (2005)
                                                                                                      (communication during feeding, mating,                mammals or their populations.
                                              identified several studies that suggest
                                                                                                      and other social activities), other
                                              fish may relocate to avoid certain areas                                                                      Estimated Take
                                                                                                      animals (finding prey or avoiding
                                              of sound energy. Additional studies                                                                              This section provides an estimate of
                                                                                                      predators), and the physical
                                              have documented effects of pulsed                                                                             the number of incidental takes proposed
                                                                                                      environment (finding suitable habitats,
                                              sound on fish, although several are                                                                           for authorization through this IHA,
                                                                                                      navigating). Together, sounds made by
                                              based on studies in support of                          animals and the geophysical                           which will inform both NMFS’
                                              construction projects (e.g., Scholik and                environment (e.g., produced by                        consideration of ‘‘small numbers’’ and
                                              Yan 2001, 2002; Popper and Hastings                     earthquakes, lightning, wind, rain,                   the negligible impact determination.
                                              2009). Sound pulses at received levels                  waves) make up the natural                               Harassment is the only type of take
                                              of 160 dB may cause subtle changes in                   contributions to the total acoustics of a             expected to result from these activities.
                                              fish behavior. SPLs of 180 dB may cause                 place. These acoustic conditions,                     Except with respect to certain activities
                                              noticeable changes in behavior (Pearson                 termed acoustic habitat, are one                      not pertinent here, section 3(18) of the
                                              et al., 1992; Skalski et al., 1992). SPLs               attribute of an animal’s total habitat.               MMPA defines ‘‘harassment’’ as any act
                                              of sufficient strength have been known                     Soundscapes are also defined by, and               of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which
                                              to cause injury to fish and fish                        acoustic habitat influenced by, the total             (i) has the potential to injure a marine
                                              mortality. The most likely impact to fish               contribution of anthropogenic sound.                  mammal or marine mammal stock in the
                                              from survey activities at the project area              This may include incidental emissions                 wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has
                                              would be temporary avoidance of the                     from sources such as vessel traffic, or               the potential to disturb a marine
                                              area. The duration of fish avoidance of                 may be intentionally introduced to the                mammal or marine mammal stock in the
                                              a given area after survey effort stops is               marine environment for data acquisition               wild by causing disruption of behavioral
                                              unknown, but a rapid return to normal                   purposes (as in the use of airgun arrays).            patterns, including, but not limited to,
                                              recruitment, distribution and behavior                  Anthropogenic noise varies widely in its              migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,
                                              is anticipated.                                         frequency content, duration, and                      feeding, or sheltering (Level B
                                                 Information on seismic airgun                        loudness and these characteristics                    harassment).
                                              impacts to zooplankton, which                           greatly influence the potential habitat-                 Authorized takes would be by Level B
                                              represent an important prey type for                    mediated effects to marine mammals                    harassment only, in the form of
                                              mysticetes, is limited. However,                        (please see also the previous discussion              disruption of behavioral patterns for
                                              McCauley et al. (2017) reported that                    on masking under ‘‘Acoustic Effects’’),               individual marine mammals resulting
                                              experimental exposure to a pulse from                   which may range from local effects for                from exposure to airguns. Based on the
                                              a 150 in3 airgun decreased zooplankton                  brief periods of time to chronic effects              nature of the activity, the cryptic
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              abundance when compared with                            over large areas and for long durations.              behavior and low density for kogia spp
                                              controls, as measured by sonar and net                  Depending on the extent of effects to                 (the only high-frequency cetacean
                                              tows, and caused a two- to threefold                    habitat, animals may alter their                      authorized for take) within the action
                                              increase in dead adult and larval                       communications signals (thereby                       areas, and the anticipated effectiveness
                                              zooplankton. Although no adult krill                    potentially expending additional                      of the mitigation measures (i.e.,
                                              were present, the study found that all                  energy) or miss acoustic cues (either                 shutdown and a minimum vessel
                                              larval krill were killed after airgun                   conspecific or adventitious). For more                distance of 100 m from large whales—


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices                                                                     25285

                                              discussed in detail below in the                          harassed (equated to Level B                                        (e.g., seismic airguns) or intermittent
                                              Proposed Mitigation section), Level A                     harassment) or to incur PTS of some                                 (e.g., scientific sonar) sources. USGS’s
                                              harassment is neither anticipated nor                     degree (equated to Level A harassment).                             proposed activity includes the use of
                                              proposed to be authorized.                                  Level B Harassment for non-explosive                              impulsive seismic sources. Therefore,
                                                 As described previously, no mortality                  sources—Though significantly driven by                              the 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms) criteria is
                                              is anticipated or proposed to be                          received level, the onset of behavioral                             applicable for analysis of level B
                                              authorized for this activity. Below we                    disturbance from anthropogenic noise                                harassment.
                                              describe how the take is estimated.                       exposure is also informed to varying
                                                                                                                                                                               Level A harassment for non-explosive
                                                 Described in the most basic way, we                    degrees by other factors related to the
                                                                                                                                                                            sources—NMFS’ Technical Guidance
                                              estimate take by considering: (1)                         source (e.g., frequency, predictability,
                                                                                                                                                                            for Assessing the Effects of
                                              Acoustic thresholds above which NMFS                      duty cycle), the environment (e.g.,
                                                                                                                                                                            Anthropogenic Sound on Marine
                                              believes the best available science                       bathymetry), and the receiving animals
                                                                                                                                                                            Mammal Hearing (Technical Guidance,
                                              indicates marine mammals will be                          (hearing, motivation, experience,
                                                                                                                                                                            2016) identifies dual criteria to assess
                                              behaviorally harassed or incur some                       demography, behavioral context) and
                                                                                                                                                                            auditory injury (Level A harassment) to
                                              degree of permanent hearing                               can be difficult to predict (Southall et
                                                                                                        al., 2007, Ellison et al., 2011). Based on                          five different marine mammal groups
                                              impairment; (2) the area or volume of
                                                                                                        what the available science indicates and                            (based on hearing sensitivity) as a result
                                              water that will be ensonified above
                                                                                                        the practical need to use a threshold                               of exposure to noise from two different
                                              these levels in a day; (3) the density or
                                                                                                        based on a factor that is both predictable                          types of sources (impulsive or non-
                                              occurrence of marine mammals within
                                                                                                        and measurable for most activities,                                 impulsive). As described above, USGS’s
                                              these ensonified areas; and, (4) and the
                                                                                                        NMFS uses a generalized acoustic                                    proposed activity includes the use of
                                              number of days of activities. Below, we
                                                                                                        threshold based on received level to                                intermittent and impulsive seismic
                                              describe these components in more
                                                                                                        estimate the onset of behavioral                                    sources. These thresholds are provided
                                              detail and present the proposed take
                                                                                                        harassment. NMFS predicts that marine                               in Table 4.
                                              estimate.
                                                                                                        mammals are likely to be behaviorally                                  These thresholds are provided in the
                                              Acoustic Thresholds                                       harassed in a manner we consider Level                              table below. The references, analysis,
                                                Using the best available science,                       B harassment when exposed to                                        and methodology used in the
                                              NMFS has developed acoustic                               underwater anthropogenic noise above                                development of the thresholds are
                                              thresholds that identify the received                     received levels of 120 dB re 1 mPa (rms)                            described in NMFS 2016 Technical
                                              level of underwater sound above which                     for continuous (e.g., vibratory pile-                               Guidance, which may be accessed at:
                                              exposed marine mammals would be                           driving, drilling) and above 160 dB re 1                            http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/acoustics/
                                              reasonably expected to be behaviorally                    mPa (rms) for non-explosive impulsive                               guidelines.htm.

                                                                         TABLE 4—THRESHOLDS IDENTIFYING THE ONSET OF PERMANENT THRESHOLD SHIFT
                                                                                                                                                  PTS onset acoustic thresholds * (received level)
                                                                      Hearing group
                                                                                                                                                       Impulsive                                             Non-impulsive

                                              Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans ......................................   Cell   1:   Lpk,flat:   219   dB; LE,LF,24h: 183 dB .........................   Cell   2: LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
                                              Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans ......................................   Cell   3:   Lpk,flat:   230   dB;LE,MF,24h: 185 dB .........................    Cell   4: LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
                                              High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans .....................................   Cell   5:   Lpk,flat:   202   dB;LE,HF,24h: 155 dB .........................    Cell   6: LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
                                              Phocid Pinnipeds (PW) (Underwater) .............................      Cell   7:   Lpk,flat:   218   dB;LE,PW,24h: 185 dB .........................    Cell   8: LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
                                              Otariid Pinnipeds (OW) (Underwater) .............................     Cell   9:   Lpk,flat:   232   dB;LE,OW,24h: 203 dB ........................     Cell   10: LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
                                                 * Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for calculating PTS onset. If a non-impul-
                                              sive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds should
                                              also be considered.
                                                 Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 μPa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE) has a reference value of 1μPa2s.
                                              In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American National Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However, peak sound pressure
                                              is defined by ANSI as incorporating frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript ‘‘flat’’ is being
                                              included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the generalized hearing range. The subscript associated
                                              with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates the designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF
                                              cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds) and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level
                                              thresholds could be exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible, it is valuable for
                                              action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be exceeded.


                                              Ensonified Area                                           isopleths corresponding to the threshold                            velocity half-space (infinite
                                                                                                        for Level B harassment (160 dB re 1 mPa)                            homogeneous ocean layer unbounded
                                                Here, we describe operational and
                                                                                                        were calculated for both proposed array                             by a seafloor). In addition, propagation
                                              environmental parameters of the activity
                                              that will feed into identifying the area                  configurations based on results of                                  measurements of pulses from a 36-
                                              ensonified above the acoustic                             modeling performed by LDEO’s Nucleus                                airgun array at a tow depth of 6 m have
                                              thresholds.                                               Model. Received sound levels were                                   been reported in deep water (∼1,600 m),
                                                                                                        predicted by LDEO’s model (Diebold et                               intermediate water depth on the slope
                                                The proposed survey would entail the
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              use of a 4-airgun array with a total                      al., 2010) as a function of distance from                           (∼600–1,100 m), and shallow water (∼50
                                              maximum discharge of 840 in3 for                          the airgun array. The LDEO modeling                                 m) in the Gulf of Mexico in 2007–2008
                                              operations that occur at water depths                     approach uses ray tracing for the direct                            (Tolstoy et al., 2009; Diebold et al.,
                                              greater than 1,000 m and 420 in3 for                      wave traveling from the array to the                                2010). The estimated distances to Level
                                              operations that occur at water depths of                  receiver and its associated source ghost                            B harassment isopleths for the two
                                              1,000 m or less with at a tow depth of                    (reflection at the air-water interface in                           proposed configurations of the R/V
                                              3 m. The distances to the predicted                       the vicinity of the array), in a constant-


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014    18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000    Frm 00019     Fmt 4701         Sfmt 4703     E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM        31MYN3


                                              25286                           Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices

                                              Hugh R. Sharp airgun array are shown
                                              in Table 5.

                                                     TABLE 5—MODELED RADIAL DISTANCES [m (km2)] FROM R/V HUGH R. SHARP’S AIRGUN ARRAY TO ISOPLETHS
                                                                          CORRESPONDING TO LEVEL B HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS
                                                                                                                                                                                       Predicted RMS radii
                                                                                                                                                    Tow depth       Water depth                (m)
                                                                                      Source and volume                                                (m)             (m)
                                                                                                                                                                                                 160 dB

                                              Base Configuration (Configuration 1): Four 105 in3 GI-guns ....................................                   3       >1,000   m   1,091   m   (3.7 km2).1
                                                                                                                                                                     100–1,000   m   1,637   m   (8.42 km2).2
                                              GG Configuration (Configuration 2): Four 210 in3 GI-guns .......................................                  3       >1,000   m   1,244   m   (4.86 km2).1
                                                                                                                                                                     100–1,000   m   1,866   m   (10.94k m2).2
                                                 1 Distance    is based on L–DEO model results.
                                                 2 Distance    is based on L–DEO model results with a 1.5× correction factor between deep and intermediate water depths.


                                                For modeling of radial distances to                        The values for SELcum and peak SPL                     In order to more realistically
                                              predicted isopleths corresponding to                       for the R/V Hugh R. Sharp airgun array                 incorporate the Technical Guidance’s
                                              harassment thresholds in deep water                        were derived from calculating the                      weighting functions over the seismic
                                              (>1,000 m), LDEO used the deep-water                       modified farfield signature (Table 6).                 array’s full acoustic band, unweighted
                                              radii for various SELs obtained from                       The farfield signature is often used as a              spectrum data for the R/V Hugh R.
                                              LDEO model results down to a                               theoretical representation of the source               Sharp’s airgun array (modeled in 1 Hz
                                              maximum water depth of 2,000 m (see                        level. To compute the farfield signature,              bands) was used to make adjustments
                                              Figures 4 and 5 in the IHA application).                   the source level is estimated at a large               (dB) to the unweighted spectrum levels,
                                              LDEO’s modeling methodology is                             distance below the array (e.g., 9 km),                 by frequency, according to the
                                              described in greater detail in the IHA                     and this level is back projected                       weighting functions for each relevant
                                              application (USGS, 2018) and we refer                      mathematically to a notional distance of               marine mammal hearing group. These
                                              to the reader to that document rather                      1 m from the array’s geometrical center.               adjusted/weighted spectrum levels were
                                              than repeating it here.                                    However, when the source is an array of                then converted to pressures (mPa) in
                                                                                                         multiple airguns separated in space, the               order to integrate them over the entire
                                                 Predicted distances to Level A                          source level from the theoretical farfield
                                              harassment isopleths, which vary based                                                                            broadband spectrum, resulting in
                                                                                                         signature is not necessarily the best                  broadband weighted source levels by
                                              on marine mammal functional hearing                        measurement of the source level that is
                                              groups (Table 4), were calculated based                                                                           hearing group that could be directly
                                                                                                         physically achieved at the source
                                              on modeling performed by LDEO using                                                                               incorporated within the User
                                                                                                         (Tolstoy et al., 2009). Near the source (at
                                              the Nucleus software program and the                                                                              Spreadsheet (i.e., to override the
                                                                                                         short ranges, distances <1 km), the
                                              NMFS User Spreadsheet, described                                                                                  Spreadsheet’s more simple weighting
                                                                                                         pulses of sound pressure from each
                                              below. The updated acoustic thresholds                     individual airgun in the source array do               factor adjustment). Using the User
                                              for impulsive sounds (such as airguns)                     not stack constructively, as they do for               Spreadsheet’s ‘‘safe distance’’
                                              contained in the Technical Guidance                        the theoretical farfield signature. The                methodology for mobile sources
                                              (NMFS, 2016) were presented as dual                        pulses from the different airguns spread               (described by Sivle et al., 2014) with the
                                              metric acoustic thresholds using both                      out in time such that the source levels                hearing group-specific weighted source
                                              SELcum and peak sound pressure level                       observed or modeled are the result of                  levels, and inputs assuming spherical
                                              metrics. As dual metrics, NMFS                             the summation of pulses from a few                     spreading propagation, a source velocity
                                              considers onset of PTS (Level A                            airguns, not the full array (Tolstoy et al.,           of 2.06 m/second and a shot interval of
                                              harassment) to have occurred when                          2009). At larger distances, away from                  12.15 seconds, potential radial distances
                                              either one of the two metrics is                           the source array center, sound pressure                to auditory injury zones were calculated
                                              exceeded (i.e., metric resulting in the                    of all the airguns in the array stack                  for Peak SPLflat and SELcum thresholds,
                                              largest isopleth). The SELcum metric                       coherently, but not within one time                    for both array configurations. Source
                                              considers both level and duration of                       sample, resulting in smaller source                    level Inputs to the User Spreadsheet are
                                              exposure, as well as auditory weighting                    levels (a few dB) than the source level                shown in Table 6 (inputs to the user
                                              functions by marine mammal hearing                         derived from the farfield signature.                   spreadsheet also included the source
                                              group. In recognition of the fact that the                 Because the farfield signature does not                velocity and shot interval listed above).
                                              requirement to calculate Level A                           take into account the array effect near                Outputs from the User Spreadsheet in
                                              harassment ensonified areas could be                       the source and is calculated as a point                the form of estimated distances to Level
                                              more technically challenging to predict                    source, the modified farfield signature is             A harassment isopleths are shown in
                                              due to the duration component and the                      a more appropriate measure of the                      Table 7. The larger distance of the dual
                                              use of weighting functions in the new                      sound source level for distributed sound               criteria (SELcum or Peak SPLflat) is used
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              SELcum thresholds, NMFS developed an                       sources, such as airgun arrays. Though                 for estimating takes by Level A
                                              optional User Spreadsheet that includes                    the array effect is not expected to be as              harassment. The weighting functions
                                              tools to help predict a simple isopleth                    pronounced in the case of a 4-airgun                   used are shown in Appendix C of the
                                              that can be used in conjunction with                       array as it would be with a larger airgun              IHA application.
                                              marine mammal density or occurrence                        array, the modified farfield method is
                                              to facilitate the estimation of take                       considered more appropriate than use of
                                              numbers.                                                   the theoretical farfield signature.


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014     18:21 May 30, 2018    Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00020   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices                                                                                                     25287

                                                                  TABLE 6—MODELED SOURCE LEVELS ** (dB) FOR THE R/V HUGH R. SHARP’S AIRGUN ARRAY
                                                                                                            Configuration                Configuration              Configuration              Configuration              Configuration             Configuration
                                                                                                                  1*                           1*                         2*                         2*                         3*                        3*
                                                               Functional hearing group                      4 x 105 cu3                  4 x 105 cu3                4 x 210 cu3                4 x 210 cu3                2 x 105 cu3               2 x 105 cu3
                                                                                                               SELcum                    Peak SPLflat                  SELcum                  Peak SPLflat                  SELcum                 Peak SPLflat

                                              Low frequency cetaceans (Lpk,flat: 219 dB; LE,LF,24h:       214 ..................       239 ..................     215 ..................     240 ..................     208 ..................     235
                                                183 dB).
                                              Mid frequency cetaceans (Lpk,flat: 230 dB; LE,MF,24h:       214 ..................       N/A ..................     215 ..................     N/A ..................     208 ..................     234
                                                185 dB).
                                              High frequency cetaceans (Lpk,flat: 202 dB; LE,HF,24h:      214 ..................       239 ..................     215 ..................     240 ..................     208 ..................     235
                                                155 dB).
                                                * All configurations have the following airgun specifications: 3 m tow depth; 2 m separation in the fore-aft direction; 8.6 m separation in the port (starboard direction).
                                                ** Source Levels were rounded to nearest whole number. See Appendix C of IHA Application for exact value.

                                                      TABLE 7—MODELED RADIAL DISTANCES [m(m2)] FROM R/V HUGH R. SHARP’S AIRGUN ARRAY TO ISOPLETHS
                                                                          CORRESPONDING TO LEVEL A HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS
                                                                                                                                       Configuration 1
                                                                                                          Configuration 1               4 x 105 cu3               Configuration 2            Configuration 2            Configuration 3            Configuration 3
                                                               Functional hearing group                    4 x 105 cu3                 3m tow depth,               4 x 210 cu3                4 x 210 cu3                2 x 105 cu3                2 x 105 cu3
                                                                                                             SELcum                                                  SELcum                   Peak SPLflat                 SELcum                   Peak SPLflat
                                                                                                                                        Peak SPLflat

                                              Low frequency cetaceans (Lpk,flat: 219 dB; LE,LF,24h:       31 m (3,019                  10.03 m (316               39.5 m (4,902              11.56 m (42 0              10.6 m (353                6.52 m (134
                                                183 dB).                                                    m2).                         m2).                       m2).                       m2).                       m2).                       m2)
                                              Mid frequency cetaceans (Lpk,flat: 230 dB; LE,MF,24h:       0 ......................     0 ......................   0 ......................   0 ......................   0 ......................   1.58 m (8 m2)
                                                185 dB).
                                              High frequency cetaceans (Lpk,flat: 202 dB; LE,HF,24h:      0 ......................     70.426 m                   0.1 (.03 m2) .....         80.50 m                    0 ......................   42.32 m (5,627
                                                155 dB).                                                                                 (15,582 m2).                                          (20,358 m2).                                          m 2)



                                                 Note that because of some of the                       Roberts et al. (2016). This couples                                                  exemplary seismic line and linking/
                                              assumptions included in the methods                       traditional distance sampling with                                                   interseismic line. The Level B and Level
                                              used, isopleths produced may be                           multivariate regression modeling to                                                  A takes for each species in each 10 km
                                              overestimates to some degree. However,                    produce density maps predicted from                                                  x 10 km block of the IMG density grids
                                              these tools offer the best way to predict                 fine-scale environmental covariates                                                  were calculated based on the fractional
                                              appropriate isopleths when more                           (e.g., Becker et al., 2014).                                                         area of each block intersected by the
                                              sophisticated 3D modeling methods are                        In addition to the density information                                            Level A and Level B zones for LF, MF,
                                              not available, and NMFS continues to                      provided by Roberts et al. (2016), best                                              and HF cetaceans. Summing takes along
                                              develop ways to quantitatively refine                     available data on average group sizes                                                all of the lines yields the total take for
                                              these tools and will qualitatively                        taken from sightings in the western                                                  each species for the Proposed Action for
                                              address the output where appropriate.                     North Atlantic were also used. This is                                               the Base (Configuration 1) and Optimal
                                              For mobile sources, such as the                           discussed more in the section below.                                                 (Configuration 2) surveys. The method
                                              proposed seismic survey, the User                                                                                                              also yields take for each survey line
                                              Spreadsheet predicts the closest                          Take Calculation and Estimation                                                      individually, allowing examination of
                                              distance at which a stationary animal                       Here we describe how the information                                               those exemplary lines that will yield the
                                              would not incur PTS if the sound source                   provided above is brought together to                                                largest or smallest take. No Level A
                                              traveled by the animal in a straight line                 produce a quantitative take estimate. To                                             takes were calculated while using this
                                              at a constant speed.                                      estimate marine mammal exposures, the                                                method.
                                              Marine Mammal Occurrence                                  USGS used published, quantitative                                                       As indicated earlier, estimated
                                                                                                        density models by Roberts et al. (2016)                                              numbers of individuals potentially
                                                 In this section we provide the                         for the Survey Area, which is entirely                                               exposed to sound above the Level B
                                              information about the presence, density,                  within the U.S. EEZ. These models are                                                harassment threshold are based on the
                                              or group dynamics of marine mammals                       provided at 10 km x 10 km resolution                                                 160-dB re 1mPa (rms) criterion for all
                                              that will inform the take calculations.                   in ArcGIS compatible IMG grids on the                                                cetaceans. It is assumed that marine
                                              The best available scientific information                 Duke University cetacean density                                                     mammals exposed to airgun sounds that
                                              was considered in conducting marine                       website (http://seamap.env.duke.edu/                                                 strong could change their behavior
                                              mammal exposure estimates (the basis                      models/Duke-EC-GOM-2015). When                                                       sufficiently to be considered taken by
                                              for estimating take). For all cetacean                    available, the cetacean density models                                               harassment. Table 8 shows the estimates
                                              species, densities calculated by Roberts                  for Month 8 (August) were used.                                                      of the number of cetaceans that
                                              et al. (2016) were used. These represent                  Otherwise, the generic annual density                                                potentially could be exposed to ≥160 dB
                                              the most comprehensive and recent                         model was employed. Only a single                                                    re 1 mPa (rms) during the Proposed
                                              density data available for cetacean                       density model is provided for the Kogia                                              Action for the Base Survey and the
                                              species in the survey area. Roberts et al.                guild (dwarf and sperm pygmy whales),                                                Optimal Survey if no animals moved
                                              (2016) retained 21,946 cetacean                           beaked whale guild (Blainville’s,                                                    away from the survey vessel. The
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              sightings for analysis, omitted 4,786                     Cuvier’s, Gervais’, Sowerby’s, and                                                   proposed takes in Table 8 represents 25
                                              sightings, and modeled 25 individual                      True’s beaked whales), and for pilot                                                 percent more than the number of takes
                                              species and 3 multi-species guilds. In                    whales.                                                                              calculated using the ArcGIS-based
                                              order to procure density models for                         To determine takes, the USGS                                                       quantitative method devised by the
                                              species, Roberts et al. (2016) used an                    combined the Duke density grids with                                                 USGS. This was used as a preventive
                                              approach known as density surface                         Level A and B zones (See Tables 5 and                                                measure to account for potential
                                              modeling, as seen in DoN (2007) and                       7) arrayed on either side of each                                                    additional seismic operations that may


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014     18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000    Frm 00021             Fmt 4701       Sfmt 4703       E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM                  31MYN3


                                              25288                                        Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices

                                              occur after repeat coverage of any areas                                     the action area (Roberts et al. 2016)                                             time, likely logistical challenges
                                              where initial data quality is sub-                                           resulting in low calculated incidents of                                          (compressor and GI gun repairs), time
                                              standard.                                                                    potential exposures. As a result, NMFS                                            spent on transits and refueling, and the
                                                Also, as shown in Table 8, rough                                           relied on average group size data to                                              historical problems with weather during
                                              toothed dolphin, sei whale, and                                              propose the take of a single group of                                             August in the Northwest Atlantic. The
                                              humpback whale calculated takes were                                         these species as a precautionary                                                  USGS calculated timelines indicate that
                                              increased to account for the average size                                    measure in case the survey encounters                                             25 days, including contingency, could
                                              of one group for each species. Takes for                                     them. This is discussed further below                                             be required to complete the full survey
                                              rare species of marine mammals in the                                        Table 8.                                                                          pattern. However, only 22 days or fewer
                                              action area were also increased to the                                         The calculated takes in Table 8 also                                            would be scheduled for this USGS
                                              average size of one group. Rare species                                      assume that the proposed surveys                                                  survey. The lines that are actually
                                              that could be encountered and taken                                          would be completed. However, it is                                                acquired would be dependent on
                                              during the surveys are not presented in                                      unlikely that the entire survey pattern                                           weather, strength of the Gulf Stream
                                              Table 8, but are presented in Table 9.                                       (exemplary lines plus 50 percent of the                                           (affects ability to tow the streamer in the
                                              These species were omitted from Table                                        interseismic, linking lines) would be                                             appropriate geometry), and other
                                              8 due to their low reported densities in                                     completed given the limitations on ship                                           considerations.
                                                      TABLE 8—CALCULATED INCIDENTS OF POTENTIAL EXPOSURE FOR LEVEL B AND LEVEL A HARASSMENT BASED ON
                                                               DENSITY ESTIMATES FROM ROBERTS et al. (2016) AND USGS GIS TAKE METHODOLOGY
                                                                                                                      [As discussed, table omits rare species discussed below]

                                                                                                                           Base survey                               Optimal survey                       Max Level A    Max Level B
                                                                                                                                                                                                            take for       take for               Proposed               Proposed
                                                                                                                                                                                                           optimal or     optimal or                 take                  take
                                                                          Species
                                                                                                                       Level A          Level B                Level A                Level B                 base           base                 (all Level              as % of
                                                                                                                                                                                                            surveys        surveys                    B) 6                 pop.1
                                                                                                                                                                                                             +25%           +25%

                                                                                                                                            Low Frequency Cetaceans

                                              Humpback whale ...............................................                     0                    0                      0                      0              0                      0                    52                  <0.1
                                              Sei whale ...........................................................              0                    1                      0                      1              0                      1                    72                  2.04
                                              Fin whale ...........................................................              0                    4                      0                      4              0                      5                      5                  0.1

                                                                                                                                            Mid-Frequency Cetaceans

                                              Sperm whale .....................................................                  0                119                         0                 128                0                  160                    160                      2.9
                                              Cuvier’s beaked whale ......................................                       0                2 94                        0               2 103                0                2 128                  2 128                    <0.1
                                              True’s beaked whale .........................................                      0   ....................                     0    ....................            0     ....................   ....................   ....................
                                              Gervais beaked whale ......................................                        0   ....................                     0    ....................            0     ....................   ....................   ....................
                                              Sowerby’s beaked whale ..................................                          0   ....................                     0    ....................            0     ....................   ....................   ....................
                                              Blainville’s beaked whale ..................................                       0   ....................                     0    ....................            0     ....................   ....................   ....................
                                              Rough-toothed dolphin ......................................                       0                     4                      0                      5             0                       8                  3 10                    1.9
                                              Common bottlenose dolphin .............................                            0                 572                        0                  606               0                   757                    757                     0.8
                                              Pantropical spotted dolphin ...............................                        0                   38                       0                    40              0                     50                     50                    1.1
                                              Atlantic spotted dolphin .....................................                     0               1191                         0                1278                0                 1598                   1598                      2.9
                                              Striped dolphin ..................................................                 0               1086                         0                1167                0                 1458                   1458                      1.9
                                              Short-beaked common dolphin .........................                              0               1253                         0                1296                0                 1620                   1620                      1.9
                                              Risso’s dolphin ..................................................                 0                 181                        0                  189               0                   236                    236                        3
                                              Long-finned pilot whale .....................................                      0               4 215                        0                4 231               0                 4 288                  4 288                     1.5
                                              Short-finned pilot whale ....................................                      0   ....................   ....................   ....................            0     ....................   ....................   ....................
                                              Clymene’s dolphin .............................................                    0                   91                       0                    97              0                   121                    121                        1

                                                                                                                                           High-Frequency Cetaceans

                                              Pygmy/dwarf sperm whale ................................                           0                    6                      0                      7              0                      9                      9                   0.2
                                                 1 Based on mean abundance estimates from Roberts et al. (2016).
                                                 2 Valuesfor density, proposed take number, and percentage of population proposed for authorization are for all beaked whales combined.
                                                 3 Based on one average group size for rough toothed dolphin (Jefferson 2015).
                                                4 Values for density, proposed take number, and percentage of population proposed for authorization are for short-finned and long-finned pilot whales combined.
                                                4 Based on one average group size for humpback whales (Waring 2008). Very small take requested because these species are very abundant, but the calculated
                                              take is zero based on the Duke density maps, which cannot capture all of the complexity in species distribution. Summer seasonal sightings compiled from the OBIS
                                              database (See Figure 6 of IHA Application) show that humpback whales have been seen in the northern part of the Proposed Action area during August.
                                                6 Values are the same proposed take numbers shown in Table 9 below. Table 9 includes proposed take of rare species discussed below.
                                                7 Based on one average group size for sei whale in the western Atlantic (NMFS 2017).




                                                 Certain species potentially present in                                    assuming that one group of each of these                                          NMFS, 2010a, 2011, 2012, 2013a, 2014,
                                              the proposed survey areas are expected                                       species might be encountered once by a                                            2015a; Waring et al., 2007, 2015). It is
                                              to be encountered only extremely rarely,                                     given survey. With the exception of the                                           important to note that our proposal to
                                              if at all. Although Roberts et al. (2016)                                    northern bottlenose whale, none of                                                authorize take equating to harassment of
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              provide density models for these species                                     these species should be considered                                                one group of each of these species is not
                                              (with the exception of the pygmy killer                                      cryptic (i.e., difficult to observe when                                          equivalent to expected exposure. We do
                                              whale), due to the small numbers of                                          present) versus rare (i.e., not likely to be                                      not expect that these rarely occurring (in
                                              sightings that underlie these models’                                        present). Average group size was                                                  the proposed survey area) species will
                                              predictions we believe it appropriate to                                     determined by considering known                                                   be exposed at all but provide a
                                              account for the small likelihood that                                        sightings in the western North Atlantic                                           precautionary authorization of take. We
                                              these species would be encountered by                                        (CETAP, 1982; Hansen et al., 1994;


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014           18:21 May 30, 2018            Jkt 244001       PO 00000   Frm 00022          Fmt 4701         Sfmt 4703         E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM              31MYN3


                                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices                                            25289

                                              provide a brief description for each of                 suggests that false killer whales may be              propose take of a single group of a
                                              these species below.                                    naturally uncommon throughout their                   maximum of 50 whales.
                                                 Northern Bottlenose Whale—Northern                   range. Roberts et al. (2016) produced a                  Spinner Dolphin—Distribution of
                                              bottlenose whales are considered                        stratified density model on the basis of              spinner dolphins in the Atlantic is
                                              extremely rare in U.S. Atlantic waters,                 two false killer whale sightings (Roberts             poorly known, but they are thought to
                                              with only five NMFS sightings. The                      et al., 2015m), and NMFS produced the                 occur in deep water along most of the
                                              southern extent of distribution is                      first abundance estimate for false killer             U.S. coast south to the West Indies and
                                              generally considered to be                              whales on the basis of one sighting                   Venezuela (Waring et al., 2014). There
                                              approximately Nova Scotia (though                       during 2011 shipboard surveys (Waring                 have been a handful of sightings in
                                              Mitchell and Kozicki (1975) reported                    et al., 2015). Similar to the killer whale,           deeper waters off the northeast United
                                              stranding records as far south as Rhode                 we believe survey encounters would be                 States and one sighting during a 2011
                                              Island), and there have been no                         unlikely but could occur anywhere                     NOAA shipboard survey off North
                                              sightings within the proposed survey                    within the proposed survey area and at                Carolina, as well as stranding records
                                              areas. Whitehead and Wimmer (2005)                      any time of year. Mullin et al. (2004)                from North Carolina south to Florida
                                              estimated the size of the population on                 reported a mean false killer whale group              and Puerto Rico (Waring et al., 2014).
                                              the Scotian Shelf at 163 whales (95                     size of 27.5 from the Gulf of Mexico,                 Roberts et al. (2016) provide a stratified
                                              percent CI 119–214). Whitehead and                      and May-Collado et al. (2005) described               density model on the basis of two
                                              Hooker (2012) report that northern                      mean group size of 36.2 whales off the                sightings (Roberts et al., 2015i).
                                              bottlenose whales are found north of                    Pacific coast of Costa Rica. The few                  Regarding group size, Mullin et al.
                                              approximately 37.5° N and prefer deep                   sightings from CETAP (1982) and from                  (2004) report a mean of 91.3 in the Gulf
                                              waters along the continental slope.                     NOAA shipboard surveys give an                        of Mexico; May-Collado (2005) describe
                                              Roberts et al. (2016) produced a                        average group size of 10.3 whales. As a               a mean of 100.6 off the Pacific coast of
                                              stratified density model on the basis of                precaution, we propose take of one                    Costa Rica; and CETAP (1982) sightings
                                              four sightings in the vicinity of Georges               group with a maximum group size of 28                 in the Atlantic yield a mean group size
                                              Bank (Roberts et al., 2015b). The five                  whales, as reported from the Gulf of                  of 42.5 dolphins. As a precaution, we
                                              sightings in U.S. waters yield a mean                   Mexico.                                               will propose taking a single group with
                                              group size of 2.2 whales, while                            Pygmy Killer Whale—The pygmy                       a maximum size of 91 dolphins (derived
                                              MacLeod and D’Amico report a mean                       killer whale is distributed worldwide in              from mean group size reported in
                                              group size of 3.6. Here, we propose take                tropical to sub-tropical waters, and is               Mullin et al. 2004).
                                              of one group of with a maximum group                    assumed to be part of the cetacean fauna                 Fraser’s Dolphin—As was stated for
                                              size of four whales.                                    of the tropical western North Atlantic                both the pygmy killer whale and melon-
                                                 Killer Whale—Killer whales are also                  (Jefferson et al., 1994; Waring et al.,               headed whale, the Fraser’s dolphin is
                                              considered rare in U.S. Atlantic waters                 2007). Pygmy killer whales are rarely                 distributed worldwide in tropical
                                              (Katona et al., 1988; Forney and Wade,                  observed by NOAA surveys outside the                  waters, and is assumed to be part of the
                                              2006), constituting 0.1 percent of marine               Gulf of Mexico—one group was                          cetacean fauna of the tropical western
                                              mammal sightings in the 1978–81                         observed off of Cape Hatteras in 1992—                North Atlantic (Perrin et al., 1994;
                                              Cetacean and Turtle Assessment                          and the rarity of such sightings may be               Waring et al., 2007). The paucity of
                                              Program surveys (CETAP, 1982). Roberts                  due to a naturally low number of groups               sightings of this species may be due to
                                              et al. (2016) produced a stratified                     compared to other cetacean species                    naturally low abundance compared to
                                              density model on the basis of four killer               (Waring et al., 2007). NMFS has never                 other cetacean species (Waring et al.,
                                              whale sightings (Roberts et al., 2015g),                produced an abundance estimate for                    2007). Despite possibly being more
                                              though Lawson and Stevens (2014)                        this species and Roberts et al. (2016)                common in the Gulf of Mexico than in
                                              provide a minimum abundance estimate                    were not able to produce a density                    other parts of its range (Dolar 2009),
                                              of 67 photo-identified individual killer                model for the species. The 1992 sighting              there were only five reported sightings
                                              whales. Available information suggests                  was of six whales; therefore, we propose              during NOAA surveys from 1992–2009.
                                              that survey encounters with killer                      take of one group with a maximum                      In the Atlantic, NOAA surveys have
                                              whales would be unlikely but could                      group size of six whales.                             yielded only two sightings (Roberts et
                                              occur anywhere within the proposed                         Melon-headed Whale—Similar to the                  al., 2015f). May-Collado et al. (2005)
                                              survey area and at any time of year (e.g.,              pygmy killer whale, the melon-headed                  reported a single observation of 158
                                              Lawson and Stevens, 2014). Silber et al.                whale is distributed worldwide in                     Fraser’s dolphins off the Pacific coast of
                                              (1994) reported observations of two and                 tropical to sub-tropical waters, and is               Costa Rica, and Waring et al. (2007)
                                              15 killer whales in the Gulf of California              assumed to be part of the cetacean fauna              describe a single observation of 250
                                              (mean group size 8.5), while May-                       of the tropical western North Atlantic                Fraser’s dolphins in the Atlantic, off
                                              Collado et al. (2005) described mean                    (Jefferson et al., 1994; Waring et al.,               Cape Hatteras. Therefore, we propose
                                              group size of 3.6 whales off the Pacific                2007). Melon-headed whales are rarely                 take of a single group with a maximum
                                              coast of Costa Rica. Based on 12 CETAP                  observed by NOAA surveys outside the                  group size of 204 dolphins (derived
                                              sightings and one group observed                        Gulf of Mexico—groups were observed                   from average of May-Collado et al. 2005
                                              during NOAA surveys (CETAP, 1982;                       off of Cape Hatteras in 1999 and 2002—                and Waring et al. 2007 sightings data).
                                              NMFS, 2014), the average group size in                  and the rarity of such sightings may be                  Atlantic White-sided Dolphin—White-
                                              the Atlantic is 6.8 whales. Therefore, we               due to a naturally low number of groups               sided dolphins are found in temperate
                                              propose take of one group with a                        compared to other cetacean species                    and sub-polar continental shelf waters
                                              maximum group size of seven whales.                     (Waring et al., 2007). NMFS has never                 of the North Atlantic, primarily in the
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                                 False Killer Whale—Although records                  produced an abundance estimate for                    Gulf of Maine and north into Canadian
                                              of false killer whales from the U.S.                    this species and Roberts et al. (2016)                waters (Waring et al., 2016). Palka et al.
                                              Atlantic are uncommon, a combination                    produced a stratified density model on                (1997) suggest the existence of stocks in
                                              of sighting, stranding, and bycatch                     the basis of four sightings (Roberts et al.,          the Gulf of Maine, Gulf of St. Lawrence,
                                              records indicates that this species does                2015d). The two sightings reported by                 and Labrador Sea. Stranding records
                                              occur in the western North Atlantic                     Waring et al. (2007) yield an average                 from Virginia and North Carolina
                                              (Waring et al., 2015). Baird (2009)                     group size of 50 whales; therefore, we                suggest a southerly winter range extent


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00023   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                              25290                                    Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices

                                              of approximately 35° N (Waring et al.,                                     representing probable habitat, from                                         group size estimate of 47.7 dolphins,
                                              2016); therefore, it is possible that the                                  warm southern waters, where white-                                          while Weinrich et al. (2001) reported a
                                              proposed surveys could encounter                                           sided dolphins are likely not present                                       mean group size of 52 dolphins. Due to
                                              white-sided dolphins. Roberts et al.                                       (Roberts et al., 2015k). Over 600                                           this data, we propose take of a single
                                              (2016) elected to split their study area                                   observations of Atlantic white-sided                                        group with a maximum group size of 48
                                              at the north wall of the Gulf Stream,                                      dolphins during CETAP (1982) and                                            dolphins.
                                              separating the cold northern waters,                                       during NMFS surveys provide a mean

                                                                                         TABLE 9—NUMBERS OF INCIDENTAL TAKE PROPOSED FOR AUTHORIZATION
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Proposed           Proposed
                                                                                                                       Species                                                                                  Level B take **     Level A take

                                              Humpback whale .........................................................................................................................................                          2                  0
                                              Sei whale .....................................................................................................................................................                   2                  0
                                              Fin whale .....................................................................................................................................................                   5                  0
                                              Sperm whale ................................................................................................................................................                   160                   0
                                              Kogia spp. ....................................................................................................................................................                   9                  0
                                              Beaked whales ............................................................................................................................................                     128                   0
                                              Northern bottlenose whale * .........................................................................................................................                            *4                  0
                                              Rough-toothed dolphin ................................................................................................................................                           10                  0
                                              Common bottlenose dolphin ........................................................................................................................                             757                   0
                                              Clymene dolphin ..........................................................................................................................................                     121                   0
                                              Atlantic spotted dolphin ...............................................................................................................................                     1,598                   0
                                              Pantropical spotted dolphin .........................................................................................................................                            50                  0
                                              Spinner dolphin * ..........................................................................................................................................                   * 91                  0
                                              Striped dolphin .............................................................................................................................................                1,458                   0
                                              Short-beaked common dolphin ....................................................................................................................                             1,620                   0
                                              Fraser’s dolphin * .........................................................................................................................................                 * 204                   0
                                              Atlantic white-sided dolphin * .......................................................................................................................                         * 48                  0
                                              Risso’s dolphin .............................................................................................................................................                  236                   0
                                              Melon-headed whale * .................................................................................................................................                         * 50                  0
                                              Pygmy killer whale * .....................................................................................................................................                       *6                  0
                                              False killer whale * .......................................................................................................................................                   * 28                  0
                                              Killer whale * ................................................................................................................................................                  *7                  0
                                              Pilot whales ..................................................................................................................................................                288                   0
                                                * Proposed Level B take for rare species represent take of a single group. The value given for the proposed Level B take is the maximum
                                              group size allowed for take.
                                                ** Proposed take numbers for non-rare species are the same as those reported in Table 8.


                                              Proposed Mitigation                                                        applicable, we carefully consider two                                       authorizations, as well as recommended
                                                                                                                         primary factors:                                                            best practices in Richardson et al.
                                                In order to issue an IHA under                                              (1) The manner in which, and the                                         (1995), Pierson et al. (1998), Weir and
                                              Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA,                                          degree to which, the successful                                             Dolman (2007), Nowacek et al. (2013),
                                              NMFS must set forth the permissible                                        implementation of the measure(s) is                                         Wright (2014), and Wright and
                                              methods of taking pursuant to such                                         expected to reduce impacts to marine                                        Cosentino (2015), and has incorporated
                                              activity, and other means of effecting                                     mammals, marine mammal species or                                           a suite of proposed mitigation measures
                                              the least practicable impact on such                                       stocks, and their habitat. This considers                                   into their project description based on
                                              species or stock and its habitat, paying                                   the nature of the potential adverse                                         the above sources.
                                              particular attention to rookeries, mating                                  impact being mitigated (likelihood,                                            To reduce the potential for
                                              grounds, and areas of similar                                              scope, range). It further considers the                                     disturbance from acoustic stimuli
                                              significance, and on the availability of                                   likelihood that the measure will be                                         associated with the activities, USGS has
                                              such species or stock for taking for                                       effective if implemented (probability of                                    proposed to implement the following
                                              certain subsistence uses (latter not                                       accomplishing the mitigating result if                                      mitigation measures for marine
                                              applicable for this action). NMFS                                          implemented as planned) the likelihood                                      mammals:
                                              regulations require applicants for                                         of effective implementation (probability                                       (1) Vessel-based visual mitigation
                                              incidental take authorizations to include                                  implemented as planned); and                                                monitoring;
                                              information about the availability and                                                                                                                    (2) Establishment of a marine
                                                                                                                            (2) The practicability of the measures
                                              feasibility (economic and technological)                                                                                                               mammal exclusion zone (EZ);
                                                                                                                         for applicant implementation, which                                            (3) Shutdown procedures;
                                              of equipment, methods, and manner of                                       may consider such things as cost,
                                              conducting such activity or other means                                                                                                                   (4) Ramp-up procedures; and
                                                                                                                         impact on operations, and, in the case                                         (5) Vessel strike avoidance measures.
                                              of effecting the least practicable adverse                                 of a military readiness activity,                                              In addition to the measures proposed
                                              impact upon the affected species or                                        personnel safety, practicality of                                           by USGS, NMFS has proposed the
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              stocks and their habitat (50 CFR                                           implementation, and impact on the                                           following mitigation measure:
                                              216.104(a)(11)).                                                           effectiveness of the military readiness                                     Establishment of a marine mammal
                                                In evaluating how mitigation may or                                      activity.                                                                   buffer zone.
                                              may not be appropriate to ensure the                                          USGS has reviewed mitigation                                                Protected Species Observer (PSO)
                                              least practicable adverse impact on                                        measures employed during seismic                                            observations would take place during all
                                              species or stocks and their habitat, as                                    research surveys authorized by NMFS                                         daytime airgun operations and
                                              well as subsistence uses where                                             under previous incidental harassment                                        nighttime start ups (if applicable) of the


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014         18:21 May 30, 2018          Jkt 244001      PO 00000        Frm 00024       Fmt 4701       Sfmt 4703       E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM             31MYN3


                                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices                                           25291

                                              airguns. If airguns are operating                       designated as the lead for the entire                 antipredator response) for marine
                                              throughout the night, observations                      protected species observation team. The               mammals at relatively close range to the
                                              would begin 30 minutes prior to                         lead will serve as primary point of                   acoustic source; (3) provide consistency
                                              sunrise. If airguns are operating after                 contact for the USGS scientist-in-charge              for PSOs, who need to monitor and
                                              sunset, observations would continue                     or his/her designee. The PSOs must                    implement the EZ; and (4) define a
                                              until 30 minutes following sunset.                      have successfully completed relevant                  distance within which detection
                                              Following a shutdown for any reason,                    training, including completion of all                 probabilities are reasonably high for
                                              observations would occur for at least 30                required coursework and passing a                     most species under typical conditions.
                                              minutes prior to the planned start of                   written and/or oral examination                         PSOs would also establish and
                                              airgun operations. Observations would                   developed for the training program, and               monitor an additional 100 m buffer zone
                                              also occur for 30 minutes after airgun                  must have successfully attained a                     beginning from the outside extant of the
                                              operations cease for any reason.                        bachelor’s degree from an accredited                  100 m EZ. During use of the acoustic
                                              Observations would also be made                         college or university with a major in one             source, occurrence of marine mammals
                                              during daytime periods when the R/V                     of the natural sciences and a minimum                 within the 100 m buffer zone would be
                                              Hugh R. Sharp is underway without                       of 30 semester hours or equivalent in                 communicated to the USGS scientist-in-
                                              seismic operations, such as during                      the biological sciences and at least one              charge or his/her designee to prepare for
                                              transits, to allow for comparison of                    undergraduate course in math or                       potential shutdown of the acoustic
                                              sighting rates and behavior with and                    statistics. The educational requirements              source. The 100 m buffer zone is
                                              without airgun operations and between                   may be waived if the PSO has acquired                 discussed further under Ramp-Up
                                              acquisition periods. Airgun operations                  the relevant skills through alternate                 Procedures below.
                                              would be suspended when marine                          training, including (1) secondary
                                                                                                                                                            Shutdown Procedures
                                              mammals are observed within, or about                   education and/or experience
                                              to enter, the designated Exclusion Zone                 comparable to PSO duties; (2) previous                  If a marine mammal is detected
                                              (EZ) (as described below).                              work experience conducting academic,                  outside the EZ but is likely to enter the
                                                 During seismic operations, three                     commercial, or government-sponsored                   EZ, the airguns would be shut down
                                              visual PSOs would be based aboard the                   marine mammal surveys; or (3) previous                before the animal is within the EZ.
                                              R/V Hugh R. Sharp. PSOs would be                        work experience as a PSO; the PSO                     Likewise, if a marine mammal is already
                                              appointed by USGS with NMFS                             should demonstrate good standing and                  within the EZ when first detected, the
                                              approval. During the majority of seismic                consistently good performance of PSO                  airguns would be shut down
                                              operations, two PSOs would monitor for                  duties.                                               immediately.
                                              marine mammals around the seismic                                                                               Following a shutdown, airgun activity
                                              vessel. PSO(s) would be on duty in                      Exclusion Zone and Buffer Zone                        would not resume until the marine
                                              shifts of duration no longer than four                     An EZ is a defined area within which               mammal has cleared the 100 m EZ. The
                                              hours. Other crew would also be                         occurrence of a marine mammal triggers                animal would be considered to have
                                              instructed to assist in detecting marine                mitigation action intended to reduce the              cleared the 100 m EZ if the following
                                              mammals and in implementing                             potential for certain outcomes, e.g.,                 conditions have been met:
                                              mitigation requirements (if practical).                 auditory injury, disruption of critical                 • It is visually observed to have
                                              Before the start of the seismic survey,                 behaviors. The PSOs would establish a                 departed the 100 m EZ;
                                              the crew would be given additional                      minimum EZ with a 100 m radius from                     • it has not been seen within the 100
                                              instruction in detecting marine                         the airgun array. The 100 m EZ would                  m EZ for 15 min in the case of small
                                              mammals and implementing mitigation                     be based on radial distance from any                  odontocetes; or
                                              requirements.                                           element of the airgun array (rather than                • it has not been seen within the 100
                                                 The R/V Hugh R. Sharp is a suitable                  being based on the center of the array                m EZ for 30 min in the case of
                                              platform from which PSOs would watch                    or around the vessel itself). With certain            mysticetes and large odontocetes,
                                              for marine mammals. Standard                            exceptions (described below), if a                    including sperm, pygmy and dwarf
                                              equipment for marine mammal                             marine mammal appears within, enters,                 sperm, beaked whales, and large
                                              observers would be 7 x 50 reticle                       or appears on a course to enter this                  delphinids.
                                              binoculars, optical range finders, and                  zone, the acoustic source would be shut                 This shutdown requirement would be
                                              Big Eye binoculars. At night, night-                    down (see Shutdown Procedures                         in place for all marine mammals, with
                                              vision equipment would be available.                    below).                                               the exception of small delphinoids
                                              The observers would be in                                  The 100 m radial distance of the                   under certain circumstances. This
                                              communication with ship’s officers on                   standard EZ is precautionary in the                   exception to the shutdown requirement
                                              the bridge and scientists in the vessel’s               sense that it would be expected to                    would apply solely to specific genera of
                                              operations laboratory, so they can                      contain sound exceeding injury criteria               small dolphins—Tursiops, Steno,
                                              advise promptly of the need for                         (Level A thresholds) for all marine                   Stenella, Lagenorhynchus and
                                              avoidance maneuvers or seismic source                   mammal hearing groups (Table 7) while                 Delphinus—and would only apply if the
                                              shutdown.                                               also providing a consistent, reasonably               animals were traveling, including
                                                 The PSOs must have no tasks other                    observable zone within which PSOs                     approaching the vessel. As defined here,
                                              than to conduct observational effort,                   would typically be able to conduct                    the small delphinoid group is intended
                                              record observational data, and                          effective observational effort. As a result           to encompass those members of the
                                              communicate with and instruct relevant                  no Level A harassment is expected nor                 Family Delphinidae most likely to
                                              vessel crew with regard to the presence                 proposed for this action.                             voluntarily approach the source vessel
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              of marine mammals and mitigation                           Our intent in prescribing a standard               for purposes of interacting with the
                                              requirements. PSO resumes would be                      EZ distance is to (1) encompass zones                 vessel and/or airgun array (e.g., bow
                                              provided to NMFS for approval. At least                 within which auditory injury could                    riding). If, for example, an animal or
                                              one PSO must have a minimum of 90                       occur on the basis of instantaneous                   group of animals is stationary for some
                                              days at-sea experience working as PSOs                  exposure; (2) provide additional                      reason (e.g., feeding) and the source
                                              during a seismic survey. One                            protection from the potential for more                vessel approaches the animals, the
                                              ‘‘experienced’’ visual PSO will be                      severe behavioral reactions (e.g., panic,             shutdown requirement applies. An


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                              25292                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices

                                              animal with sufficient incentive to                     than to the auditory impacts. In                      approaching the 100 m EZ or 100 m
                                              remain in an area rather than avoid an                  addition, the required shutdown                       buffer zone during this pre-clearance
                                              otherwise aversive stimulus could either                measure may prevent more severe                       period, ramp-up would not be initiated
                                              incur auditory injury or disruption of                  behavioral reactions for any large                    until all marine mammals cleared the
                                              important behavior. If there is                         delphnoids in close proximity to the                  100 m EZ or 100 m buffer zone. Criteria
                                              uncertainty regarding identification (i.e.,             source vessel.                                        for clearing the EZ would be as
                                              whether the observed animal(s) belongs                     Shutdown of the acoustic source                    described above. If the airgun array has
                                              to the group of small dolphins described                would also be required upon                           been shut down for reasons other than
                                              above) or whether the animals are                       observation beyond the 100 m EZ of any                mitigation (e.g., mechanical difficulty)
                                              traveling, the shutdown would be                        of the following:                                     for a period of less than 30 minutes, it
                                              implemented.                                               • A large whale (i.e., sperm whale or              may be activated again without ramp-up
                                                 We propose this small delphinoid                     any baleen whale) with a calf;                        if PSOs have maintained constant visual
                                              exception because shutdown                                 • An aggregation of large whales of                observation and no detections of any
                                              requirements for small delphinoids                      any species (i.e., sperm whale or any                 marine mammal have occurred within
                                              under all circumstances represent                       baleen whale) that does not appear to be              the EZ or 100 m buffer zone. Ramp-up
                                              practicability concerns without likely                  traveling (e.g., feeding, socializing, etc.);         would be planned to occur during
                                              commensurate benefits for the animals                   or                                                    periods of good visibility when possible.
                                              in question. Small delphinoids are                         • A marine mammal species not                      However, ramp-up would be allowed at
                                              generally the most commonly observed                    authorized (i.e., a north Atlantic right              night and during poor visibility if the
                                              marine mammals in the specific                          whale) for take that is approaching or                100 m EZ and 100 m buffer zone have
                                              geographic region and would typically                   entering the Level B zone.                            been monitored by visual PSOs for 30
                                              be the only marine mammals likely to                       • An authorized marine mammal                      minutes prior to ramp-up.
                                              intentionally approach the vessel. As                   species that has reached its total allotted              The USGS scientist-in-charge or his/
                                              described below, auditory injury is                     Level B take that is approaching or                   her designee would be required to notify
                                              extremely unlikely to occur for mid-                    entering the Level B zone.                            a designated PSO of the planned start of
                                              frequency cetaceans (e.g., delphinids),                    These would be the only four                       ramp-up as agreed-upon with the lead
                                              as this group is relatively insensitive to              potential situations that would require               PSO; the notification time should not be
                                              sound produced at the predominant                       shutdown of the array for marine                      less than 60 minutes prior to the
                                              frequencies in an airgun pulse while                    mammals observed beyond the 100 m                     planned ramp-up. A designated PSO
                                              also having a relatively high threshold                 EZ.                                                   must be notified again immediately
                                              for the onset of auditory injury (i.e.,                 Ramp-Up Procedures                                    prior to initiating ramp-up procedures
                                              permanent threshold shift). Please see                                                                        and the USGS scientist-in-charge or his/
                                              ‘‘Potential Effects of the Specified                       Ramp-up of an acoustic source is                   her designee must receive confirmation
                                              Activity on Marine Mammals’’ above for                  intended to provide a gradual increase                from the PSO to proceed. The USGS
                                              further discussion of sound metrics and                 in sound levels following a shutdown,                 scientist-in-charge or his/her designee
                                              thresholds and marine mammal hearing.                   enabling animals to move away from the                must provide information to PSOs
                                                 A large body of anecdotal evidence                   source if the signal is sufficiently                  documenting that appropriate
                                              indicates that small delphinoids                        aversive prior to its reaching full                   procedures were followed. Following
                                              commonly approach vessels and/or                        intensity. Ramp-up would be required                  deactivation of the array for reasons
                                              towed arrays during active sound                        after the array is shut down for any                  other than mitigation, the USGS
                                              production for purposes of bow riding,                  reason. Ramp up to the full array would               scientist-in-charge or his/her designee
                                              with no apparent effect observed in                     take 20 minutes, starting with operation              would be required to communicate the
                                              those delphinoids (e.g., Barkaszi et al.,               of a single airgun and with one                       near-term operational plan to the lead
                                              2012). The potential for increased                      additional airgun added every 5                       PSO with justification for any planned
                                              shutdowns resulting from such a                         minutes.                                              nighttime ramp-up.
                                              measure would require the R/V Hugh R.                      At least two PSOs would be required
                                              Sharp to revisit the missed track line to               to monitor during ramp-up. During                     Vessel Strike Avoidance Measures
                                              reacquire data, resulting in an overall                 ramp up, the PSOs would monitor the                      Vessel strike avoidance measures are
                                              increase in the total sound energy input                100 m EZ, and if marine mammals were                  intended to minimize the potential for
                                              to the marine environment and an                        observed within or approaching the 100                collisions with marine mammals. These
                                              increase in the total duration over                     m EZ, a shutdown would be                             requirements do not apply in any case
                                              which the survey is active in a given                   implemented as though the full array                  where compliance would create an
                                              area. Although other mid-frequency                      were operational. If airguns have been                imminent and serious threat to a person
                                              hearing specialists (e.g., large                        shut down due to PSO detection of a                   or vessel or to the extent that a vessel
                                              delphinoids) are no more likely to incur                marine mammal within or approaching                   is restricted in its ability to maneuver
                                              auditory injury than are small                          the 100 m EZ, ramp-up would not be                    and, because of the restriction, cannot
                                              delphinoids, they are much less likely                  initiated until all marine mammals have               comply.
                                              to approach vessels. Therefore, retaining               cleared the EZ, during the day or night.                 The proposed measures include the
                                              a shutdown requirement for large                        Criteria for clearing the EZ would be as              following: The USGS scientist-in-charge
                                              delphinoids would not have similar                      described above.                                      or his/her designee, the vessel operator
                                              impacts in terms of either practicability                  Thirty minutes of pre-clearance                    (The University of Delaware) and crew
                                              for the applicant or corollary increase in              observation are required prior to ramp-               would maintain a vigilant watch for all
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              sound energy output and time on the                     up for any shutdown of longer than 30                 marine mammals and slow down or
                                              water. We do anticipate some benefit for                minutes (i.e., if the array were shut                 stop the vessel or alter course to avoid
                                              a shutdown requirement for large                        down during transit from one line to                  striking any marine mammal. A visual
                                              delphinoids in that it simplifies                       another). This 30 minute pre-clearance                observer aboard the vessel would
                                              somewhat the total range of decision-                   period may occur during any vessel                    monitor a vessel strike avoidance zone
                                              making for PSOs and may preclude any                    activity (i.e., transit). If a marine                 around the vessel according to the
                                              potential for physiological effects other               mammal were observed within or                        parameters stated below. Visual


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00026   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices                                            25293

                                              observers monitoring the vessel strike                     • Otherwise, shutdown procedures                   stressors/impacts (individual or
                                              avoidance zone would be either third-                   will remain in effect until the Director              cumulative, acute or chronic), through
                                              party observers or crew members, but                    of OPR, NMFS (or designee) determines                 better understanding of: (1) Action or
                                              crew members responsible for these                      and advises the IHA-holder that all live              environment (e.g., source
                                              duties would be provided sufficient                     animals involved have left the area                   characterization, propagation, ambient
                                              training to distinguish marine mammals                  (either of their own volition or following            noise); (2) affected species (e.g., life
                                              from other phenomena. Vessel strike                     an intervention).                                     history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence
                                              avoidance measures would be followed                       • If further observations of the marine            of marine mammal species with the
                                              during surveys and while in transit.                    mammals indicate the potential for re-                action; or (4) biological or behavioral
                                                 The vessel would maintain a                          stranding, additional coordination with               context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or
                                              minimum separation distance of 100 m                    the IHA-holder will be required to                    feeding areas);
                                              from large whales (i.e., baleen whales                  determine what measures are necessary                    • Individual marine mammal
                                              and sperm whales). If a large whale is                  to minimize that likelihood (e.g.,                    responses (behavioral or physiological)
                                              within 100 m of the vessel the vessel                   extending the shutdown or moving                      to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or
                                              would reduce speed and shift the engine                 operations farther away) and to                       cumulative), other stressors, or
                                              to neutral, and would not engage the                    implement those measures as                           cumulative impacts from multiple
                                              engines until the whale has moved                       appropriate.                                          stressors;
                                              outside of the vessel’s path and the                       Shutdown procedures are not related                   • How anticipated responses to
                                              minimum separation distance has been                    to the investigation of the cause of the              stressors impact either: (1) Long-term
                                              established. If the vessel is stationary,               stranding and their implementation is                 fitness and survival of individual
                                              the vessel would not engage engines                     not intended to imply that the specified              marine mammals; or (2) populations,
                                              until the whale(s) has moved out of the                 activity is the cause of the stranding.               species, or stocks;
                                              vessel’s path and beyond 100 m. The                     Rather, shutdown procedures are                          • Effects on marine mammal habitat
                                              vessel would maintain a minimum                         intended to protect marine mammals                    (e.g., marine mammal prey species,
                                              separation distance of 50 m from all                    exhibiting indicators of distress by                  acoustic habitat, or other important
                                              other marine mammals (with the                          minimizing their exposure to possible                 physical components of marine
                                              exception of delphinids of the genera                   additional stressors, regardless of the               mammal habitat); and
                                                                                                      factors that contributed to the stranding.               • Mitigation and monitoring
                                              Tursiops, Steno, Stenella,
                                                                                                         Based on our evaluation of the                     effectiveness.
                                              Lagenorhynchus and Delphinus that                                                                                USGS submitted a marine mammal
                                                                                                      applicant’s proposed measures, NMFS
                                              approach the vessel, as described                                                                             monitoring and reporting plan in their
                                                                                                      has preliminarily determined that the
                                              above). If an animal is encountered                                                                           IHA application. Monitoring that is
                                                                                                      proposed mitigation measures provide
                                              during transit, the vessel would attempt                                                                      designed specifically to facilitate
                                                                                                      the means effecting the least practicable
                                              to remain parallel to the animal’s                                                                            mitigation measures, such as monitoring
                                                                                                      impact on the affected species or stocks
                                              course, avoiding excessive speed or                                                                           of the EZ to inform potential shutdowns
                                                                                                      and their habitat, paying particular
                                              abrupt changes in course. Vessel speeds                                                                       of the airgun array, are described above
                                                                                                      attention to rookeries, mating grounds,
                                              would be reduced to 10 kn or less when                                                                        and are not repeated here.
                                                                                                      and areas of similar significance.
                                              mother/calf pairs, pods, or large                                                                                USGS’s monitoring and reporting plan
                                              assemblages of cetaceans (what                          Proposed Monitoring and Reporting                     includes the following measures:
                                              constitues ‘‘large’’ will vary depending                  In order to issue an IHA for an
                                              on species) are observed within 500 m                                                                         Vessel-Based Visual Monitoring
                                                                                                      activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
                                              of the vessel. Mariners may use                         MMPA states that NMFS must set forth,                    As described above, PSO observations
                                              professional judgment as to when such                   requirements pertaining to the                        would take place during daytime airgun
                                              circumstances warranting additional                     monitoring and reporting of such taking.              operations and nighttime start-ups (if
                                              caution are present.                                    The MMPA implementing regulations at                  applicable) of the airguns. During
                                              Actions To Minimize Additional Harm                     50 CFR 216.104(a)(13) indicate that                   seismic operations, three visual PSOs
                                              to Live-Stranded (or Milling) Marine                    requests for authorizations must include              would be based aboard the R/V Hugh R.
                                              Mammals                                                 the suggested means of accomplishing                  Sharp. PSOs would be appointed by
                                                                                                      the necessary monitoring and reporting                USGS with NMFS approval. During the
                                                 In the event of a live stranding (or                 that will result in increased knowledge               majority of seismic operations, one PSO
                                              near-shore atypical milling) event                      of the species and of the level of taking             would monitor for marine mammals
                                              within 50 km of the survey operations,                  or impacts on populations of marine                   around the seismic vessel. PSOs would
                                              where the NMFS stranding network is                     mammals that are expected to be                       be on duty in shifts of duration no
                                              engaged in herding or other                             present in the proposed action area.                  longer than four hours. Other crew
                                              interventions to return animals to the                  Effective reporting is critical both to               would also be instructed to assist in
                                              water, the Director of OPR, NMFS (or                    compliance as well as ensuring that the               detecting marine mammals and in
                                              designee) will advise the IHA-holder of                 most value is obtained from the required              implementing mitigation requirements
                                              the need to implement shutdown                          monitoring.                                           (if practical). During daytime, PSOs
                                              procedures for all active acoustic                        Monitoring and reporting                            would scan the area around the vessel
                                              sources operating within 50 km of the                   requirements prescribed by NMFS                       systematically with reticle binoculars,
                                              stranding. Shutdown procedures for live                 should contribute to improved                         Big Eye binoculars, and with the naked
                                              stranding or milling marine mammals                     understanding of one or more of the                   eye. At night, PSOs would be equipped
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              include the following:                                  following:                                            with night-vision equipment.
                                                 • If at any time, the marine                           • Occurrence of marine mammal                          PSOs would record data to estimate
                                              mammal(s) die or are euthanized, or if                  species or stocks in the area in which                the numbers of marine mammals
                                              herding/intervention efforts are stopped,               take is anticipated (e.g., presence,                  exposed to various received sound
                                              the Director of OPR, NMFS (or designee)                 abundance, distribution, density);                    levels and to document apparent
                                              will advise the IHA-holder that the                       • Nature, scope, or context of likely               disturbance reactions or lack thereof.
                                              shutdown is no longer needed.                           marine mammal exposure to potential                   Data would be used to estimate numbers


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                              25294                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices

                                              of animals potentially taken by                         or dead marine mammal, the IHA-                       stranding found in the vicinity of the
                                              harassment (as defined in the MMPA).                    holder shall report the incident to the               activity suggest investigation of the
                                              They would also provide information                     Office of Protected Resources (OPR),                  association with survey activities is
                                              needed to order a shutdown of the                       NMFS and to regional stranding                        warranted (example circumstances
                                              airguns when a marine mammal is                         coordinators as soon as feasible. The                 noted below), and an investigation into
                                              within or near the EZ. When a sighting                  report must include the following                     the stranding is being pursued, NMFS
                                              is made, the following information                      information:                                          will submit a written request to the IHA-
                                              about the sighting would be recorded:                      • Time, date, and location (latitude/              holder indicating that the following
                                                 (1) Species, group size, age/size/sex                longitude) of the first discovery (and                initial available information must be
                                              categories (if determinable), behavior                  updated location information if known                 provided as soon as possible, but no
                                              when first sighted and after initial                    and applicable);                                      later than 7 business days after the
                                              sighting, heading (if consistent), bearing                 • Species identification (if known) or             request for information.
                                              and distance from seismic vessel,                       description of the animal(s) involved;                   • Status of all sound source use in the
                                              sighting cue, apparent reaction to the                     • Condition of the animal(s)                       48 hours preceding the estimated time
                                              airguns or vessel (e.g., none, avoidance,               (including carcass condition if the                   of stranding and within 50 km of the
                                              approach, paralleling, etc.), and                       animal is dead);                                      discovery/notification of the stranding
                                              behavioral pace; and                                       • Observed behaviors of the                        by NMFS; and
                                                 (2) Time, location, heading, speed,                  animal(s), if alive;                                     • If available, description of the
                                              activity of the vessel, sea state,                         • If available, photographs or video
                                                                                                                                                            behavior of any marine mammal(s)
                                              visibility, and sun glare.                              footage of the animal(s); and
                                                                                                                                                            observed preceding (i.e., within 48
                                                 All observations and shutdowns                          • General circumstances under which
                                                                                                                                                            hours and 50 km) and immediately after
                                              would be recorded in a standardized                     the animal was discovered.
                                                                                                                                                            the discovery of the stranding.
                                              format. Data would be entered into an                      Vessel Strike—In the event of a ship
                                              electronic database. The accuracy of the                strike of a marine mammal by any vessel                  Examples of circumstances that could
                                              data entry would be verified by                         involved in the activities covered by the             trigger the additional information
                                              computerized data validity checks as                    authorization, the IHA-holder shall                   request include, but are not limited to,
                                              the data are entered and by subsequent                  report the incident to OPR, NMFS and                  the following:
                                              manual checking of the database. These                  to regional stranding coordinators as                    • Atypical nearshore milling events
                                              procedures would allow initial                          soon as feasible. The report must                     of live cetaceans;
                                              summaries of data to be prepared during                 include the following information:                       • Mass strandings of cetaceans (two
                                              and shortly after the field program and                    • Time, date, and location (latitude/              or more individuals, not including cow/
                                              would facilitate transfer of the data to                longitude) of the incident;                           calf pairs);
                                              statistical, graphical, and other                          • Species identification (if known) or                • Beaked whale strandings;
                                              programs for further processing and                     description of the animal(s) involved;                   • Necropsies with findings of
                                              archiving. The time, location, heading,                    • Vessel’s speed during and leading                pathologies that are unusual for the
                                              speed, activity of the vessel, sea state,               up to the incident;                                   species or area; or
                                              visibility, and sun glare would also be                    • Vessel’s course/heading and what
                                                                                                                                                               • Stranded animals with findings
                                              recorded at the start and end of each                   operations were being conducted (if
                                                                                                                                                            consistent with blast trauma.
                                              observation watch, and during a watch                   applicable);
                                                                                                         • Status of all sound sources in use;                 In the event that the investigation is
                                              whenever there is a change in one or                                                                          still inconclusive, the investigation of
                                              more of the variables.                                     • Description of avoidance measures/
                                                                                                      requirements that were in place at the                the association of the survey activities is
                                                 Results from the vessel-based                                                                              still warranted, and the investigation is
                                              observations would provide:                             time of the strike and what additional
                                                                                                      measures were taken, if any, to avoid                 still being pursued, NMFS may provide
                                                 (1) The basis for real-time mitigation
                                                                                                      strike;                                               additional information requests, in
                                              (e.g., airgun shutdown);
                                                 (2) Information needed to estimate the                  • Environmental conditions (e.g.,                  writing, regarding the nature and
                                              number of marine mammals potentially                    wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea                location of survey operations prior to
                                              taken by harassment, which must be                      state, cloud cover, visibility)                       the time period above.
                                              reported to NMFS;                                       immediately preceding the strike;                     Reporting
                                                 (3) Data on the occurrence,                             • Estimated size and length of animal
                                              distribution, and activities of marine                  that was struck;                                        A report would be submitted to NMFS
                                              mammals in the area where the seismic                      • Description of the behavior of the               within 90 days after the end of the
                                              study is conducted;                                     marine mammal immediately preceding                   survey. The report would describe the
                                                 (4) Information to compare the                       and following the strike;                             operations that were conducted and
                                              distance and distribution of marine                        • If available, description of the                 sightings of marine mammals near the
                                              mammals relative to the source vessel at                presence and behavior of any other                    operations. The report would provide
                                              times with and without seismic activity;                marine mammals immediately                            full documentation of methods, results,
                                              and                                                     preceding the strike;                                 and interpretation pertaining to all
                                                 (5) Data on the behavior and                            • Estimated fate of the animal (e.g.,              monitoring and would summarize the
                                              movement patterns of marine mammals                     dead, injured but alive, injured and                  dates and locations of seismic
                                              seen at times with and without seismic                  moving, blood or tissue observed in the               operations, and all marine mammal
                                              activity.                                               water, status unknown, disappeared);                  sightings (dates, times, locations,
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                                                                                      and                                                   activities, associated seismic survey
                                              Reporting Injured or Dead Marine                           • To the extent practicable,                       activities). The report would also
                                              Mammals                                                 photographs or video footage of the                   include estimates of the number and
                                                Discovery of Injured or Dead Marine                   animal(s).                                            nature of exposures that occurred above
                                              Mammal—In the event that personnel                         Additional Information Requests—If                 the harassment threshold based on PSO
                                              involved in the survey activities covered               NMFS determines that the                              observations, including an estimate of
                                              by the authorization discover an injured                circumstances of any marine mammal                    those on the trackline but not detected.


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices                                            25295

                                              Negligible Impact Analysis and                          marine mammals that may be                            detection of marine mammals in the
                                              Determination                                           temporarily displaced during survey                   vicinity of the vessel by visual and
                                                 NMFS has defined negligible impact                   activities are expected to be able to                 acoustic observers, and by minimizing
                                              as an impact resulting from the                         resume foraging once they have moved                  the severity of any potential exposures
                                              specified activity that cannot be                       away from areas with disturbing levels                via shutdowns of the airgun array.
                                              reasonably expected to, and is not                      of underwater noise. Because of the                   Based on previous monitoring reports
                                              reasonably likely to, adversely affect the              temporary nature of the disturbance, the              for substantially similar activities that
                                              species or stock through effects on                     availability of similar habitat and                   have been previously authorized by
                                              annual rates of recruitment or survival                 resources in the surrounding area, and                NMFS, we expect that the proposed
                                              (50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact                   the impacts to marine mammals and the                 mitigation will be effective in
                                              finding is based on the lack of likely                  food sources that they utilize are not                preventing all Level A harassment and
                                              adverse effects on annual rates of                      expected to cause significant or long-                most Level B harassment.
                                                                                                      term consequences for individual                         Of the marine mammal species under
                                              recruitment or survival (i.e., population-
                                                                                                      marine mammals or their populations.                  our jurisdiction that are likely to occur
                                              level effects). An estimate of the number
                                                                                                      In addition, there are no feeding, mating             in the project area, the following species
                                              of takes alone is not enough information                                                                      are listed as endangered under the ESA;
                                                                                                      or calving areas known to be
                                              on which to base an impact                                                                                    fin, sei, and sperm whales. There are
                                                                                                      biologically important to marine
                                              determination. In addition to                                                                                 currently insufficient data to determine
                                                                                                      mammals within the proposed project
                                              considering estimates of the number of                                                                        population trends for these species
                                                                                                      area during the time of the survey
                                              marine mammals that might be ‘‘taken’’                                                                        (Hayes et al., 2017); however, we are
                                                                                                      (Ferguson et al., 2015). Also, as stated,
                                              through harassment, NMFS considers                                                                            proposing to authorize very small
                                                                                                      the survey slightly intersects with a core
                                              other factors, such as the likely nature                                                                      numbers of takes for these species
                                                                                                      abundance area for sperm whales.
                                              of any responses (e.g., intensity,                      However, due to the low energy-source                 (Table 8), relative to their population
                                              duration), the context of any responses                 of the airguns for the action and the                 sizes (again, when compared to mean
                                              (e.g., critical reproductive time or                    proposed mitigation measures listed                   abundance estimates, for purposes of
                                              location, migration), as well as effects                above, NMFS does not exclude USGS                     comparison only). Therefore, we do not
                                              on habitat, and the likely effectiveness                from this area during its survey, nor                 expect population-level impacts to any
                                              of the mitigation. We also assess the                   does it foresee the survey having effects,            of these species. The other marine
                                              number, intensity, and context of                       greater than negligible impact, on the                mammal species that may be taken by
                                              estimated takes by evaluating this                      core abundance area.                                  harassment during USGS’s seismic
                                              information relative to population                         As described previously, there are                 survey are not listed as threatened or
                                              status. Consistent with the 1989                        multiple species that should be                       endangered under the ESA. There is no
                                              preamble for NMFS’ implementing                         considered rare in the proposed survey                designated critical habitat for any ESA-
                                              regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29,                 areas and for which we propose to                     listed marine mammals within the
                                              1989), the impacts from other past and                  authorize only nominal and                            project area; of the non-listed marine
                                              ongoing anthropogenic activities are                    precautionary take of a single group. We              mammals for which we propose to
                                              incorporated into this analysis via their               do not expect meaningful impacts to                   authorize take, none are considered
                                              impacts on the environmental baseline                   these species (i.e., killer whale, false              ‘‘depleted’’ or ‘‘strategic’’ by NMFS
                                              (e.g., as reflected in the regulatory status            killer whale, pygmy killer whale,                     under the MMPA.
                                              of the species, population size and                     melon-headed whale, northern                             NMFS concludes that exposures to
                                              growth rate where known, ongoing                        bottlenose whale, spinner dolphin,                    marine mammal species due to USGS’s
                                              sources of human-caused mortality, or                   Fraser’s dolphin, Atlantic white-sided                proposed seismic survey would result in
                                              ambient noise levels).                                  dolphin) because we preliminarily find                only short-term (temporary and short in
                                                 NMFS does not anticipate that serious                that the total marine mammal take from                duration) effects to individuals exposed,
                                              injury or mortality would occur as a                    each of the specified activities will have            or some small degree of PTS to a very
                                              result of USGS’s proposed seismic                       a negligible impact on these marine                   small number of individuals of four
                                              survey, even in the absence of proposed                 mammal species. Therefore, we do not                  species. Marine mammals may
                                              mitigation. Thus, the proposed                          discuss these eight species further in                temporarily avoid the immediate area
                                              authorization does not authorize any                    this negligible impact analysis.                      but are not expected to permanently
                                              mortality. As discussed in the Potential                   The acoustic ‘‘footprint’’ of the                  abandon the area. Major shifts in habitat
                                              Effects section, non-auditory physical                  proposed survey would be very small                   use, distribution, or foraging success are
                                              effects, stranding, and vessel strike are               relative to the ranges of all marine                  not expected. NMFS does not anticipate
                                              not expected to occur.                                  mammals that would potentially be                     the proposed take estimates to impact
                                                 Potential impacts to marine mammal                   affected. Sound levels would increase in              annual rates of recruitment or survival.
                                              habitat were discussed previously in                    the marine environment in a relatively                   In summary and as described above,
                                              this document (see Potential Effects of                 small area surrounding the vessel                     the following factors primarily support
                                              the Specified Activity on Marine                        compared to the range of the marine                   our preliminary determination that the
                                              Mammals and their Habitat). Marine                      mammals within the proposed survey                    impacts resulting from this activity are
                                              mammal habitat may be impacted by                       area. The seismic array would be active               not expected to adversely affect the
                                              elevated sound levels, but these impacts                24 hours per day throughout the                       species or stock through effects on
                                              would be temporary. Feeding behavior                    duration of the proposed survey.                      annual rates of recruitment or survival:
                                              is not likely to be significantly                       However, the very brief overall duration                 • No injury (Level A take), serious
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              impacted, as marine mammals appear to                   of the proposed survey (22 days with 19               injury or mortality is anticipated or
                                              be less likely to exhibit behavioral                    days of airgun operations) would further              authorized;
                                              reactions or avoidance responses while                  limit potential impacts that may occur                   • The anticipated impacts of the
                                              engaged in feeding activities                           as a result of the proposed activity.                 proposed activity on marine mammals
                                              (Richardson et al., 1995). Prey species                    The proposed mitigation measures are               would primarily be temporary
                                              are mobile and are broadly distributed                  expected to reduce the number and/or                  behavioral changes due to avoidance of
                                              throughout the project area; therefore,                 severity of takes by allowing for                     the area around the survey vessel. The


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                              25296                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices

                                              relatively short duration of the proposed               group of each species or stock, as                       NMFS is proposing to authorize take
                                              survey (22 days with 19 days of airgun                  appropriate (using average group size),               of three species of marine mammals
                                              operations) would further limit the                     for each applicant. As stated earlier, we             which are listed under the ESA: The sei
                                              potential impacts of any temporary                      believe that a single incident of take of             whale, fin whale, and sperm whale. The
                                              behavioral changes that would occur;                    one group of any of these species                     Permits and Conservation Division has
                                                • The availability of alternate areas of              represents take of small numbers for                  requested initiation of Section 7
                                              similar habitat value for marine                        that species. Therefore, based on the                 consultation with the ESA Interagency
                                              mammals to temporarily vacate the                       analyses contained herein of the                      Cooperation Division for the issuance of
                                              survey area during the proposed survey                  specified activity, we preliminarily find             this IHA. NMFS will conclude the ESA
                                              to avoid exposure to sounds from the                    that small numbers of marine mammals                  consultation prior to reaching a
                                              activity;                                               will be taken for each of these eight                 determination regarding the proposed
                                                • The proposed project area does not                  affected species or stocks for the                    issuance of the authorization.
                                              contain areas of significance for feeding,              specified activity. We do not discuss
                                              mating or calving;                                      these eight species further in this small             Proposed Authorization
                                                • The potential adverse effects on fish               numbers analysis.                                        As a result of these preliminary
                                              or invertebrate species that serve as prey                 As shown in Table 8, we used mean                  determinations, NMFS proposes to issue
                                              species for marine mammals from the                     abundance estimates from Roberts                      an IHA to USGS for conducting a
                                              proposed survey would be temporary                      (2016) to calculate the percentage of                 marine geophysical survey in the
                                              and spatially limited; and                              population that is estimated to be taken              Northwest Atlantic Ocean in August
                                                • The proposed mitigation measures,                   during the proposed activities for non-               2018, provided the previously
                                              including visual and acoustic                           rare species. These data present the best             mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and
                                              monitoring and shutdowns, are                           available abundance estimates for                     reporting requirements are incorporated.
                                              expected to minimize potential impacts                  cetacean populations off of the Western               This section contains a draft of the IHA
                                              to marine mammals.                                      Atlantic for this proposed activity. The              itself. The wording contained in this
                                                Based on the analysis contained                       activity is expected to impact a very                 section is proposed for inclusion in the
                                              herein of the likely effects of the                     small percentage of all marine mammal                 IHA (if issued).
                                              specified activity on marine mammals                    populations. As presented in Table 8,                    1. This IHA is valid for a period of
                                              and their habitat, and taking into                      take of all 21 marine mammal species                  one year from the date of issuance.
                                              consideration the implementation of the                 authorized for take is less than three                   2. This IHA is valid only for marine
                                              proposed monitoring and mitigation                      percent of the abundance estimate.                    geophysical survey activity, as specified
                                              measures, NMFS preliminarily finds                         Based on the analysis contained                    in the USGS IHA application and using
                                              that the total marine mammal take from                  herein of the proposed activity                       an airgun array aboard the R/V Hugh R.
                                              the proposed activity will have a                       (including the proposed mitigation and                Sharp with characteristics specified in
                                              negligible impact on all affected marine                monitoring measures) and the                          the application, in the Northwest
                                              mammal species or stocks.                               anticipated take of marine mammals,                   Atlantic Ocean.
                                              Small Numbers                                           NMFS preliminarily finds that small                      3. General Conditions
                                                                                                      numbers of marine mammals will be                        (a) A copy of this IHA must be in the
                                                As noted above, only small numbers                    taken relative to the population size of              possession of USGS, the vessel operator
                                              of incidental take may be authorized                    the affected species or stocks.                       (The University of Delaware) and other
                                              under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA                                                                        relevant personnel, the lead PSO, and
                                              for specified activities other than                     Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis                   any other relevant designees of USGS
                                              military readiness activities. The MMPA                 and Determination                                     operating under the authority of this
                                              does not define small numbers and so,                      There are no relevant subsistence uses             IHA.
                                              in practice, where estimated numbers                    of the affected marine mammal stocks or                  (b) The species authorized for taking
                                              are available, NMFS compares the                        species implicated by this action.                    are listed in Table 9. The taking, by
                                              number of individuals taken to the most                 Therefore, NMFS has preliminarily                     Level B harassment only, is limited to
                                              appropriate estimation of abundance of                  determined that the total taking of                   the species and numbers listed in Table
                                              the relevant species or stock in our                    affected species or stocks would not                  9. Any taking exceeding the authorized
                                              determination of whether an                             have an unmitigable adverse impact on                 amounts listed in Table 9 is prohibited
                                              authorization is limited to small                       the availability of such species or stocks            and may result in the modification,
                                              numbers of marine mammals.                              for taking for subsistence purposes.                  suspension, or revocation of this IHA.
                                              Additionally, other qualitative factors                                                                          (c) The taking by serious injury or
                                              may be considered in the analysis, such                 Endangered Species Act (ESA)
                                                                                                                                                            death of any species of marine mammal
                                              as the temporal or spatial scale of the                    Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered                  is prohibited and may result in the
                                              activities.                                             Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16 U.S.C.                   modification, suspension, or revocation
                                                Please see Tables 8 and 9 and the                     1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal              of this IHA.
                                              related text for information relating to                agency insure that any action it                         (d) During use of the airgun(s), if
                                              the basis for our small numbers                         authorizes, funds, or carries out is not              marine mammal species other than
                                              analyses. Table 8 provides the numbers                  likely to jeopardize the continued                    those listed in Table 9 are detected by
                                              of predicted exposures above specified                  existence of any endangered or                        PSOs, the acoustic source must be shut
                                              received levels, while Table 9 provides                 threatened species or result in the                   down to avoid unauthorized take.
                                              numbers of take proposed for                            destruction or adverse modification of                   (e) The USGS scientist-in-charge or
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              authorization. For the northern                         designated critical habitat. To ensure                his/her designee shall ensure that the
                                              bottlenose whale, Fraser’s dolphin,                     ESA compliance for the issuance of                    vessel operator and other relevant vessel
                                              melon-headed whale, false killer whale,                 IHAs, NMFS consults internally, in this               personnel are briefed on all
                                              pygmy killer whale, killer whale,                       case with the ESA Interagency                         responsibilities, communication
                                              spinner dolphin, and white-sided                        Cooperation Division, whenever we                     procedures, marine mammal monitoring
                                              dolphin, we propose to authorize take                   propose to authorize take for                         protocol, operational procedures, and
                                              resulting from a single exposure of one                 endangered or threatened species.                     IHA requirements prior to the start of


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00030   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices                                            25297

                                              survey activity, and when relevant new                  periods, to the maximum extent                        observed within or approaching the 100
                                              personnel join the survey operations.                   practicable.                                          m EZ or 100 m buffer zone. If a marine
                                                 4. Mitigation Requirements                              (d) Exclusion Zone and Buffer Zone—                mammal is observed within or
                                                 The holder of this Authorization is                  PSOs shall establish and monitor a 100                approaching the 100 m EZ during ramp-
                                              required to implement the following                     m EZ and an additional 100 m buffer                   up, a shutdown shall be implemented as
                                              mitigation measures:                                    zone beginning from the outside extant                though the full array were operational.
                                                 (a) USGS must use at least three (3)                 of the 100 m EZ. The zones shall be                   Ramp-up may not begin again until the
                                              dedicated, trained, NMFS-approved                       based upon radial distance from any                   animal(s) has been observed exiting the
                                              PSOs. The PSOs must have no tasks                       element of the airgun array (rather than              100 m EZ or until an additional time
                                              other than to conduct observational                     being based on the center of the array                period has elapsed with no further
                                              effort, record observational data, and                  or around the vessel itself). During use              sightings in the 100 m EZ (i.e., 15
                                              communicate with and instruct relevant                  of the acoustic source, occurrence of                 minutes for small odontocetes and 30
                                              vessel crew with regard to the presence                 marine mammals outside the EZ but                     minutes for mysticetes and large
                                              of marine mammals and mitigation                        within 100 m buffer zone from any                     odontocetes including sperm, pygmy
                                              requirements. PSO resumes shall be                      element of the airgun array shall be                  and dwarf sperm, beaked whales, and
                                              provided to NMFS for approval.                          communicated to the USGS scientist-in-                large delphinids).
                                                 (b) At least one PSO must have a                     charge or his/her designee to prepare for                (v) If the airgun array has been shut
                                              minimum of 90 days at-sea experience                    potential further mitigation measures as              down for reasons other than mitigation
                                              working as a PSO during a deep                          described below. During use of the                    (e.g., mechanical difficulty) for a period
                                              penetration seismic survey, with no                     acoustic source, occurrence of marine                 of less than 30 minutes, it may be
                                              more than eighteen months elapsed                       mammals within the EZ, shall trigger                  activated again without ramp-up if PSOs
                                              since the conclusion of the at-sea                      further mitigation measures as described              have maintained constant visual
                                              experience. One experienced visual PSO                  below.                                                observation and no visual detections of
                                              shall be designated as the lead for the                    (i) Ramp-up—A ramp-up procedure is                 any marine mammal have occurred
                                              entire protected species observation                    required at all times as part of the                  within the 100 m EZ or 100 m buffer
                                              team. The lead PSO shall serve as                       activation of the acoustic source. Ramp-              zone.
                                              primary point of contact for the USGS                   up shall begin with starting one 105 in3                 (vi) Ramp-up at night and at times of
                                              scientist-in-charge or his/her designee.                airgun with additional 105 in3 airguns                poor visibility shall only occur where
                                                 (c) Visual Observation                               being turned on every 5 minutes until                 operational planning cannot reasonably
                                                 (i) During survey operations (e.g., any              all four airguns are in operation.                    avoid such circumstances. Ramp-up
                                              day on which use of the acoustic source                    (ii) If the airgun array has been shut             may occur at night and during poor
                                              is planned to occur; whenever the                       down due to a marine mammal                           visibility if the 100 m EZ and 100 m
                                              acoustic source is in the water, whether                detection, ramp-up shall not occur until              buffer zone have been continually
                                              activated or not), at least one, PSO(s)                 all marine mammals have cleared the                   monitored by visual PSOs for 30
                                              must be on duty and conducting visual                   EZ. A marine mammal is considered to                  minutes prior to ramp-up with no
                                              observations at all times during daylight               have cleared the EZ if:                               marine mammal detections.
                                              hours (i.e., from 30 minutes prior to                      (A) It has been visually observed to                  (vii) The USGS scientist-in-charge or
                                              sunrise through 30 minutes following                    have left the EZ; or                                  his/her designee must notify a
                                              sunset).                                                   (B) It has not been observed within                designated PSO of the planned start of
                                                 (ii) Visual monitoring must begin not                the EZ, for 15 minutes (in the case of                ramp-up. The designated PSO must be
                                              less than 30 minutes prior to ramp-up,                  small odontocetes) or for 30 minutes (in              notified again immediately prior to
                                              including for nighttime ramp-ups of the                 the case of mysticetes and large                      initiating ramp-up procedures and the
                                              airgun array, and must continue until                   odontocetes including sperm, pygmy                    USGS scientist-in-charge or his/her
                                              one hour after use of the acoustic source               and dwarf sperm, beaked whales, and                   designee must receive confirmation
                                              ceases or until 30 minutes past sunset.                 large delphinids).                                    from the PSO to proceed.
                                                 (iii) PSOs shall coordinate to ensure                   (iii) Thirty minutes of pre-clearance                 (e) Shutdown requirements—A 100 m
                                              360° visual coverage around the vessel                  observation of the 100 m EZ and 100 m                 EZ shall be established and monitored
                                              from the most appropriate observation                   buffer zone are required prior to ramp-               by PSOs. If a marine mammal is
                                              posts and shall conduct visual                          up for any shutdown of longer than 30                 observed within, entering, or
                                              observations using binoculars and the                   minutes. This pre-clearance period may                approaching the 100 m exclusion zone
                                              naked eye while free from distractions                  occur during any vessel activity. If any              all airguns shall be shut down.
                                              and in a consistent, systematic, and                    marine mammal (including delphinids)                     (i) Any PSO on duty has the authority
                                              diligent manner.                                        is observed within or approaching the                 to call for shutdown of the airgun array.
                                                 (iv) PSOs may be on watch for a                      EZ or 100 m buffer zone during the 30                 When there is certainty regarding the
                                              maximum of four consecutive hours                       minute pre-clearance period, ramp-up                  need for mitigation action on the basis
                                              followed by a break of at least one hour                may not begin until the animal(s) has                 of visual detection, the relevant PSO(s)
                                              between watches and may conduct a                       been observed exiting the EZ or 100 m                 must call for such action immediately.
                                              maximum of 12 hours observation per                     buffer zone or until an additional time                  (ii) The USGS scientist-in-charge or
                                              24 hour period.                                         period has elapsed with no further                    his/her designee must establish and
                                                 (v) During good conditions (e.g.,                    sightings (i.e., 15 minutes for small                 maintain clear lines of communication
                                              daylight hours; Beaufort sea state 3 or                 odontocetes and 30 minutes for                        directly between PSOs on duty and
                                              less), visual PSOs shall conduct                        mysticetes and large odontocetes                      crew controlling the airgun array to
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              observations when the acoustic source                   including sperm, pygmy and dwarf                      ensure that shutdown commands are
                                              is not operating (except during transits                sperm, beaked whales, and large                       conveyed swiftly while allowing PSOs
                                              across the shelf where no seismic                       delphinids).                                          to maintain watch.
                                              activity will occur during the survey) for                 (iv) During ramp-up, at least two                     (iii) When a shutdown is called for by
                                              comparison of sighting rates and                        PSOs shall conduct monitoring. Ramp-                  a PSO, the shutdown must occur and
                                              behavior with and without use of the                    up may not be initiated if any marine                 any dispute resolved only following
                                              acoustic source and between acquisition                 mammal (including delphinids) is                      shutdown.


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00031   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                              25298                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices

                                                 (iv) The shutdown requirement is                     vessel strike avoidance zone can be                      The holder of this Authorization is
                                              waived for dolphins of the following                    either third-party observers or crew                  required to conduct marine mammal
                                              genera: Tursiops, Steno, Stenella,                      members, but crew members                             monitoring during survey activity.
                                              Lagenorhynchus and Delphinus. The                       responsible for these duties must be                  Monitoring shall be conducted in
                                              shutdown waiver only applies if                         provided sufficient training to                       accordance with the following
                                              animals are traveling, including                        distinguish marine mammals from other                 requirements:
                                              approaching the vessel. If these animals                phenomena.                                               (a) The USGS scientist-in-charge or
                                              are stationary and the vessel approaches                   (i) The vessel must maintain a                     his/her designee must provide a night-
                                              the animals, the shutdown requirement                   minimum separation distance of 100 m                  vision device suited for the marine
                                              applies. If there is uncertainty regarding              from large whales. The following                      environment for use during nighttime
                                              identification (i.e., whether the observed              avoidance measures must be taken if a                 ramp-up pre-clearance, at the discretion
                                              animal(s) belongs to the group described                large whale is within 100 m of the                    of the PSOs. At minimum, the device
                                              above) or whether the animals are                       vessel:                                               should feature automatic brightness and
                                              traveling, shutdown must be                                (A) The vessel must reduce speed and               gain control, bright light protection,
                                              implemented.                                            shift the engine to neutral, when                     infrared illumination, and optics suited
                                                 (v) Upon implementation of a                         feasible, and must not engage the                     for low-light situations.
                                              shutdown, the source may be                             engines until the whale has moved                        (b) PSOs must also be equipped with
                                              reactivated under the conditions                        outside of the vessel’s path and the                  reticle binoculars (e.g., 7 x 50) of
                                              described at 4(e)(vi). Where there is no                minimum separation distance has been                  appropriate quality (i.e., Fujinon or
                                              relevant zone (e.g., shutdown due to                    established.                                          equivalent), Big Eye binoculars, GPS,
                                              observation of a calf), a 30-minute                        (B) If the vessel is stationary, the               compass, and any other tools necessary
                                              clearance period must be observed                       vessel must not engage engines until the              to adequately perform necessary tasks,
                                              following the last observation of the                   whale(s) has moved out of the vessel’s                including accurate determination of
                                              animal(s).                                              path and beyond 100 m.                                distance and bearing to observed marine
                                                 (vi) Shutdown of the array is required                  (ii) The vessel must maintain a                    mammals.
                                              upon observation of a whale (i.e., sperm                minimum separation distance of 50 m                      (c) PSO Qualifications
                                              whale or any baleen whale) with calf,                   from all other marine mammals, with an                   (i) PSOs must have successfully
                                              with ‘‘calf’’ defined as an animal less                 exception made for animals described in               completed relevant training, including
                                              than two-thirds the body size of an adult               4(e)(iv) that approach the vessel. If an              completion of all required coursework
                                              observed to be in close association with                animal is encountered during transit,                 and passing a written and/or oral
                                              an adult, at any distance.                              the vessel shall attempt to remain                    examination developed for the training
                                                 (vii) Shutdown of the array is required              parallel to the animal’s course, avoiding             program.
                                              upon observation of an aggregation (i.e.,               excessive speed or abrupt changes in                     (ii) PSOs must have successfully
                                              six or more animals) of large whales of                 course.                                               attained a bachelor’s degree from an
                                              any species (i.e., sperm whale or any                      (iii) Vessel speeds must be reduced to             accredited college or university with a
                                              baleen whale) that does not appear to be                10 knots or less when mother/calf pairs               major in one of the natural sciences and
                                              traveling (e.g., feeding, socializing, etc.)            or large assemblages of cetaceans (what               a minimum of 30 semester hours or
                                              at any distance.                                        constitues ‘‘large’’ will vary depending              equivalent in the biological sciences and
                                                 (viii) Shutdown of the array is                      on species) are observed within 500 m                 at least one undergraduate course in
                                              required upon observations of a marine                  of the vessel. Mariners may use                       math or statistics. The educational
                                              mammal species not authorized (i.e., a                  professional judgment as to when such                 requirements may be waived if the PSO
                                              north Atlantic right whale) for take that               circumstances warranting additional                   has acquired the relevant skills through
                                              is entering or approaching the vessel’s                 caution are present.                                  alternate experience. Requests for such
                                              respective Level B zone (See Table 5).                     (g) Miscellaneous Protocols                        a waiver must include written
                                                 (ix) Shutdown of the array is required                  (i) The airgun array must be                       justification. Alternate experience that
                                              upon observations of an authorized                      deactivated when not acquiring data or                may be considered includes, but is not
                                              marine mammal species that has                          preparing to acquire data, except as                  limited to (1) secondary education and/
                                              reached its total allotted Level B take                 necessary for testing. Unnecessary use                or experience comparable to PSO duties;
                                              that is entering or approaching the                     of the acoustic source shall be avoided.              (2) previous work experience
                                              vessel’s respective Level B zone (See                   Operational capacity of 840 in3 (not                  conducting academic, commercial, or
                                              Table 5).                                               including redundant backup airguns)                   government-sponsored marine mammal
                                                 (f) Vessel Strike Avoidance—The                      must not be exceeded during the survey,               surveys; or (3) previous work experience
                                              USGS, PSOs, vessel operator, and crew                   except where unavoidable for source                   as a PSO; the PSO should demonstrate
                                              must maintain a vigilant watch for all                  testing and calibration purposes. All                 good standing and consistently good
                                              marine mammals and the vessel                           occasions where activated source                      performance of PSO duties.
                                              operator must slow down or stop the                     volume exceeds notified operational                      (d) Data Collection—PSOs must use
                                              vessel or alter course, as appropriate, to              capacity must be noticed to the PSO(s)                standardized data forms, whether hard
                                              avoid striking any marine mammal.                       on duty and fully documented. The lead                copy or electronic. PSOs shall record
                                              These requirements do not apply in any                  PSO must be granted access to relevant                detailed information about any
                                              case where compliance would create an                   instrumentation documenting acoustic                  implementation of mitigation
                                              imminent and serious threat to a person                 source power and/or operational                       requirements, including the distance of
                                              or vessel or to the extent that a vessel                volume.                                               animals to the acoustic source and
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              is restricted in its ability to maneuver                  (ii) Testing of the acoustic source                 description of specific actions that
                                              and, because of the restriction, cannot                 involving all elements requires normal                ensued, the behavior of the animal(s),
                                              comply. A visual observer aboard the                    mitigation protocols (e.g., ramp-up).                 any observed changes in behavior before
                                              vessel must monitor a vessel strike                     Testing limited to individual source                  and after implementation of mitigation,
                                              avoidance zone around the vessel                        elements or strings does not require                  and if shutdown was implemented, the
                                              according to the parameters stated                      ramp-up but does require pre-clearance.               length of time before any subsequent
                                              below. Visual observers monitoring the                    5. Monitoring Requirements                          ramp-up of the acoustic source to


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00032   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                                                            Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices                                            25299

                                              resume survey. If required mitigation                      (M) Description (as many                           incident to the NMFS Office of
                                              was not implemented, PSOs should                        distinguishing features as possible of                Protected Resources and to regional
                                              submit a description of the                             each individual seen, including length,               stranding coordinators as soon as
                                              circumstances. We require that, at a                    shape, color, pattern, scars or markings,             feasible. The report must include the
                                              minimum, the following information be                   shape and size of dorsal fin, shape of                following information:
                                              reported:                                               head, and blow characteristics);                         (A) Time, date, and location (latitude/
                                                 (i) PSO names and affiliations;                         (N) Detailed behavior observations                 longitude) of the incident;
                                                 (ii) Dates of departures and returns to              (e.g., number of blows, number of                        (B) Vessel’s speed during and leading
                                              port with port name;                                    surfaces, breaching, spyhopping, diving,              up to the incident;
                                                 (iii) Dates and times (Greenwich Mean                feeding, traveling; as explicit and                      (C) Vessel’s course/heading and what
                                              Time) of survey effort and times                        detailed as possible; note any observed               operations were being conducted (if
                                              corresponding with PSO effort;                          changes in behavior);                                    (D) applicable);
                                                 (iv) Vessel location (latitude/                         (O) Animal’s closest point of                         (E) Status of all sound sources in use;
                                              longitude) when survey effort begins                    approach and/or closest distance from                    (F) Description of avoidance
                                              and ends; vessel location at beginning                  the center point of the acoustic source;              measures/requirements that were in
                                              and end of visual PSO duty shifts;                         (P) Platform activity at time of                   place at the time of the strike and what
                                                 (v) Vessel heading and speed at                      sighting (e.g., deploying, recovering,                additional measures were taken, if any,
                                              beginning and end of visual PSO duty                    testing, shooting, data acquisition,                  to avoid strike;
                                              shifts and upon any line change;                        other); and                                              (G) Description of the incident;
                                                 (vi) Environmental conditions while                     (Q) Description of any actions                        (H) Status of all sound source use in
                                              on visual survey (at beginning and end                  implemented in response to the sighting               the 24 hours preceding the incident;
                                              of PSO shift and whenever conditions                    (e.g., delays, shutdown, ramp-up, speed                  (I) Water depth;
                                              change significantly), including wind                   or course alteration, etc.) and time and                 (J) Environmental conditions (e.g.,
                                              speed and direction, Beaufort sea state,                location of the action.                               wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea
                                              Beaufort wind force, swell height,                         6. Reporting                                       state, cloud cover, and visibility);
                                              weather conditions, cloud cover, sun                       (a) USGS shall submit a draft                         (K) Description of all marine mammal
                                              glare, and overall visibility to the                    comprehensive report on all activities                observations in the 24 hours preceding
                                              horizon;                                                and monitoring results within 90 days                 the incident;
                                                 (vii) Factors that may be contributing               of the completion of the survey or                       (L) Species identification or
                                              to impaired observations during each                    expiration of the IHA, whichever comes                description of the animal(s) involved;
                                              PSO shift change or as needed as                        sooner. The report must describe all                     (M) Fate of the animal(s); and
                                              environmental conditions change (e.g.,                  activities conducted and sightings of                    (N) Photographs or video footage of
                                              vessel traffic, equipment malfunctions);                marine mammals near the activities,                   the animal(s).
                                                 (viii) Survey activity information,                  must provide full documentation of                       (ii) Activities shall not resume until
                                              such as acoustic source power output                    methods, results, and interpretation                  NMFS is able to review the
                                              while in operation, number and volume                   pertaining to all monitoring, and must                circumstances of the prohibited take.
                                              of airguns operating in the array, tow                  summarize the dates and locations of                  NMFS will work with USGS to
                                              depth of the array, and any other notes                 survey operations and all marine                      determine what measures are necessary
                                              of significance (i.e., pre-ramp-up survey,              mammal sightings (dates, times,                       to minimize the likelihood of further
                                              ramp-up, shutdown, testing, shooting,                   locations, activities, associated survey              prohibited take and ensure MMPA
                                              ramp-up completion, end of operations,                  activities). Geospatial data regarding                compliance. USGS may not resume their
                                              streamers, etc.); and                                   locations where the acoustic source was               activities until notified by NMFS.
                                                 (ix) If a marine mammal is sighted,                  used must be provided as an ESRI                         (iii) In the event that USGS discovers
                                              the following information should be                     shapefile with all necessary files and                an injured or dead marine mammal, and
                                              recorded:                                               appropriate metadata. In addition to the              the lead observer determines that the
                                                 (A) Watch status (sighting made by                   report, all raw observational data shall              cause of the injury or death is unknown
                                              PSO on/off effort, opportunistic, crew,                 be made available to NMFS. The report                 and the death is relatively recent (e.g.,
                                              alternate vessel/platform);                             must summarize the data collected as                  in less than a moderate state of
                                                 (B) PSO who sighted the animal;                      required under condition 5(d) of this                 decomposition), USGS shall
                                                 (C) Time of sighting;                                IHA. The draft report must be                         immediately report the incident to the
                                                 (D) Vessel location at time of sighting;                                                                   NMFS Office of Protected Resources.
                                                 (E) Water depth;                                     accompanied by a certification from the
                                                 (F) Direction of vessel’s travel                     lead PSO as to the accuracy of the                    The report must include the same
                                              (compass direction);                                    report, and the lead PSO may submit                   information identified in condition
                                                 (G) Direction of animal’s travel                     directly to NMFS a statement                          6(b)(i) of this IHA. Activities may
                                              relative to the vessel;                                 concerning implementation and                         continue while NMFS reviews the
                                                 (H) Pace of the animal;                              effectiveness of the required mitigation              circumstances of the incident. NMFS
                                                 (I) Estimated distance to the animal                 and monitoring. A final report must be                will work with USGS to determine
                                              and its heading relative to vessel at                   submitted within 30 days following                    whether additional mitigation measures
                                              initial sighting;                                       resolution of any comments from NMFS                  or modifications to the activities are
                                                 (J) Identification of the animal (e.g.,              on the draft report.                                  appropriate.
                                              genus/species, lowest possible                             (b) Reporting injured or dead marine                  (iv) In the event that USGS discovers
                                              taxonomic level, or unidentified); also                 mammals:                                              an injured or dead marine mammal, and
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                              note the composition of the group if                       (i) In the event that the specified                the lead observer determines that the
                                              there is a mix of species;                              activity clearly causes the take of a                 injury or death is not associated with or
                                                 (K) Estimated number of animals                      marine mammal in a manner not                         related to the specified activities (e.g.,
                                              (high/low/best);                                        prohibited by this IHA (if issued), such              previously wounded animal, carcass
                                                 (L) Estimated number of animals by                   as serious injury or mortality, USGS                  with moderate to advanced
                                              cohort (adults, yearlings, juveniles,                   shall immediately cease the specified                 decomposition, or scavenger damage),
                                              calves, group composition, etc.);                       activities and immediately report the                 USGS shall report the incident to the


                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00033   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3


                                              25300                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 105 / Thursday, May 31, 2018 / Notices

                                              NMFS Office of Protected Resources                      on the species or stock of affected                   Please include with your comments any
                                              within 24 hours of the discovery. USGS                  marine mammals.                                       supporting data or literature citations to
                                              shall provide photographs or video                                                                            help inform our final decision on the
                                                                                                      Request for Public Comments
                                              footage or other documentation of the                                                                         request for MMPA authorization.
                                              sighting to NMFS.                                         We request comment on our analyses,
                                                                                                                                                              Dated: May 24, 2018.
                                                 7. This Authorization may be                         the proposed authorization, and any
                                              modified, suspended or withdrawn if                     other aspect of this Notice of Proposed               Donna S. Wieting,
                                              the holder fails to abide by the                        IHA for the proposed [action]. We also                Director, Office of Protected Resources,
                                              conditions prescribed herein, or if                     request comment on the potential for                  National Marine Fisheries Service.
                                              NMFS determines the authorized taking                   renewal of this proposed IHA as                       [FR Doc. 2018–11629 Filed 5–30–18; 8:45 am]
                                              is having more than a negligible impact                 described in the paragraph below.                     BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
amozie on DSK3GDR082PROD with NOTICES3




                                         VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:21 May 30, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00034   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 9990   E:\FR\FM\31MYN3.SGM   31MYN3



Document Created: 2018-05-31 00:48:41
Document Modified: 2018-05-31 00:48:41
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionNotices
ActionNotice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request for comments.
DatesComments and information must be received no later than July 2, 2018.
ContactJonathan Molineaux, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the application and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in this document, may be obtained online at: https:// www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/incidental- take-authorizations-research-and-other-activities. In case of problems accessing these documents, please call the contact listed above.
FR Citation83 FR 25268 
RIN Number0648-XG17

2025 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR